Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout336 E Huntington Dr - 2025 - Tenant Improvement of Financial Bank/Office.ALIGN SITE LOCATION LOCATION MAPSHEET INDEX TRUE CONTRACTOR, FURNITURE VENDOR, DESIGN BUILD SUB-CONTRACTORS AND OWNER’S SUBCONTRACTORS ARE ALL REQUIRED TO USE THE ARCHITECTURAL DIMENSION WORK POINTS ESTABLISHED FOR OPEN PLAN PENDANT LIGHTING AND FURNITURE CENTERLINES WHERE APPLICABLE. CONTRACTOR AND VENDOR PREPARED SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL DOCUMENT THE ARCHITECTURAL DIMENSION WORK POINTS FOR THE ARCHITECT’S REVIEW PRIOR TO START OF WORK. FIELD LAYOUT REVIEW REQUESTED OF THE ARCHITECT MUST UTILIZE ON ESTABLISHED WORK POINTS. FLOOR CORE LOCATIONS SERVING FURNITURE ARE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FURNITURE VENDOR, INCLUDING FIELD VERIFICATION OF LAYOUT. DEFINITIONS FURNITURE, FLOOR CORE & LIGHTING COORDINATION WEEKLY STATUS REPORTS THE GC IS TO PROVIDE A WEEKLY STATUS REPORT INDICATING ESTIMATED PERCENTAGE OF COMPLETION FOR EACH TRADE INCLUSIVE OF DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHS AS SUPPORTING INFORMATION. REPORT AND IMAGES ARE TO BE SENT ELECTRONICALLY TO THE IA PROJECT CONTACT OF THE SALIENT AREAS &/OR WORK. • INTERIOR ARCHITECTS SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE DISCOVERY, REMOVAL, PRESENCE, HANDLING, DISPOSAL OF, OR EXPOSURE OF PERSONS TO HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, MATERIALS, AND WASTES IN ANY FORM AT THE PROJECT SITE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: ASBESTOS, ASBESTOS PRODUCTS, PCB MOLD, OR OTHER TOXIC OR HARMFUL SUBSTANCES. • QUESTIONS THAT ARISE RELATED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE OWNER FOR RESOLUTION. INTERIOR ARCHITECTS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DO WORK NOR RENDER OPINIONS RELATED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. • CONTRACTORS SHALL REPORT THE PRESENCE OF MATERIAL OR ASSEMBLIES SUSPECTED TO CONTAIN HAZARDOUS MATERIALS UPON DISCOVERY TO THE OWNER. WORK SHALL BE HALTED UNTIL WRITTEN CLEARANCE TO CONTINUE HAS BEEN PROVIDED BY THE OWNER’S CERTIFIED HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CONSULTANTS. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS NOTES WALL PARTITIONS: GYPSUM ASSOCIATION FIRE RESISTANT DESIGN MANUAL 'USG' GYPSUM BOARD METAL FABRICATIONS: MFG: CEMCO STEEL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION (SSMA) 'DIETRICH' METAL STUDS 'SIMPSON' FRAMING ANGLE FASTENERS: HILTI POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS 'RAMSET' SELF DRILLING SCREWS FOR LIGHT-GAUGE MATERIAL 'TEKS' SELF-DRILLING SCREWS CEILING GRID CLIP: 'ARMSTRONG' CEILING GRID CLIP SUSPENDED CEILING: 'ARMSTRONG' SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS EVALUATION APPROVAL # PROJECT DIRECTORY CODE REFERENCES ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE BUILDING CODE: CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE 2022 ADOPTS WITH AMENDMENTS: IBC 2021 PLUMBING CODE: CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE 2022 ADOPTS WITH AMENDMENTS: UPC 2021 MECHANICAL CODE: CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE 2022 ADOPTS WITH AMENDMENTS: UMC 2021 ELECTRICAL CODE: CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE 2022 ADOPTS WITH AMENDMENTS: NFPA 70, 2020 CBC 2022 CHAPTER 11B SYMBOLS TR U E PROJECT SITE LARR #02404 #26019 #25032 #25348 ICC ESR-1338 ESR-4943P ESR-1166D ESR-3096 ESR-1163 ESR-1655 ESR-1976 ESR-1308 ESR-1289 PROJECT MANUAL IA'S PROJECT MANUAL DATED 09.17.2024 ENTITLED MODIFICATIONS FOR BANK OF AMERICA: HUNTINGTON FOOTHILL (ARCADIA)UNDER ISSUANCE ISSED FOR BID/PERMIT IS HEREBY MADE A PART OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. FIRE / LIFE SAFETY CODE: CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE 2022 ADOPTS WITH AMENDMENTS: IFC 2021 ENERGY CODE: CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE 2022 GREEN CODE: CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE 2022 ALL CITY OF ARCADIA LOCAL CODES AND AMENDMENTS NOT IN CONTRACT TRUE TRUE NORTH PLAN NORTH DELTA REVISION CLOUD AREA NAME 150 SF101 AREA TAG SHEET NUMBER ELEVATION NUMBER ON SHEET SHEET NUMBER ENLARGED CALLOUT ON SHEET ZONE TO BE CALLED OUT GRID NUMBERA STRUCTURAL GRID LINE CH-01 FURNITURE TAG FINISH TRANSITION BREAKLINE DOUBLE BREAKLINE CL CENTERLINE SYMBOL FINISH GRAIN DIRECTION F-01 LIGHT FIXTURE TAG XX EQUIPMENT/ACCESSORY TAG ROOM NAME 101 A-7.0 1 1 1 1 ALIGN CLOUD KEYNOTE ROOM TAG SECTION REFERENCE DETAIL SECTION REF DATUM A-8.6 1 DRAWING SCALE VIEW NUMBER 1 NORTH ARROW 101 1 A8.6 SIM________________ 1 A-8.6 SIM_________ 1 View Name 1/8" = 1'-0" A GLAZING SYSTEM TYPE 1 A101 SHEET NUMBER VIEW DIRECTION VIEW NUMBER ON SHEET AXON/PERSPECTIVE VIEW REF ELEVATION VIEW REF A1 PARTITION TYPE (SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE) HU N T I N G T O N D R EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 2/1 7 / 2 0 2 5 1 2 : 0 7 : 5 3 P M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.00 DRAWING INDEX, LOCATION MAP & PROJECT INFORMATION 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050 LOS ANGELES, CA 90071 TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. IA PROJECT CONTACT: INTERIOR ARCHITECTS, INC. A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION MYLANIE VENTANILLA 500 SANSOME STREET, FLR. 8 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 415.296.5389 M.VENTANILLA@INTERIORARCHITECTS.COM PM/CLIENT REP CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD JIM FOSTER 206.200.3374 JIM.FOSTER@CUSHWAKE.COM PROJECT DESCRIPTION: PROJECT ADDRESS: TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION: BUILDING OCCUPANCY: PROJECT AREA: BUILDING NO. OF STORIES: AREA PER FLOOR: SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: BUILDING LIFE SAFETY INFO: PROJECT INFORMATION 1. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REFERENCED CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAMMABILITY AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS AS WELL AS TOXICITY. ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS: WALL AND CEILINGS (PER ASTM E84 OR UL723) CBC TABLE 803.13 INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH REQUIREMENTS BY OCCUPANCY INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS, RAMPS AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS: B OCCUPANCY (NON-SPRINKLERED)- CLASS B CORRIDORS AND ENCLOSURE FOR EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS: B OCCUPANCY (NON-SPRINKLERED) - CLASS C ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES: B OCCUPANCY (NON-SPRINKLERED) - CLASS C FLOORING (PER ASTM E648 OR NFPA 253): CLASS II CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX OF NOT LESS AN 0.22 WATTS PER SQUARE CENTIMETER FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX CLASS A: FLAME SPREAD: 0-25; SMOKE-DEVELOPED: 0-450 CLASS B: FLAME SPREAD: 26-75; SMOKE-DEVELOPED: 0-450 CLASS C: FLAME SPREAD: 76-200; SMOKE-DEVELOPED: 0-450 DEFERRED SUBMITTALS & DELEGATED DESIGN WORK BY OTHERS UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT:DELEGATED DESIGN: LIGHT GAUGE AND COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 NEW COMMERCIAL TENANT FIT OUT OF EXISTING ONE STORY BUILDING, WORK TO INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSTRUCTION OF NON-STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, CEILINGS, FINISHES AND ASSOCIATED MEP IMPROVEMENTS. V-B B: BUSINESS 5024 SF 1 5262 SF FULLY SPRINKLERED, WITH VISUAL AND AUDIO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM D DEFERRED SUBMITTALS: AUDIBLE AND VISUAL FIRE ALARM, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM, BUILDING SIGNAGE ALIGN TO ACCURATELY LOCATE FINISH FACES IN THE SAME PLANE CLEAR / CLR / HOLD DIMENSIONS ARE ABSOLUTES, UNOBSTRUCTED FROM FACE OF EXPOSED FINISH SURFACES. DEMOLISH TO DECONSTRUCT COMPLETE SYSTEM, HAUL, AND DISPOSE OF MATERIAL, INCLUDING APPROPRIATE PULL BACK AND TERMINATION/CAPPING OF RELATED BUILDING SERVICES SALVAGE DIS-ASSEMBLE, CONVEY OR STORE MATERIAL PER OWNERS INSTRUCTIONS REUSE SALVAGE, STORE ON SITE, RE-INSTALL INSTALL ON-SITE OPERATIONS INCLUDING UNLOADING, TEMPORARY STORAGE, UN-PACKING, ASSEMBLY, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, FINISHING, PROTECTING, AND CLEANING COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL ELEMENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS FURNISH PROCURE AND STORE ON-SITE MATERIAL FOR INSTALLATION BY OTHERS PROVIDE FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM NOTIFY TO INFORM THE STATED PARTIES IN WRITING AND SEEK RESOLUTION PRIOR TO COMENCING WORK SHEET NUMBER DESCRIPTION 03 . 0 1 . 2 0 2 4 - I S S U E D F O R S D F I N A L 04 . 0 5 . 2 0 2 4 - I S S U E D F O R D D _ 6 0 R E V I E W 05 . 0 3 . 2 0 2 4 - I S S U E D F O R C O E 05 . 2 0 . 2 0 2 3 - I S S U E D F O R D D _ 9 0 R E V I E W 07 . 1 1 . 2 0 2 4 - I S S U E D F O R D D F I N A L 09 . 0 4 . 2 0 2 4 - I S S U E F O R C D 9 0 % R E V I E W 09 . 2 6 . 2 0 2 4 - I S S U E F O R C D F I N A L 01 . 0 9 . 2 0 2 5 P E R M I T C O M M E N T S 02 . 1 4 . 2 0 2 5 P E R M I T C O M M E N T S GENERAL A00.00 DRAWING INDEX, LOCATION MAP & PROJECT INFORMATION X X X X X X X X X A00.01 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS X X X A00.02 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS X X X A00.03 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS X X X A00.04 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS X X X A00.10A GENERAL NOTES XXXXX A00.10B GENERAL NOTES XXXXX A00.11 EGRESS & LIFE SAFETY X X X X X X A00.12A ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION X X X X X A00.12B ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION X X X X X A00.13 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION X X X X X A00.14 ENERGY CALCULATIONS X A00.30 TYP. MTL. STUD FRAMING DETAILS - WOOD STRUCT. X X X A00.32 TYP. FRAMING DETAILS AND OPENING MEMBER SCHEDULES X X X X A00.33 TYP. FRAMING DETAILS AND OPENING MEMBER SCHEDULES X X X X X A00.34 WALL PARTITION TYPES X X X X X A00.40 EQUIP, FINISH, AND MILLWORK SCHEDULES X X X X X X X A00.50 DOOR TYPES, DOOR SCHEDULE AND HARDWARE X X X X X X X A00.51 EXTERIOR GLAZING TYPES AND SCHEDULE X X X X X A00.52 STOREFRONT DETAILS XX A00.53 STOREFRONT DETAILS XX A00.60 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN X X X X X X X ARCHITECTURAL A01.00 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN X X X X X X X A01.01 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN X X X X X X X A01.02 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN X X X X X X X A02.01 CONSTRUCTION PLAN X X X X X X X X A03.01 POWER & COMMUNICATION PLAN X X X X X X X A04.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN X X X X X X X X A05.01 WALL FINISH PLAN X X X X X X A06.01 FURNITURE PLAN X X X X X X X X A07.01 FLOOR FINISH PLAN X X X X X X A08.01 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS X X X X X A08.05 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS X X X X X X X X A08.06 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS X X X X X X X X A08.07 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS X X X X X X X X A08.08 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS X X X X X X X X A08.09 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS X X X X X X X X A08.10 NER DETAIL X X X X X X X A08.11 WALK-UP ATM DETAILS X X X X X X X A08.12 WALK-UP ATM DETAILS X X X X X X X A09.11 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS X X X X X X X X X A10.00 BR CSR LINE ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS X X X X X A12.00 MILLWORK - MW01 XXXXX A12.12 MILLWORK DETAILS XXXXX A12.13 MILLWORK DETAILS XXXXX A12.20 TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS X X X X X A12.21 TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS X X X X X A12.42 OFFICE GLAZING AND COILING GRILLE DETAILS X X X X X A12.50 FINISH DETAILS XXXXX A12.60 DIGITAL MEDIA XXXXX STRUCTURAL S01.00 GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND DRAWING INDEX X X X S02.01 FIRST FLOOR PLAN XX X S02.02 ROOF PLAN XX X S03.01 DETAILS XX X S08.01 WOOD DETAILS XX MECHANICAL M00.00 MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND X X X X M01.00 DEMOLITION MECHANICAL HVAC PLAN X X X M01.01 MECHANICAL ZONING PLAN X X X X M02.01 MECHANICAL PLAN XX X X M03.01 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN XX X X M04.01 MECHANICAL DETAILS XX X X M05.01 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES XX X X M06.00 MECHANICAL ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS X X X X PLUMBING P00.00 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND X X X P01.01 DEMOLITION PLUMBING PLAN X X X P02.01 PLUMBING WASTE AND VENT PLAN X X X P02.02 PLUMBING WATER PLAN XX X P03.01 PLUMBING ROOF PLAN XX X P04.01 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAMS X X X P05.01 PLUMBING SCHEDULES XX X P06.01 PLUMBING DETAILS XX X P07.01 PLUMBING ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS X X X P07.02 PLUMBING ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS X X X ELECTRICAL E00.00 ELECTRICAL LEGEND AND GENERAL NOTES X X X X E00.1R EXTERIOR LIGHTING PHOTOTMETRICS X X E00.2R EXTERIOR LIGHTING PHOTOMETRICS X X E00.10 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN XX E01.01 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN X X X X E02.01 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN XX X X E02.02 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT POWER PLAN X X X X E02.03 ELECTRICAL ROOF POWER PLAN X X X X E03.01 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN X X X X E03.02 INTERIOR LIGHTING PHOTOMETRICS X X E04.01 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING SCHEDULES X X X X E04.02 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING DETAILS X X X X E05.01 ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULES X X X X E05.02 ELECTRICAL VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS X X X E06.00 ELECTRICAL ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS X X X X E06.01 ELECTRICAL ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS X X X X E06.02 ELECTRICAL ENERGY COMPLIANCE FORMS X X ABBREVIATIONS &AND LANGLE @AT CL CENTERLINE DIA DIAMETER PERP PERPENDICULAR C CHANNEL # POUND OR NUMBER --------- ------------------ ACP ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL AD AREA DRAIN ADJ ADJUSTABLE AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AGGR AGGREGATE ALUM ALUMINUM APROX APPROXIMATE ARCH ARCHITECTURAL ASB ASBESTOS ASPH ASPHALT AWP ACOUSTIC WALL PANEL AXON AXONOMETRIC --------- ------------------ BC BACK OF CURB BD BOARD BITUM BITUMINOUS BLDG BUILDING BLK BLOCK BLKG BLOCKING BM BEAM BO BOTTOM OF BOT BOTTOM BR BULLET RESISTANT BTB BACK TO BACK --------- ------------------ CAB CABINET CB CATCH BASIN CEM CEMENTIOUS CER CERAMIC CI CAST IRON CJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT CL CENTERLINE CLG CEILING CLO CLOSET CLR CLEAR CM CONSTRUCTION MANAGER CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CONSTR CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS CORR CORRIDOR CPT CARPET CTSK COUNTERSUNK CNTR COUNTER CT CERAMIC TILE CTR CENTER --------- ------------------ (D) DEMOLISH DBL DOUBLE DEPT DEPARTMENT DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DEMO DEMOLISH DET DETAIL DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DISP DISPENSER DN DOWN DO DOOR OPENING DR DOOR DWR DRAWER DS DOWNSPOUT DWG DRAWING --------- ------------------ EEAST (E) EXISTING EA EACH EEOR ELECTRICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION ELEC ELECTRICAL ELEV ELEVATION ELVTR ELEVATOR EMER EMERGENCY ENCL ENCLOSURE EPNL ELECTRICAL PANEL EQ EQUAL EQPT EQUIPMENT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXG EXISTING EXT EXTERIOR --------- ------------------ FA FIRE ALARM FAB FABRIC FB FLAT BAR FC FACE OF CURB FD FLOOR DRAIN FDN FOUNDATION FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FF FINISHED FLOOR FG FINISHED GRADE FH FIRE HYDRANT FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FLM FILM FIN FINISH FL FLOOR FLSHG FLASHING FLUOR FLUORESCENT FO FACE OF FOC FACE OF CONCRETE FOF FACE OF FINISH FOS FACE OF STUDS FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC FPRF FIRE RETARDANT TREATED FT FOOT OR FEET FTG FOOTING FURR FURRING F&I FURNISH AND INSTALL FUT FUTURE FWP FABRIC WALL PANEL --------- ------------------ GA GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED GB GRAB BAR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GL GLASS / GLAZING GND GROUND GR GRADE GYP GYPSUM GWB GYPSUM BOARD --------- ------------------ HB HOSE BIB HDWD HARDWOOD HDWR HARDWARE HM HOLLOW METAL HORIZ HORIZONTAL HPC HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS HR HOUR HT HEIGHT --------- ------------------ ID INSIDE DIAMETER (DIM) INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR JAN JANITOR JT JOINT KIT KITCHEN LAB LABORATORY LAM LAMINATE LAV LAVATORY LKR LOCKER LT LIGHT --------- ------------------ MAX MAXIMUM MC MEDICINE CABINET MECH MECHANICAL MEMB MEMBRANE MEOR MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD MFR MANUFACTURER MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM MIR MIRROR MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MTD MOUNTED MTL METAL MUL MULLION --------- ------------------ (N) NEW NNORTH NAT NATURAL NC NOISE CRITERION (NOISE LEVEL LIMIT) NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NOM NOMINAL NRC NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT NTS NOT TO SCALE --------- ------------------ OA OVERALL OC ON CENTER OCC OCCUPANCY OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER (DIM) OFF OFFICE OPNG OPENING OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE OPP OPPOSITE --------- ------------------ PPAINT PL PLATE PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PLAS PLASTER PLUMB PLUMBING PLWD PLYWOOD PP POWER POLE PR PAIR PRCST PRECAST PT PRESSURE TREATED PTD PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER PTD/R COMBINATION PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND WASTE RECEPTACLE PVB POLYVINYL BUTRYAL PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PLASTIC) --------- ------------------ QT QUARRY TILE --------- ------------------ (R) RELOCATE RAD RADIUS RD ROOF DRAIN REF REFERENCE REFR REFRIGERATOR RF RESILIENT FLOORING REINF REINFORCED REQ'D REQUIRED RESIL RESILIENT RM ROOM RO ROUGH OPENING RWL RAIN WATER LEADER --------- ------------------ SSOUTH SAFB SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS SC SOLID CORE SCD SEAT COVER DISPENSER SCHED SCHEDULE SD SOAP DISPENSER SDT STATIC DISSIPATIVE TILE SEAL SEALANT SEC SECURITY SECT SECTION SFRM SPRAY FIRE-RESISTIVE MATERIALL SG SAFETY GLAZING SH SHELF SHRW SHOWER SHT SHEET SHTG SHEATHING SIM SIMILAR SND SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER SNR SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTACLE SOB SYMBOL ON BACKGROUND SPEC SPECIFICATION SQ SQUARE SS STAINLESS STEEL SSK SERVICE SINK SSM SOLID SURFACE MATERIAL ST STONE STA STATION STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STD STANDARD STL STEEL STOR STORAGE STRUCT STRUCTURAL SUSP SUSPENDED --------- ------------------ T TREAD / TILE TB TOWEL BAR TBD TO BE DETERMINED TC TELECOMM TC TOP OF CONCRETE TCOM TELECOMM TEL TELEPHONE TER TERRAZZO T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE THK THICK TOC TOP OF CURB TOP TOP OF PAVEMENT TPD TOILET PAPER DISPENSER TR TRANSITION TV TELEVISION TOW TOP OF WALL TYP TYPICAL --------- ------------------ UNF UNFINISHED UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UR URINAL --------- ------------------ VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD VNR VANEER --------- ------------------ W WEST W/ WITH WC WATER CLOSET / WALL COVERING WD WOOD WLD WELDED W/O WITHOUT WO WHERE OCCURS WP WATERPROOF WRB WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER WT WEIGHT / WINDOW TREATMENT --------- ------------------ ARCHITECT OF RECORD: INTERIOR ARCHITECTS, INC. A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION JASON LEE COATS 615 S. COLLEGE ST. SUITE 725 CHARLOTTE, NC 28202 704.908.1540 J.COATS@INTERIORARCHITECTS.COM STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS JON YOKOYAMA 639 FRONT STREET, 4TH FLOOR SAN FRANSICO, CALIFORNIA 94111 415.362.8944 JYOKOYAMA@PARADIGMSE.COM MEP ENGINEER: HENDERSON ENGINEERS BRYCE TAYLOR 8311 WEST SUNSET ROAD, SUITE 240 LAS VEGAS, NV 89113 702.635.3514 BRYCE.TAYLOR@HENDERSONENGINEERS.COM CIVIL ENGINEER: KIMLEY-HORN DANIELLE HURLEY 555 CAPITOL MALL, SUITE 300 SACRAMENTO, CA 95814 213.354.9941 DANIELLE.HURLEY@KIMLEY-HORN.COM 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 2 9 PERMIT COMMENTS 02.142025 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1/31/2027 02/18/2025 Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY 301.1 SCOPE. Buildings shall be designed to include the green building measures specified as mandatory in the application checklists contained in this code. Voluntary green building measures are also included in the application checklists and may be included in the design and construction of structures covered by this code, but are not required unless adopted by a city, county, or city and county as specified in Section 101.7. 301.3 NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. [BSC-CG] The provisions of individual sections of Chapter 5 apply to newly constructed buildings, building additions of 1,000 square feet or greater, and/or building alterations with a permit valuation of $200,000 or above (for occupancies within the authority of California Building Standards Commission). Code sections relevant to additions and alterations shall only apply to the portions of the building being added or altered within the scope of the permitted work. A code section will be designated by a banner to indicate where the code section only applies to newly constructed buildings [N] or to additions and/or alterations [A]. When the code section applies to both, no banner will be used. 301.3.1 Nonresidential additions and alterations that cause updates to plumbing fixtures only: Note: On and after January 1, 2014, certain commercial real property, as defined in Civil Code Section 1101.3, shall have its noncompliant plumbing fixtures replaced with appropriate water-conserving plumbing fixtures under specific circumstances. See Civil Code Section 1101.1 et seq. for definitions, types of commercial real property affected, effective dates, circumstances necessitating replacement of noncompliant plumbing fixtures, and duties and responsibilities for ensuring compliance. 301.3.2 Waste Diversion. The requirements of Section 5.408 shall be required for additions and alterations whenever a permit is required for work. 301.4 PUBLIC SCHOOLS AND COMMUNITY COLLEGES. (see GBSC)301.5 HEALTH FACILITIES. (see GBSC) HCD Department of Housing and Community DevelopmentBSCCalifornia Building Standards CommissionDSA-SS Division of the State Architect, Structural SafetyOSHPDOffice of Statewide Health Planning and DevelopmentLRLow RiseHRHigh RiseAAAdditions and AlterationsNNew 5.102.1 DEFINITIONSThe following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) CUTOFF LUMINAIRES. Luminaires whose light distribution is such that the candela per 1000 lamp lumens does not numerically exceed 25 (2.5 percent) at an angle of 90 degrees above nadir, and 100 (10 percent) at a vertical angle of 80 degrees above nadir. This applies to all lateral angles around the luminaire. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV). [BSC-CG, HCD] An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array or other source of electric current. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off-road, self-propelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline ground support equipment, tractors, boats and the like, are not included. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CAPABLE SPACE. [BSC-CG,DSA-SS and HCD] A vehicle space with electrical panel space and load capacity to support a branch circuit and necessary raceways, both underground and/or surface mounted, to support EV charging. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) CHARGER. [BSC-CG, HCD] Off-board charging equipment used to charge an electric vehicle. ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SPACE (EV SPACE). [HCD] A space intended for future installation ofEV charging equipment and charging of electric vehicles. ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION (EVCS). [BSC-CG, DSA-SS, HCD] One or more electric vehiclecharging spaces served by EVSE or receptacle(s). ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV) READY SPACE. [HCD] A vehicle space which is provided with a branch circuit; anynecessary raceways, both underground and/or surface mounted; to accommodate EV charging, terminating in areceptacle or a charger. ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE).[BSC-CG, DSA-SS and HCD] The conductors, includingthe ungrounded, grounded and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, personnel protection system, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle. 5.105.1 Scope. [BSC-CG] Effective July 1, 2024, alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Effective January 1, 2026, the combined floor area shall be 50,000 square feet or greater. [DSA-SS] Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Exception [BSC-CG, DSA-SS]: Combined addition(s) to existing building(s) of two times the area or more of the existing building(s) is not eligible to meet compliance with Section 5.105.2. 5.105.2 Reuse of existing building. An alteration or addition to an existing building shall maintain at a minimum 45 percent combined of the existing building’s primary structural elements (foundations; columns, beams, walls, and floors; and lateral elements) and existing building enclosure (roof framing, wall framing and exterior finishes). Window assemblies, insulation, portions of buildings deemed structurally unsound or hazardous, and hazardous materials that are remediated as part of the project shall not be included in the calculation. 5.105.2.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided in the construction documents to demonstrate compliance with Section 5.105.2. Note: Sample Worksheet WS-3 in Chapter 8 may be used to assist in documenting compliance with this section. 5.105.3 Deconstruction (Reserved). a. 5.106.1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB LESS THAN ONE ACRE OF LAND. Newly constructed projects and additions which disturb less than one acre of land, and are not part of a larger common plan of development or sale, shall prevent the pollution of storm water runoff from the construction activities through one or more of the following measures: 5.106.1.1 Local ordinance. Comply with a lawfully enacted storm water management and/or erosion control ordinance. 5.106.1.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). Prevent the loss of soil through wind or water erosion by implementing an effective combination of erosion and sediment control and good housekeeping BMPs. Soil loss BMPs that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Scheduling construction activity during dry weather, when possible.b. Preservation of natural features, vegetation, soil, and buffers around surface waters.c. Drainage swales or lined ditches to control stormwater flow.d. Mulching or hydroseeding to stabilize disturbed soils.e. Erosion control to protect slopes.f. Protection of storm drain inlets (gravel bags or catch basin inserts).g. Perimeter sediment control (perimeter silt fence, fiber rolls).h. Sediment trap or sediment basin to retain sediment on site.i. Stabilized construction exits.j. Wind erosion control.k. Other soil loss BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency.2. Good housekeeping BMPs to manage construction equipment, materials, non-stormwater discharges and wastes that should be considered for implementation as appropriate for each project include, but are not limited to, the following:a. Dewatering activities.b. Material handling and waste management.c. Building materials stockpile management.d. Management of washout areas (concrete, paints, stucco, etc.).e. Control of vehicle/equipment fueling to contractor's staging area.f. Vehicle and equipment cleaning performed off site.g Spill prevention and control.h. Other housekeeping BMPs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 5.106.2 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION FOR PROJECTS THAT DISTURB ONE OR MORE ACRES OF LAND. Comply with all lawfully enacted stormwater discharge regulations for projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of a larger common plan of development sale. Note: Projects that (1) disturb one acre or more of land, or (2) disturb less than one acre of land but are part of the larger common plan of development or sale must comply with the post-construction requirements detailed in the applicable National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities issued by the State Water Resources Control Board or the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board (for projects in the Lake Tahoe Hydrologic Unit). The NPDES permits require postconstruction runoff (post-project hydrology) to match the preconstruction runoff (pre-project hydrology) with the installation of postconstruction stormwater management measures. The NPDES permits emphasize runoff reduction through on-site stormwater use, interception, evapotranspiration, and infiltration through nonstructural controls, such as Low Impact Development (LID) practices, and conversation design measures. Stormwater volume that cannot be addressed using nonstructural practices is required to be captured in structural practices and be approved by the enforcing agency. Refer to the current applicable permits on the State Water Resources Control Board website at: www.waterboards.ca.gov/constructionstormwater. Consideration to the stormwater runoff management measures should be given during the initial design process for appropriate integration into site development. 5.106.4 BICYCLE PARKING. For buildings within the authority of California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, comply with Section 5.106.4.1. For buildings within the authority of the Division of the State Architect pursuant to Section 105, comply with Section 5.106.4.2 5.106.4.1 Bicycle parking. [BSC-CG] Comply with Sections 5.106.4.1.1 and 5.106.4.1.2; or meet the applicable local ordinance, whichever is stricter. 5.106.4.1.1 Short-term bicycle parking. If the new project or an addition or alteration is anticipated to generate visitor traffic, provide permanently anchored bicycle racks within 200 feet of the visitors' entrance, readily visible to passers-by, for 5% of new visitor motorized vehicle parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one two-bike capacity rack.Exception: Additions or alterations which add nine or less visitor vehicular parking spaces. 5.106.4.1.2 Long-term bicycle parking. For new buildings with tenant spaces that have 10 or more tenant-occupants, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.3 For additions or alterations that add 10 or more tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces, provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the tenant vehicular parking spaces being added, with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.4 For new shell buildings in phased projects provide secure bicycle parking for 5 percent of the anticipated tenant-occupant vehicular parking spaces with a minimum of one bicycle parking facility. 5.106.4.1.5 Acceptable bicycle parking facility for Sections 5.106.4.1.2, 5.106.4.1.3, and 5.106.4.1.4 shall be convenient from the street and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. Note: Additional information on recommended bicycle accommodations may be obtained from Sacramento Area Bicycle Advocates. 5.106.4.2 Bicycle parking. [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, comply with Sections 5.106.4.2.1 and 5.106.4.2.2 5.106.4.2.1 Student bicycle parking. Provide permanently anchored bicycle racks conveniently accessed with a minimum of four two-bike capacity racks per new building.5.106.4.2.2 Staff bicycle parking. Provide permanent, secure bicycle parking conveniently accessed with a minimum of two staff bicycle parking spaces per new building. Acceptable bicycle parking facilities shall be convenient from the street or staff parking area and shall meet one of the following: 1. Covered, lockable enclosures with permanently anchored racks for bicycles;2. Lockable bicycle rooms with permanently anchored racks; or3. Lockable, permanently anchored bicycle lockers. 1. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.106.5.3 Electric vehicle (EV) charging. [N] [BSC-CG] Construction to provide electric vehicle infrastructure andfacilitate electric vehicle charging shall comply with Section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces, Section 5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)—Power allocation method and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. Exceptions: On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions:a.Where there is no local utility power supplyb.Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.c.Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating the local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with this code section. 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. [N] EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.3.1 and the following requirements:Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less that 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area, and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable and into a suitable listed cabinet, box,enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV charging spaces.A service panel or subpanel (s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS.The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supply full rated amperage at each EV capable space. The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective devices space(s) as "EV CAPABLE". The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as "EV CAPABLE." Note: A parking space served by electric vehicle supply equipment or designed as a future EV charging space shall count as at least one standard automobile parking space only for the purpose of complying with any applicable minimum parking space requirements established by an enforcement agency. See vehicle Code Section 22511.2 for further details. 1. Calculation for spaces shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.2. The number of required EVCS (EV capable spaces provided with EVSE) in column 3 count toward the total number of required EV capable spaces shown in column 2. 3. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. 5.106.5.3.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) EV capable spaces shall be provided with electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.3.1. The EVCS required by Table 5.106.5.3.1 shall be provided with Level 2 EVSE or DCFC as permitted in Section 5.106.5.3.2.1. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. One EV charger with multiple connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.3.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EV charger. The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.3.2.1 The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE or EVCS with Level 2 EVSE by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.3.2.2 The installation of two low power Level 2 EV charging receptacles shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces without EVSE in Table 5.106.5.3.1 by one. 5.106.5.3.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS).ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section5.106.5.3.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.3.4 Accessible EVCS.When EVSE is installed, accessible EVSC shall be provided in accordance with the CBC, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. Note: For EVCS signs, refer to Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (Zero Emission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). 5.106.5.3.4 Accessible electric vehicle charging station (EVCS). When EVSE is installed, accessibleEVCS shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. 5.106.5.3.5 Electric vehicle charging station signage. Electric vehicle charging stations shall be identified by signage or pavement markings in compliance with Caltrans Traffic Operations Policy Directive 13-01 (ZeroEmission Vehicle Signs and Pavement Markings) or its successor(s). Power allocation method shall include the following:1.Use any kVA combination of EV capable spaces, low power Level 2, Level 2 or DCFC EVSEs.2.At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided. 5.106.5.3.6 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS)—power allocation method. The power allocationmethod may be used as an alternative to the requirements in Section 5.106.5.3.1, Section 5.106.5.3.2 andassociated Table 5.106.5.3.1. Use Table 5.106.5.3.6 to determine the total power in kVA required based on thetotal number of actual parking spaces. 1. Level 2 EVSE @ 6.6 kVA minimum.2. At least one Level 2 EVSE shall be provided.3. Maximum allowed kVA to be utilized for EV capable spaces is 75 percent.4. If EV capable spaces are utilized, they shall meet the requirements of Section 5.106.5.3.1 EV capable spaces. 5.106.5.4 Additions or alterations to existing buildings or parking facilities [A]. [BSC-CG] Existing buildings or parking facilities being modified by one of the following shall comply with Section 5.106.5.4.1 or 5.106.5.4.2. When EVSE is installed, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the California Building Code, Chapter 11B, Section 11B-228.3. 1. When the scope of construction work includes an increase in power supply to an electric service panel as part of a parking facility addition or alteration.2. When a new photovoltaic system is installed covering existing parking spaces.3. When additions or alterations to existing buildings are triggered pursuant to code Section 301.3 and the scope of work includes an increase in power supply to an electric service panel. Exceptions:1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this section is not feasible based upon one of the following conditions:a. Where there is no local utility power supply.b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcement agency substantiating that additional local utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementation of Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project.d. Where demonstrated as impracticable excluding local utility service or utility infrastructure issues.2. Remote parking facilities that do not have access to the building service panel.3. Parking area lighting upgrades where no trenching is part of the scope of work.4. Emergency repairs, including but not limited to water line break in parking facilities, natural disaster repairs, etc. 5.106.5.4.1 Existing buildings or parking areas without previously installed EV capable infrastructure [A]. When EV capable infrastructure does not exist at an existing parking facility or building, and the parking facility or building undergoes an addition or alteration listed in Section 5.106.5.4, construction shall include electric vehicle charging in compliance with either Section 5.106.5.3 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 for the total number of actual parking spaces being added or altered. 5.106.5.4.2 Existing buildings or parking areas with previously installed EV capable infrastructure [A]. When EV capable infrastructure is available at an existing parking facility or building, and the parking facility or building is undergoing an addition or alteration listed in Section 5.106.5.4, construction shall Include electric vehicle charging in compliance with either Section 5.106.5.3 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.1, or Section 5.106.5.3.6 and associated Table 5.106.5.3.6 utilizing the existing EV capable allocated power and infrastructure for the total number of actual parking spaces being added or altered. If the area being added or altered exceeds the existing EV capable capacity, allocated power and infrastructure, provide additional EV charging as needed to comply with this section. 5.106.5.5 Electric vehicle (EV) charging: medium-duty and heavy-duty. [N] [BSG-CG] Construction shall comply with Section 5.106.5.5.1 to facilitate future installation of electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). Construction for warehouses, grocery stores and retail stores, office buildings, and manufacturing facilities with planned off-street loading spaces shall also comply with Section 5.106.5.5.1 for future installation of medium- and heavy-duty EVSE. Exceptions: 1. On a case-by-case basis where the local enforcing agency has determined compliance with this sectionis not feasible based upon one of the following conditions:a. Where there is no local utility power supply.b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.c. Where there is evidence suitable to the local enforcing agency substantiating that additionallocal utility infrastructure design requirements, directly related to the implementationof Section 5.106.5.3, may adversely impact the construction cost of the project. When EVSE(s) is/are installed, it shall be in accordance with the California Building Code, the California ElectricalCode and as follows: 5.106.5.5.1 Electric vehicle charging readiness requirements for warehouses, grocery stores, office buildings, and manufacturing facilities and retail stores with planned off-street loading spaces. [N] In order to avoid future demolition when adding EV supply and distribution equipment, spare raceway(s) orbusway(s) and adequate capacity for transformer(s), service panel(s) or subpanel(s) shall be installed at thetime of construction in accordance with the California Electrical Code. Construction plans and specificationsshall include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. The transformer, main service equipment and subpanels shall meet the minimum power requirement in Table 5.106.5.5.1 to accommodate the dedicated branch circuits for the future installation of EVSE. 2. The construction documents shall indicate one or more location(s) convenient to the planned off-street loading space(s) reserved for medium- and heavy-duty ZEV charging cabinets and charging dispensers, and a pathway reserved for routing of conduit from the termination of the raceway(s) or busway(s) to the charging cabinet(s) and dispenser(s), as shown in Table 5.106.5.5.1. 3. Raceway(s) or busway(s) originating at a main service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area wherepotential future medium- and heavy-duty EVSE will be located and shall terminate in close proximityto the potential future location of the charging equipment for medium- and heavy-duty vehicles. 4. The raceway(s) or busway(s) shall be of sufficient size to carry the minimum additional systemload to the future location of the charging for medium- and heavy-duty ZEVs as shown in Table 5.106.5.5.1. 5.106.5.6 Electric vehicle (EV) charging at public schools and community colleges. [DSA-SS] Electric vehicle infrastructure and electric vehicle charging stations shall comply with Section 5.106.5.6 and shall be provided in accordance with regulations in the California Building Code and the California Electrical Code. Exceptions:1. On a case-by-case basis where compliance with this section has been demonstrated to be not feasible based upon one of the following conditions,and with concurrence by the Division of the State Architect (DSA), compliance with Section 5.106.5.6 shall not be required. a. Where there is no local utility power supply.b. Where the local utility is unable to supply adequate power.c. The installation of EVCS is impracticable.2. Parking spaces accessible only by automated mechanical car parking systems are not required to comply with Section 5.106.5.6. 5.106.5.6.1 EV capable spaces. EV capable spaces shall be provided in accordance with Table 5.106.5.6.1 and the following requirements: 1. Raceways complying with the California Electrical Code and no less than 1-inch (25 mm) diameter shall be provided and shall originate at a service panel or a subpanel(s) serving the area and shall terminate in close proximity to the proposed location of the EV capable space and into a suitable listed cabinet, box, enclosure or equivalent. A common raceway may be used to serve multiple EV capable spaces. 2. A service panel or subpanel(s) shall be provided with panel space and electrical load capacity for a dedicated 208/240 volt, 40-ampere minimum branch circuit for each EV capable space, with delivery of 30-ampere minimum to an installed EVSE at each EVCS. 3. The electrical system and any on-site distribution transformers shall have sufficient capacity to supplyfull rated amperage at each EV capable space. 4. The service panel or subpanel circuit directory shall identify the reserved overcurrent protective device space(s) as “EV CAPABLE.” The raceway termination location shall be permanently and visibly marked as “EV CAPABLE.” 1. Calculation for spaces shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.2. Each EVCS shall reduce the number of required EV capable spaces by the same number. 5.106.5.6.2 Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS). EV capable spaces shall be provided with EVSE to create EVCS in the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 and shall comply with Section 5.106.5.6.2. EVCS shall be serviced by Level 2 or Direct Current Fast Charging (DCFC) EVSE, or with EVSE in any combination of Level 2 and DCFC. Accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with California Building Code Chapter 11B. NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 1 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (July 2024 Supplement) Y =YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLERESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR, ETC.) CHAPTER 3GREEN BUILDING SECTION 301 GENERAL SECTION 302 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS 302.1 MIXED OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS. In mixed occupancy buildings, each portion of a building shall comply with the specific green building measures applicable to each specific occupancy. SECTION 303 PHASED PROJECTS 303.1 PHASED PROJECTS. For shell buildings and others constructed for future tenant improvements, only those code measures relevant to the building components and systems considered to be new construction (or newly constructed) shall apply. 303.1.1 Initial Tenant improvements. The provisions of this code shall apply only to the initial tenant improvements to a project. Subsequent tenant improvements shall comply with the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 non-residential additions and alterations. ABBREVIATION DEFINITIONS: CHAPTER 5NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURESDIVISION 5.1 PLANNING AND DESIGN SECTION 5.101 GENERAL 5.101.1 SCOPEThe provisions of this chapter outline planning, design and development methods that include environmentally responsible site selection, building design, building siting and development to protect, restore and enhance the environmental quality of the site and respect the integrity of adjacent properties. SECTION 5.102 DEFINITIONS SECTION 5.105 DECONSTRUCTION AND REUSE OF EXISTING STRUCTURES SECTION 5.106 SITE DEVELOPMENT TABLE 5.106.5.3.1 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES NUMBER OF EVCS (EV CAPABLE SPACES PROVIDED WITH EVSE)^2 0-9 10-25 26-50 51-75 76-100 101-150 151-200 201 AND OVER 0 2 8 13 17 25 35 20 percent of actual parking spaces1 0 0 2 3 4 6 9 25 percent of EV capable spaces1 TABLE 5.106.5.3.6 TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES 0-9 MINIMUM TOTAL kVA @ 6.6 kVA TOTAL kVA REQUIRED IN ANY COMBINATION OF EV CAPABLE,3,4 LOW POWER LEVEL 2, LEVEL 2,1,2 OR DCFC 10-25 26-50 51-75 76-100 101-150 151-200 201 AND OVER 0 26.4 52.8 112.2 165 231 20 percent of actual parking spaces x 6.6 85.8 0 26.4 52.8 112.2 165 231 85.8 Total required kVA = P x .20 x 6.6Where P = Parking spaces in facility TABLE 5.106.5.5.1 RACEWAY CONDUIT AND PANEL POWER REQUIREMENTS FOR MEDIUM AND HEAVY-DUTY EVSE [N] BUILDING TYPE BUILDING SIZE (SQ. FT.) NUMBER OF OFF-STREET LOADING SPACES ADDITIONAL CAPACITY REQUIRED (KVA) FOR RACEWAY & BUSWAY AND TRANSFORMER & PANEL Grocery Manufacturing Facilities Office Buildings Retail Warehouse 200 400 400 200 400 400 200 400 400 200 400 400 200 400 400 1 or 2 3 or Greater 1 or Greater 1 or 2 3 or Greater 1 or Greater 1 or 2 3 or Greater 1 or Greater 3 or Greater 1 or Greater 1 or 2 1 or 2 3 or Greater 1 or Greater 10,000 to 90,000 Greater than 90,000 10,000 to 50,000 10,000 to 50,000 Greater than 50,000 10,000 to 135,000 10,000 to 135,000 Greater than 135,000 10,000 to 135,000 Greater than 135,000 20,000 to 256,000 Greater than 256,000 TABLE 5.106.5.5.1 R TOTAL NUMBER OF ACTUAL PARKING SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EV CAPABLE SPACES NUMBER OF REQUIRED EVCS2 0-9 10-25 26-50 51-75 76-100 101-150 151-200 201 AND OVER 0 2 8 13 17 25 35 20 percent of total spaces1 0 1 2 3 4 6 9 20 percent of EV capable spaces1 X X X X X X X X X Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 12" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 1 7 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.01 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY5.106.5.6.2.1 Reduced number of EV capable spaces. The installation of each DCFC EVSE shall be permitted to reduce the minimum number of required EV capable spaces indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1by five and reduce proportionally the required electrical load capacity to the service panel or subpanel. 5.106.5.6.2.2 Multiple connectors. EVSE with multiple vehicle connectors capable of charging multiple EVs simultaneously shall be permitted if the electrical load capacity required by Section 5.106.5.6.1 for each EV capable space is accumulatively supplied to the EVSE. 5.106.5.6.2.3 Use of automatic load management systems (ALMS). ALMS shall be permitted for EVCS installed in accordance with Section 5.105.5.6.2. When ALMS is installed, the required electrical load capacity specified in Section 5.106.5.6.1 for each EVCS may be reduced when serviced by an EVSE controlled by an ALMS. Each EVSE controlled by an ALMS shall deliver a minimum 30 amperes to an EV when charging one vehicle and shall deliver a minimum 3.3 kW while simultaneously charging multiple EVs. 5.106.5.6.3 EVCS alternative compliance. In lieu of compliance with Section 5.106.5.6.2, EVCS shall be provided with Level 1, low power Level 2, or Level 2, or any combination of Level 1, low power Level 2 or Level 2 EVSE such that the total power supplied by the combination of EVSE meets the minimum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3, based on the total number of actual parking spaces in each parking facility. NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 2 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (July 2024 Supplement) Y =YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLERESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR, ETC.) 5.106.5.6.4 EVCS for alterations of or additions to parking facilities. Alterations of or additions to parking facilities shall provide EVCS in compliance with Section 5.106.5.6.4. The installation of infrastructure for EV capable spaces required to be provided without EVSE shall not be required. 5.106.5.6.4.1 Alterations of and additions to parking facilities. EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 or minimum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3 when the scope of work includes an increase in power supply to an electric panel serving light fixtures illuminating the parking area or when area containing parking spaces is added to a parking facility. The number of required EVCS shall be based on the total number of existing and new parking spaces in the parking facility. 5.106.5.6.4.2 Alterations consisting of the installation of photovoltaic systems. EVCS shall be provided in accordance with the number indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.1 or maximum power indicated in Table 5.106.5.6.3 when a new photovoltaic system is installed in an existing parking facility. 5.106.5.6.5 Requirement to install EVSE. Level 2 EVSE shall be provided in all existing EV capable spaces to create EVCS when a project is required by California Administrative Code Section 4-309 to be submitted for plan approval to the Division of the State Architect. When EVSE is installed in existing EV capable spaces, accessible EVCS shall be provided in accordance with California Building Code Chapter 11B. Exception: Projects in which improvements in parking areas consist only of accessibility improvements are not required to comply with Section 5.106.5.6.5. DIVISION 5.2 ENERGY EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.201 GENERAL5.201.1 Scope [BSC-CG]. California Energy Code [DSA-SS]. For the purposes of mandatory energy efficiency standards in this code, the California Energy Commission will continue to adopt mandatory building standards. 1. 2.3.4. 5.106.8 LIGHT POLLUTION REDUCTION. [N]. l Outdoor lighting systems shall be designed and installed to complywith the following:The minimum requirements in the California Energy Code for Lighting Zones 0-4 as defined in Chapter 10, Section 10-114 of the California Administrative Code; andBacklight (B) ratings as defined in IES TM-15-11 (shown in Table A-1 in Chapter 8);Uplight and Glare ratings as defined in California Energy Code (shown in Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B in Chapter 8) andAllowable BUG ratings not exceeding those shown in Table 5.106.8, [N] or Comply with a local ordinance lawfully enacted pursuant to Section 101.7, whichever is more stringent. Exceptions: [N]1. Luminaires that qualify as exceptions in Sections 130.2 (b) and 140.7 of the California Energy Code.2. Emergency lighting.3. Building facade meeting the requirements in Table 140.7-B of the California Energy Code, Part 6.4. Custom lighting features as allowed by the local enforcing agency, as permitted by Section 101.8 Alternate materials, designs and methods of construction.5. Luminaires with less than 6,200 initial luminaire lumens. 1. 2. 3. IESNA Lighting Zones 0 and 5 are not applicable; refer to Lighting Zones as defined in the California Energy Code and Chapter 10 of the Callifornia Administrative Code. For property lines that abut public walkways, bikeways, plazas and parking lots, the property line may be considered to be 5 feet beyond the actual property line for purpose of determining compliance with this section. For property lines that abut public roadways and public transit corridors, the property line may be considered to be the centerline of the public roadway or public transit corridor for the purpose of determining compliance with this section. General lighting luminaires in areas such as outdoor parking, sales or storage lots shall meet these reduced ratings. Decorative luminaries located in these areas shall meet U-value limits for "all other outdoor lighting" TABLE 5.106.8 [N] MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT, UPLIGHT AND GLARE (BUG) RATINGS 1,2 ALLOWABLE RATING LIGHTING ZONE LZ0 LIGHTING ZONE LZ1 LIGHTING ZONE LZ2 LIGHTING ZONE LZ3 LIGHTING ZONE LZ4 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT RATING 3 Luminaire greater than 2 mounting heights (MH) from property line Luminaire back hemisphere is 1-2 MH from property line Luminaire back hemisphere is 0.5-1 MH from property line Luminaire back hemisphere is less than 0.5 MH from property line MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE BACKLIGHT RATING (U) For area lighting 3 For all other outdoor lighting, including decorative luminaires MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE GLARE RATING 5 (G) DIVISION 5.3 WATER EFFICIENCY AND CONSERVATION SECTION 5.301 GENERAL 5.301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish the means of conserving water use indoors, outdoors and in wastewater conveyance. 1. 2. 3. 5.106.8.1 Facing- BacklightLuminaries within 2MH of a property line shall be oriented so that the nearest property line is behind the fixture, and shall comply with the backlight rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point of that property line. Exception: Corners. If two property lines (or two segments of the same property line) have equidistant point to the luminaire, then the luminaire may be oriented so that the intersection of the two lines (the corner) is directly behind the luminaire. The luminaire shall still use the distance to the nearest points(s) on the property lines to determine the required backlight rating. 5.106.8.2 Facing-Glare.For luminaires covered by 5.106.8.1, if a property line also exists within or extends into the front hemisphere within 2MH of the luminaire then the luminaire shall comply with the more stringent glare rating specified in Table 5.106.8 based on the lighting zone and distance to the nearest point on the nearest property line within the front hemisphere. Note: [N]See also California Building Code, Chapter 12, Section 1205.6 for college campus lighting requirements for parking facilities and walkways.Refer to Chapter 8 (Compliance Forms, Worksheets and Reference Material) for IES TM-15-11 Table A-1, California Energy Code Tables 130.2-A and 130.2-B.Refer to the California Building Code for requirements for additions and alterations. 1.2.3.4.5. 5.106.10 GRADING AND PAVING. Construction plans shall indicate how site grading or a drainage system will manage all surface water flows to keep water from entering buildings. Examples of methods to manage surface water include, but are not limited to, the following: Swales.Water collection and disposal systems.French drains.Water retention gardens.Other water measures which keep surface water away from buildings and aid in groundwater recharge.Exception: Additions and alterations not altering the drainage path. 5.106.12 SHADE TREES [DSA-SS]. Shade Trees shall be planted to comply with Sections 5.106.12.1, 5.106.12.2, and 5.106.12.3. Percentages show n shall be measured at noon on the summer solstice. Landscape irrigation necessary to establish and maintain tree health shall comply with Section 5.304.6. 5.106.12.1 Surface parking areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal, shall be installedto provide shade over 50 percent of the parking area within 15 years. Exceptions: Surface parking area covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieu of shade tree planting. 5.106.12.2 Landscape areas. Shade tress plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade of 20% of the landscape area within 15 years. Exceptions: Playfields for organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. 5.106.12.3. Hardscape areas. Shade tree plantings, minimum #10 container size or equal shall be installed to provide shade over 20 percent of the hardscape area within 15 years. Exceptions:1. Walks, hardscape areas covered by solar photovoltaic shade structures or shade structures with roofing materials that comply with Table A5.106.11.2.2 in Appendix A5 shall be permitted in whole or in part in lieuof shade tree planting.2 Designated and marked play areas of organized sport activity are not included in the total area calculation. SECTION 5.302 DEFINITIONS5.302.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) EVAPOTRANSPIRATION ADJUSTMENT FACTOR (ETAF) [DSA-SS]. An adjustment factor when applied to reference evapotranspiration that adjusts for plant factors and irrigation efficiency, which ae two major influences on the amount of water that needs to be applied to the landscape. FOOTPRINT AREA [DSA-SS]. The total area of the furthest exterior wall of the structure projected to natural grade, not including exterior areas such as stairs, covered walkways, patios and decks. METERING FAUCET. A self-closing faucet that dispenses a specific volume of water for each actuation cycle. The volume or cycle duration can be fixed or adjustable. GRAYWATER. Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 17922.12, "graywater" means untreated wastewater that has not been contaminated by any toilet discharge, has not been affected by infectious, contaminated, or unhealthy bodily wastes, and does not present a threat from contamination by unhealthful processing, manufacturing, or operating wastes. "Graywater" includes, but is not limited to wastewater from bathtubs, showers, bathroom washbasins, clothes washing machines and laundry tubs, but does not include waste water from kitchen sinks or dishwashers. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). The California ordinance regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices that will ensure commercial, multifamily and other developer installed landscapes greater than 2500 square feet meet an irrigation water budget developed based on landscaped area and climatological parameters. MODEL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE (MWELO). [HCD] The California model ordinance (California Code of Regulations, Title 23, Division 2, Chapter 2.7), regulating landscape design, installation and maintenance practices. Local agencies are required to adopt the updated MWELO, or adopt a local ordinance at least as effective as the MWELO. POTABLE WATER. Water that is drinkable and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards. See definition in the California Plumbing Code, Part 5. POTABLE WATER. [HCD] Water that is satisfactory for drinking, culinary, and domestic purposes, and meets the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Drinking Water Standards and the requirements of the Health Authority Having Jurisdiction. RECYCLED WATER. Water which, as a result of treatment of waste, is suitable for a direct beneficial use or a controlled use that would not otherwise occur [Water Code Section 13050 (n)]. Simply put, recycled water is water treated to remove waste matter attaining a quality that is suitable to use the water again. SUBMETER. [HCD 1] A secondary device beyond a meter that measures water consumption of an individual rental unit within a multiunit residential structure or mixed-use residential and commercial structure. (See Civic Code Section 1954.202 (g) and Water code Section 517 for additional details.) WATER BUDGET. Is the estimated total landscape irrigation water use which shall not exceed the maximum applied water allowance calculated in accordance with the Department of Water Resources Model Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO). SECTION 5.303 INDOOR WATER USE 1. 2.a.b.c. 5.303.1 METERS. Separate submeters or metering devices shall be installed for the uses described in Sections503.1.1 and 503.1.2. 5.303.1.1 Buildings in excess of 50,000 square feet. Separate submeters shall be installed as follows: For each individual leased, rented or other tenant space within the building projected to consume more than 100 gal/day (380 L/day), including, but not limited to, spaces used for laundry or cleaners, restaurant or food service, medical or dental office, laboratory, or beauty salon or barber shop.Where separate submeters for individual building tenants are unfeasible, for water supplied to the following subsystems:Makeup water for cooling towers where flow through is greater than 500 gpm (30 L/s).Makeup water for evaporative coolers greater than 6 gpm (0.04 L/s).Steam and hot water boilers with energy input more than 500,000 Btu/h (147 kW). 5.303.1.2 Excess consumption. A separate submeter or metering device shall be provided for any tenant within a new building or within an addition that is projected to consume more than 1,000 gal/day. TABLE 5.106.5.6.3 NUMBER OF PARKING SPACES IN A PARKING FACILITY MINIMUM TOTAL POWER (KVA) REQUIRED FOR EVCS 5.303.3 WATER CONSERVING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures (water closets and urinals) and fittings (faucets and showerheads) shall comply with the following: 5.303.3.1 Water Closets. The effective flush volume of all water closets shall not exceed 1.28 gallons per flush. Tank-type water closets shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Tank-Type toilets. Note: The effective flush volume of dual flush toilets is defined as the composite, average flush volume of two reduced flushes and one full flush. 5.303.3.2 Urinals.5.303.3.2.1 Wall-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of wall-mounted urinals shall not exceed 0.125 gallons per flush.5.303.3.2.2 Floor-mounted Urinals. The effective flush volume of floor-mounted or other urinals shall not exceed 0.5 gallons per flush. 5.303.3.3 Showerheads. [BSC-CG]5.303.3.3.1 Single showerhead. Showerheads shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi. Showerheads shall be certified to the performance criteria of the U.S. EPA WaterSense Specification for Showerheads. 5.303.3.3.2 Multiple showerheads serving one shower. When a shower is served by more than one showerhead, the combined flow rate of all the showerheads and/or other shower outlets controlled by a single valve shall not exceed 1.8 gallons per minute at 80 psi, or the shower shall be designed to allow only one shower outlet to be in operation at a time. Note: A hand-held shower shall be considered a showerhead. 5.303.3.4 Faucets and fountains.5.303.3.4.1 Nonresidential Lavatory faucets. Lavatory faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.5 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.2 Kitchen faucets. Kitchen faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. Kitchen faucets may temporarily increase the flow above the maximum rate, but not to exceed 2.2 gallons per minute at 60 psi, and must default to a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 psi. 5.303.3.4.3 Wash fountains. Wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than1.8 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. 5.303.3.4.4 Metering faucets. Metering faucets shall not deliver more than 0.20 gallons per cycle. 5.303.3.4.5 Metering faucets for wash fountains. Metering faucets for wash fountains shall have a maximum flow rate of not more than 0.20 gallons per minute/20 [rim space (inches) at 60 psi]. Note: Where complying faucets are unavailable, aerators or other means may be used to achieve reduction. 5.303.3.4.6 Pre-rinse spray valueWhen installed, shall meet the requirements in the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) Table H-2, Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A), and Section 1607 (d)(7), and shall be equipped with an integral automatic shutoff. FOR REFERENCE ONLY:The following table and code section have been reprinted from the California Code of Regulations, Title 20 (Appliance Efficiency Regulations), Section 1605.1 (h)(4) and Section 1605.3 (h)(4)(A). TABLE H-2 STANDARDS FOR COMMERCIAL PRE-RINSE SPRAY VALUES MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 28, 2019 PRODUCT CLASS[(spray force in ounce force (ozf)]MAXIMUM FLOW RATE (gpm) Product Class 1 (≤ 5.0 ozf) Product Class 2 (> 5.0 ozf and ≤ 8.0 ozf) Product Class 3 (> 8.0 ozf) 1.00 1.20 1.28 5.303.4 COMMERCIAL KITCHEN EQUIPMENT. 5.303.4.1 Food Waste Disposers. Disposers shall either modulate the use of water to no more than 1 gpm when the disposer is not in use (not actively grinding food waste/no-load) or shall automatically shut off after no more than 10 minutes of inactivity. Disposers shall use no more than 8 gpm of water.Note: This code section does not affect local jurisdiction authority to prohibit or require disposer installation. 5.303.5 AREAS OF ADDITION OR ALTERATION. For those occupancies within the authority of the California Building Standards Commission as specified in Section 103, the provisions of Section 5.303.3 and 5.303.4 shall apply to new fixtures in additions or areas of alteration to the building. 5.303.6 STANDARDS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS. Plumbing fixtures and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the California Plumbing Code, and shall meet the applicable standards referenced in Table 1701.1 of the California Plumbing Code and in Chapter 6 of this code. SECTION 5.304 OUTDOOR WATER USE 1. 2. 5.304.1 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. Nonresidential developments shall comply with a local water efficient landscape ordinance or the current California Department of Water Resources' Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO), whichever is more stringent. Notes:The Model Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance (MWELO) is located in the California Code of Regulations,Title 23, Chapter 2.7, Division 2.MWELO and supporting documents, including a water budget calculator, are available at: https://www.water.ca.gov/. 5.304.6 OUTDOOR POTABLE WATER USE IN LANDSCAPE AREAS. For public schools and community colleges, landscape projects as described in Sections 5.304.6.1 and 5.304.6.2 shall comply with the California Department of Water Resources Model Water Efficient Landsc pe Ordinance (MWELO) commencing with Section 490 of Chapter 2.7, Division 2, Title 23, California Code of Regulations, except that the evapotranspiration adjustment factor (ETAF)shall be 0.65 with an additional water allowance for special landscape areas (SLA) of 0.35. Exception: Any project with an aggregate landscape area of 2,500 square feet or less may comply with the prescriptive measures contained in Appendix D of the MWELO. 5.304.6.1 Newly constructed landscapes. New construction projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 500 square feet. 5.304.6.2 Rehabilitated landscapes. Rehabilitated landscape projects with an aggregate landscape area equal to or greater than 1,200 square feet. DIVISION 5.4 MATERIAL CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE EFFICIENCY SECTION 5.401 GENERAL 5.401.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter specify the requirements of achieving material conservation, resourceefficiency, and greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reduction through protection of buildings from exterior moisture, construction waste diversion, employment of techniques to reduce pollution through recycling of materials, the installation of products with lower GHG emissions and building commissioning or testing and adjusting. SECTION 5.402 DEFINITIONS 5.402.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ADJUST. To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper. BALANCE. To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains, branches and terminals, according to design quantities. BUILDING COMMISSIONING. A systematic quality assurance process that spans the entire design and construction process, including verifying and documenting that building systems and components are planned, designed, installed, tested, operated and maintained to meet the owner’s project requirements. BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA ACT (BCCA). The Buy Clean California Act (BCCA) (Public Contract Code Sections 3500-3505) targets carbon emissions associated with the production of structural steel (hot-rolled sections, hollow structural sections, and plate), concrete reinforcing steel, flat glass, and mineral wool board insulation. The maximum acceptable global warming potential (GWP) limits are established by the Department of General Services (DGS), in consultation with the California Air Resources Board (CARB). CRADLE-TO-GRAVE. Activities associated with a product or building’s life cycle from the extraction stage through disposal stage, and covering modules A1 through C4 in accordance with ISO Standards 14025 and 21930. ORGANIC WASTE. Food waste, green waste, landscape and pruning wste, nonhazardous wood waste, and food soiled paper waste that is mixed in with food waste. REFERENCE STUDY PERIOD. The period of use for the building, in years, that will be assumed for life cycleassessment. TEST. A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment TYPE III ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION (EPD). A third-party verified report that summarizes how a product impacts the environment. Type III EPDs can be either product-specific, factory-specific, or industry-wide EPDs. See “Cradle-to-Gate.” FACTORY-SPECIFIC EPD. A product-specific Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts can be attributed to a single manufacturer and manufacturing facility. INDUSTRY-WIDE EPD (IW-EPD). A Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts are an average of the typical manufacturing impacts for a range of products within the same product category for a group of manufacturers. PRODUCT-SPECIFIC EPD. A Type III EPD in which the environmental impacts can be attributed to a product design and manufacturer across multiple facilities. SECTION 5.407 WATER RESISTANCE AND MOSITURE MANAGEMENT5.407.1 WEATHER PROTECTION. Provide a weather-resistant exterior wall and foundation envelope as required by California Building Code Section 1402.2 (Weather Protection), manufacturer's installation instructions or local ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.407.2 MOISTURE CONTROL. Employ moisture control measures by the following methods. 5.407.2.1 Sprinklers. Design and maintain landscape irrigation systems to prevent spray on structures. 5.407.2.2 Entries and openings. Design exterior entries and/or openings subject to foot traffic or wind-drivenrain to prevent water intrusion into buildings as follows: 5.407.2.2.1 Exterior door protection. Primary exterior entries shall be covered to prevent water intrusion by using nonabsorbent floor and wall finishes within at least 2 feet around and perpendicular tosuch openings plus at least one of the following: 1. An installed awning at least 4 feet in depth.2. The door is protected by a roof overhang at least 4 feet in depth.3. The door is recessed at least 4 feet.4. Other methods which provide equivalent protection. 5.407.2.2.2 Flashing. Install flashings integrated with a drainage plane. SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND REYCLING 1. 2. 3.4. 1.2. 3. 1. 2. 5.408.1 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT. Recycle and/or salvage for reuse a minimum of 65% of thenon-hazardous construction and demolition waste in accordance with Section 5.408.1.1, 5.408.1.2 or 5.408.1.3; ormeet a local construction and demolition waste management ordinance, whichever is more stringent. 5.408.1.1 Construction waste management plan. Where a local jurisdiction does not have a construction and demolition waste management ordinance, submit a construction waste management plan that: Identifies the construction and demolition waste materials to be diverted from disposal by efficient usage, recycling, reuse on the project or salvage for future use or sale.Determines if construction and demolition waste materials will be sorted on-site (source-separated) or bulk mixed (single stream).Identifies diversion facilities where construction and demolition waste material collected will be taken.Specifies that the amount of construction and demolition waste materials diverted shall be calculated byweight or volume, but not by both. 5.408.1.2 Waste Management Company. Utilize a waste management company that can provide verifiable documentation that the percentage of construction and demolition waste material diverted from the landfill complies with this section. Note: The owner or contractor shall make the determination if the construction and demolition waste material will be diverted by a waste management company. Exceptions to Sections 5.408.1.1 and 5.408.1.2: Excavated soil and land-clearing debris.Alternate waste reduction methods developed by working with local agencies if diversion or recycle facilities capable of compliance with this item do not exist.Demolition waste meeting local ordinance or calculated in consideration of local recycling facilities and markets. 5.408.1.3 Waste stream reduction alternative. The combined weight of new construction disposal that does not exceed two pounds per square foot of building area may be deemed to meet the 65% minimum requirement as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.408.1.4 Documentation. Documentation shall be provided to the enforcing agency which demonstrates compliance with Sections 5.408.1.1, through 5.408.1.3. The waste management plan shall be updated as necessary and shall be accessible during construction for examination by the enforcing agency. Notes:Sample forms found in "A Guide to the California Green Building Standards Code (Nonresidential)" located www.dgs.ca.gov/BSC/Resources/Page-Content/Building-Standards-Commission-Resources-List-Folder/CALGreen may be used to assist in documenting compliance with the waste management plan.Mixed construction and demolition debris processors can be located at the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle). 1. 2. 5.408.2 UNIVERSAL WASTE. [A] Additions and alterations to a building or tenant space that meet the scoping provisions in Section 301.3 for nonresidential additions and alterations, shall require verification that Universal Waste items such as fluorescent lamps and ballast and mercury containing thermostats as well as other California prohibited Universal Waste materials are disposed of properly and are diverted from landfills. A list of prohibited Universal Waste materials shall be included in the construction documents. Note: Refer to the Universal Waste Rule link at: http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/universalwaste/ 5.408.3 EXCAVATED SOIL AND LAND CLEARING DEBRIS. 100 percent of trees, stumps, rocks and associated vegetation and soils resulting primarily from land clearing shall be reused or recycled. For a phased project, such material may be stockpiled on site until the storage site is developed. Exception: Reuse, either on or off-site, of vegetation or soil contaminated by disease or pest infestation. Notes:If contamination by disease or pest infestation is suspected, contact the County Agricultural Commissioner and follow its direction for recycling or disposal of the material.For a map of know pest and/or disease quarantine zones, consult with the California Department of Food and Agriculture. (www.cdfa.ca.gov) SECTION 5.408 CONSTRUCTION WASTE REDUCTION, DISPOSAL AND REYCLING5.409.1 SCOPE. [BSC-CG] Effective July 1, 2024, projects consisting of newly constructed building(s) with a combined floor area of 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.409.2 or Section 5.409.3. Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor areacombined with the existing building(s) is 100,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. Effective January 1, 2026, the combined floor area shall be 50,000 square feet or greater. [DSA-SS] Projects consisting of newly constructed building(s) with a combined floor area of 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.409.2 or Section 5.409.3. Alteration(s) to existing building(s) where the combined altered floor area is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, 5.409.2, or 5.409.3. Addition(s) to existing building(s) where the total floor area combined with the existing building(s) is 50,000 square feet or greater shall comply with either Section 5.105.2, Section 5.409.2, or Section 5.409.3. N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A G0 G0 G0 G1 G0 G0 G1 G2 G0 G1 G1 G3 G1 G1 G2 G4 U1 U2 U3 UR U0 U0 U0 U0 B0 B0 B1 B2 B3B3B2B1 B4B4B3B2 No Limit No Limit No Limit No Limit 0-9 10-25 26-50 51-75 76-100 101-150 151-200 201 AND OVER 0 7 14 20 27 40 60 Total required KVA = P x .05 x 6.6Where P = Parking spaces in facility X X X X X X X X X X X Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 12" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 1 8 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.02 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY 1. 2. 3. 5.409.2 Whole building life cycle assessment. Projects shall conduct a cradle-to-grave whole building life cycle assessment performed in accordance with ISO 14040 and ISO 14044, excluding operating energy, and demonstrating a minimum 10-percent reduction in global warming potential (GWP) as compared to a reference baseline building of similar size, function, complexity, type of construction, material specification, and location that meets the requirements of the California Energy Code currently in effect. Software used to conduct the whole building life cycle assessment, including reference baseline building, shall have a data set compliant with ISO 14044, and ISO 21930 or EN 15804, and the software shall conform to ISO 21931 and/or EN 15978. The software tools and data sets shall be the same for evaluation of both the baseline building and the proposed building. Notes:Software for calculating whole building life cycle assessment is available for free at Athena Sustainable Materials Institute (https://calculatelca.com/software/impact-estimator/) and OneClick LCA-Planetary (www.oneclicklca.com/planetary). Paid versions include, but are not limited to, Sphera GaBi Solutions (gabi.sphera.com), SimaPro (simapro.com), One-Click LCA (www.oneclicklca.com) and Tally for Revit (apps.autodesk.com). ASTM E2921-22 “Standard Practice for Minimum Criteria for Comparing Whole Building Life Cycle Assessments for Use with Building Codes, Standards, and Rating Systems ” may be consulted for the assessment. In addition to the required documentation specified in Section 5.409.2.3, Worksheet WS-9 may be required by the enforcing entity to demonstrate compliance with the requirements. 5.409.2.1 Building components. Building enclosure components included in the assessment shall be limited to glazing assemblies, insulation, and exterior finishes. Primary and secondary structural members included in the assessment shall be limited to footings and foundations, and structural columns, beams, walls, roofs, and floors. 5.409.2.2 Reference study period. The reference study period of the proposed building shall be equal to the reference baseline building and shall be 60 years. 5.409.2.3 Verification of compliance. A summary of the GWP analysis produced by the software and Worksheet WS-4 signed by the design professional of record shall be provided in the construction documents as documentation of compliance. A copy of the whole building life cycle assessment which includes the GWP analysis produced by the software, in addition to maintenance and training information, shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual and shall be provided to the owner at the close of construction. The enforcing agency may require inspection and inspection reports in accordance with Sections 702.2 and 703.1 during and at completion of construction to demonstrate substantial conformance. Inspection shall be performed by the design professional of record or third party acceptable to the enforcing agency. 5.409.3 Product GWP compliance—prescriptive path. Each product that is permanently installed and listed in Table 5.409.3 shall have a Type III environmental product declaration (EPD), either product-specific or factory-specific. NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 3 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (July 2024 Supplement) Y =YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLERESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR, ETC.) SECTION 5.410 BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONS 5.410.1 RECYCLING BY OCCUPANTS. Provide readily accessible areas that serve the entire building and are identified for the depositing, storage and collection of non-hazardous materials for recycling, including (at a minimum) paper, corrugated cardboard, glass, plastics, organic waste, and metals or meet a lawfully enacted local recycling ordinance, if more restrictive. Exception: Rural jurisdictions that meet and apply for the exemption in Public Resources Code 42649.82 (a)(2)(A) et seq. shall also be exempt from the organic waste portion of this section. 5.410.1.1 Additions. All additions conducted within a 12-month period under single or multiple permits, resulting in an increase of 30% or more in floor area, shall provide recycling areas on site. Exception: Additions within a tenant space resulting in less than a 30% increase in the tenant space floor area. 5.410.1.2 Sample ordinance. Space allocation for recycling areas shall comply with Chapter 18, Part 3, Division 30 of the Public Resources Code. Chapter 18 is known as the California Solid Waste Reuse and Recycling Access Act of 1991 (Act). Note: A sample ordinance for use by local agencies may be found in Appendix A of the document at the CalRecycle’s web site. 1. 2. 3. The GWP values of the products listed in Table 5.409.3 are based on 175 percent of Buy Clean California Act (BCCA) GWP values, except for concrete products which are not included in the BCCA.For concrete, 175 percent of the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) 2022 version 3 Pacific Southwest regional benchmark values are used for the GWP allowed, except for High Early Strength.Concrete High Early Strength ready-mixed shall be calculated at 130 percent of the ready-mixed concrete GWP allowed values for each product category. 5.409.3.1 Products shall not exceed the maximum GWP value specified in Table 5.409.3. Exception: Concrete may be considered one product category to meet compliance with this section. A weighted average of the maximum GWP for all concrete mixes installed in the project shall be less than the weighted average maximum GWP allowed per Table 5.409.3 using Exception Equation 5.409.3.1. Calculations shall be performed with consistent units of measurement for the material quantity and the GWP value. For the purposes of this exception, industry-wide EPDs are acceptable. Exception EQUATION 5.409.3.1 GWP/n < GWP/allowedwhere GWP/n = Σ (GWP/n)(v/n) and GWP/allowed = Σ (GWP/allowed)(v/n)and /n = each concrete mix installed in the projectGWP/n = the GWP for concrete mix /n per concretemix EPD, in kg CO2e/m3GWP/allowed = the GWP potential allowed for concretemix /n per Table 5.409.3 v/n = the volume of concrete mix/ n installed inthe project, in m3 TABLE 5.409.3PRODUCT GWP LIMITS BUY CLEAN CALIFORNIA MATERIALS PRODUCT CATEGORY 1 Hot-rolled structural steel sections Hollow structural sections Steel plate Concrete reinforcing steel Flat glass Light-density mineral wool board insulation High-density mineral wool board insulation MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE GWP VALUE (unfabricated)(GWPallowed) 1.77 3.00 2.61 1.56 2.50 5.83 14.28 UNIT OF MEASUREMENT MT CO2e/MT MT CO2e/MT MT CO2e/MT MT CO2e/MT kg CO2e/MT kg CO2e/MT kg CO2e/MT 5.409.3.2 Verification of compliance. Calculations to demonstrate compliance, Type III EPDs for products required to comply, if included in the project, and Worksheet WS-5 signed by the design professional of record shall be provided on the construction documents. Updated EPDs for products used in construction shall be provided to the owner at the close of construction and to the enforcement entity upon request. The enforcing agency may require inspection and inspection reports in accordance with Sections 702.2 and 703.1 during and at completion of construction to demonstrate substantial conformance. Inspection shall be performed by the design professional of record or third party acceptable to the enforcing agency. 1.2.3.4.5.6.7. 1.2. 3.4. 1. 5.410.2 COMMISSIONING. [N] New buildings 10,000 square feet and over. For new buildings 10,000 square feet and over, building commissioning shall be included in the design and construction processes of the building project to verify that the building systems and components meet the owner’s or owner representative’s project requirements. Commissioning shall be performed in accordance with this section by trained personnel with experience on projects of comparable size and complexity. For I-occupancies that are not regulated by OSHPD or for I-occupancies and L-occupancies that are not regulated y the California Energy Code Section 100.0 Scope, all requirements in Sections 5.410.2 through 5.410.2.6 shall apply. Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting systems and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements Commissioning requirements shall include: Owner’s or Owner representative’s project requirements.Basis of design.Commissioning measures shown in the construction documents.Commissioning plan.Functional performance testing.Documentation and training.Commissioning report. Exceptions: Unconditioned warehouses of any size.Areas less than 10,000 square feet used for offices or other conditioned accessory spaces within unconditioned warehouses.Tenant improvements less than 10,000 square feet as described in Section 303.1.1.Open parking garages of any size, or open parking garage areas, of any size, within a structure. Note: For the purposes of this section, unconditioned shall mean a building, area or room which does not provide heating and/or air conditioning. Informational Notes: Functional performance testing for heating, ventilation, air conditioning systems and lighting controls must be performed in compliance with the California Energy Code. 5.410.2.1 Owner's or Owner Representative's Project Requirements (OPR). [N] The expectations and requirements of the building appropriate to its phase shall be documented before the design phase of the project begins. This documentation shall include the following:1. Environmental and sustainability goals.2. Building sustainable goals.3. Indoor environmental quality requirements.4. Project program, including facility functions and hours of operation, and need for after hours operation.5. Equipment and systems expectations.6. Building occupant and operation and maintenance (O&M) personnel expectations. 5.410.2.2 Basis of Design (BOD). [N] A written explanation of how the design of the building systems meets the OPR shall be completed at the design phase of the building project. The Basis of Design document shall cover the following systems: 1. Renewable energy systems.2. Landscape irrigation systems.3. Water reuse system. 5.410.2.3 Commissioning plan. [N] Prior to permit issuance a commissioning plan shall be completed to document how the project will be commissioned. The commissioning plan shall include the following:1. General project information.2. Commissioning goals.3. Systems to be commissioned. Plans to test systems and components shall include:a. An explanation of the original design intent.b. Equipment and systems to be tested, including the extent of tests.c. Functions to be tested.d. Conditions under which the test shall be performed.e. Measurable criteria for acceptable performance.4. Commissioning team information.5. Commissioning process activities, schedules and responsibilities. Plans for the completion of commissioning shall be included. 5.410.2.4 Functional performance testing. [N] Functional performance tests shall demonstrate the correct installation and operation of each component, system and system-to-system interface in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Functional performance testing reports shall contain information addressing each of the building components tested, the testing methods utilized, and include any readings and adjustments made. 5.410.2.5 Documentation and training. [N] A Systems Manual and Systems Operations Training are required, including Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) requirements in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 1.2.3. 4.5.6.7. 1.2.3.4. 5.410.2.5.1 Systems manual. [N] Documentation of the operational aspects of the building shall be completed within the systems manual and delivered to the building owner or representative. The systems manual shall include the following:Site information, including facility description, history and current requirements.Site contact information.Basic operations and maintenance, including general site operating procedures, basic troubleshooting, recommended maintenance requirements, site events log.Major systems.Site equipment inventory and maintenance notes.A copy of verifications required by the enforcing agency or this code.Other resources and documentation, if applicable. 5.410.2.5.2 Systems operations training. [N] A program for training of the appropriate maintenance staff for each equipment type and/or system shall be developed and documented in the commissioning report and shall include the following:System/equipment overview (what it is, what it does and with what other systems and/or equipment it interfaces).Review and demonstration of servicing/preventive maintenance.Review of the information in the Systems Manual.Review of the record drawings on the system/equipment. 5.410.2.6 Commissioning report. [N] A report of commissioning process activities undertaken through the design and construction phases of the building project shall be completed and provided to the owner or representative. 5.410.4 TESTING AND ADJUSTING. New buildings less than 10,000 square feet. Testing and adjusting of systems shall be required for new buildings less than 10,000 square feet or new systems to serve an addition or alteration subject to Section 303.1. 5.410.4.2 (Reserved) Note: For energy-related systems under the scope (Section 100) of the California Energy Code, including heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) systems and controls, indoor lighting system and controls, as well as water heating systems and controls, refer to California Energy Code Section 120.8 for commissioning requirements and Sections 120.5, 120.6, 130.4, and 140.9(b)3 for additional testing requirements of specific systems. 5.410.4.2 Systems. Develop a written plan of procedures for testing and adjusting systems. Systems to be included for testing and adjusting shall include at a minimum, as applicable to the project: 1. Renewable energy systems. 2. Landscape irrigation systems.3. Water reuse systems. 5.410.4.3 Procedures. Perform testing and adjusting procedures in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and applicable standards on each system. 5.410.4.3.1 HVAC balancing. In addition to testing and adjusting, before a new space-conditioning system serving a building or space is operated for normal use, the system shall be balanced in accordance with the procedures defined by the Testing Adjusting and Balancing Bureau National Standards; the National Environmental Balancing Bureau Procedural Standards; Associated Air Balance Council National Standards or as approved by the enforcing agency. 5.410.4.4 Reporting. After completion of testing, adjusting and balancing, provide a final report of testing signed by the individual responsible for performing these services. 5.410.4.5 Operation and maintenance (O & M) manual. Provide the building owner or representative with detailed operating and maintenance instructions and copies of guaranties/warranties for each system. O & M instructions shall be consistent with OSHA requirements in CCR, Title 8, Section 5142, and other related regulations. 5.410.4.5.1 Inspections and reports. Include a copy of all inspection verifications and reports required by the enforcing agency. DIVISION 5.5 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY SECTION 5.501 GENERAL 5.501.1 SCOPE. The provisions of this chapter shall outline means of reducing the quantity of air contaminants that are odorous, irritating, and/or harmful to the comfort and well-being of a building's installers, occupants and neighbors. SECTION 5.502 DEFINITIONS5.502.1 DEFINITIONS. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2 (and are included here for reference) ARTERIAL HIGHWAY. A general term denoting a highway primarily for through traffic usually on a continuous route. A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL (dBA). The sound pressure level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter using the internationally standardized A-weighting filter or as computed from sound spectral data to which A-weighting adjustments have been made. 1 BTU/HOUR. British thermal units per hour, also referred to as Btu. The amount of heat required to raise one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit per hour, a common measure of heat transfer rate. A ton of refrigeration is 12,000 Btu, the amount of heat required to melt a ton (2,000 pounds) of ice at 320/ Fahrenheit. COMMUNITY NOISE EQUIVALENT LEVEL (CNEL). A metric similar to the day-night average sound level (Ldn), except that a 5 decibel adjustment is added to the equivalent continuous sound exposure level for evening hours (7pm to 10pm) in addition to the 10 dB nighttime adjustment used in the Ldn. COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS. Composite wood products include hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard. “Composite wood products” does not include hardboard, structural plywood, structural panels, structural composite lumber, oriented strand board, glued laminated timber, timber, prefabricated wood I –joists or finger–jointed lumber, all as specified in California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 17, Section 93120.1(a). Note: See CCR, Title 17, Section 93120.1. DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL (Ldn). The A-weighted equivalent continuous sound exposure level for a 24-hour period with a 10 dB adjustment added to sound levels occurring during nighttime hours (10p.m. to 7 a.m.). DECIBEL (db). A measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity (such as sound pressure, sound power, sound intensity) with respect to a reference quantity. ELECTRIC VEHICLE (EV). An automotive-type vehicle for on-road use, such as passenger automobiles, buses, trucks, vans, neighborhood electric vehicles, electric motorcycles, and the like, primarily powered by an electric motor that draws current from a rechargeable storage battery, fuel cell, photovoltaic array, or other source of electric current. Plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV) are considered electric vehicles. For purposes of the California Electrical Code, off-road, self-propoelled electric vehicles, such as industrial trucks, hoists, lifts, transports, golf carts, airline ground support equipment, tractors, boats, and the like, are not included. ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STATION(S) (EVCSj). One or more spaces intended for charging electric vehicles. ELECTRIC VEHICLE SUPPLY EQUIPMENT (EVSE). The conductors, including the ungrounded, grounded, and equipment grounding conductors and the electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and the electric vehicle. ENERGY EQUIVALENT (NOISE) LEVEL (Leq). The level of a steady noise which would have the same energy as the fluctuating noise level integrated over the time of period of interest. EXPRESSWAY. An arterial highway for through traffic which may have partial control of access, but which may or may not be divided or have grade separations at intersections. FREEWAY. A divided arterial highway with full control of access and with grade separations at intersections. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL (GWP). The radiative forcing impact of one mass-based unit of a given greenhouse gas relative to an equivalent unit of carbon dioxide over a given period of time. Carbon dioxide is the reference compound with a GWP of one. GLOBAL WARMING POTENTIAL VALUE (GWP VALUE). A 100-year GWP value published by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) in either its Second Assessment Report (SAR) (IPCC, 1995); or its Fourth Assessment A-3 Report (AR4) (IPCC, 2007). The SAR GWP values are found in column "SAR (100-yr)" of Table 2.14.; the AR4 GWP values are found in column "100 yr" of Table 2.14. HIGH-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that is: (a) a chlorofluorocarbon, a hdrochlorofluorocarbon, a hydrofluorocarbon, a perfluorocarbon, or any compound or blend of compounds, with a GWP value equal to or greater than 150, or (B) any ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). LONG RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.5 times the pipe diameter. LOW-GWP REFRIGERANT. A compound used as a heat transfer fluid or gas that: (A) has a GWP value less than 150, and (B) is not an ozone depleting substance as defined in Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 82, sec.82.3 (as amended March 10, 2009). MERV. Filter minimum efficiency reporting value, based on ASHRAE 52.2–1999. MAXIMUM INCREMENTAL REACTIVITY (MIR). The maximum change in weight of ozone formed by adding a compound to the "Base REactive Organic Gas (ROG) Mixture" per weight of compound added, expressed to hundreths of a gram (g O3//g ROC). PRODUCT-WEIGHTED MIR (PWMIR). The sum of all weighted-MIR for all ingredients in a product subject to this article. The PWMIR is the total product reactivity expressed to hundredths of a gram of ozone formed per gram of product (excluding container and packaging). PSIG. Pounds per square inch, guage. REACTIVE ORGANIC COMPOUND (ROC). Any compound that has the potential, once emitted, to contribute to ozone formation in the troposphere. SCHRADER ACCESS VALVES. Access fittings with a valve core installed. SHORT RADIUS ELBOW. Pipe fitting installed between two lengths of pipe or tubing to allow a change of direction, with a radius 1.0 times the pipe diameter. SUPERMARKET. For the purposes of Section 5.508.2, a supermarket is any retail food facility with 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilizes either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. VOC. A volatile organic compound broadly defined as a chemical compound based on carbon chains or rings with vapor pressures greater than 0.1 millimeters of mercury at room temperature. These compounds typically contain hydrogen and may contain oxygen, nitrogen and other elements. See CCR Title 17, Section 94508(a). Note: Where specific regulations are cited from different agencies such as SCAQMD, ARB, etc., the VOC definition included in that specific regulation is the one that prevails for the specific measure in question. SECTION 5.503 FIREPLACES5.503.1 FIREPLACES. Install only a direct-vent sealed-combustion gas or sealed wood-burning fireplace, or a sealed woodstove or pellet stove, and refer to residential requirements in the California Energy Code, Title 24, Part 6, Subchapter 7, Section 150. Woodstoves, pellet stoves and fireplaces shall comply with applicable local ordinances. 5.503.1.1 Woodstoves. Woodstoves and pellet stoves shall comply with U.S. EPA New Source Performance Standards (NSPS) emission limits as applicable, and shall have a permanent label indicating they are certified to meet the emission limits. SECTION 5.504 POLLUTANT CONTROL5.504.1 TEMPORARY VENTILATION. The permanent HVAC system shall only be used during construction if necessary to condition the building or areas of addition or alteration within the required temperature range for material and equipment installation. If the HVAC system is used during construction, use return air filters with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8, based on ASHRAE 52.2-1999, or an average efficiency of 30% based on ASHRAE 52.1-1992 Replace all filters immediately prior to occupancy, or, if the building is occupied during alteration, at the conclusion of construction. 5.504.3 Covering of duct openings and protection of mechanical equipment during construction. At the time of rough installation and during storage on the construction site until final startup of the heating, cooling and ventilation equipment, all duct and other related air distribution component openings shall be covered with tape, plastic, sheetmetal or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency to reduce the amount of dust, water and debris which may enter the system. 1. 2. 5.504.4 FINISH MATERIAL POLLUTANT CONTROL. Finish materials shall comply with Sections 5.504.4.1 through 5.504.4.6. 5.504.4.1 Adhesives, sealants and caulks. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks used on the project shall meet the requirements of the following standards:Adhesives, adhesive bonding primers, adhesive primers, sealants, sealant primers and caulks shall comply with local or regional air pollution control or air quality management district rules where applicable, or SCAQMD Rule 1168 VOC limits, as shown in Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. Such products also shall comply with the Rule 1168 prohibition on the use of certain toxic compounds (chloroform, ethylene dichloride, methylene chloride, perchloroethylene and trichloroethylene), except for aerosol products as specified in subsection 2, below. Aerosol adhesives, and smaller unit sizes of adhesives, and sealant or caulking compounds (in units of product, less packaging, which do not weigh more than one pound and do not consist of more than 16 fluid ounces) shall comply with statewide VOC standards and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds, of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94507. Concrete, Ready-Mixed2,3 CONCRETE PRODUCT CATEGORY MAXIMUM GMP ALLOWED VALUE (GMPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT up to 2499 psi 2500-3499 psi 3500-4499 psi 4500-5499 psi 5500-6499 psi 6500 psi and greater 450 489 566 661 701 799 kg CO2e/m3 kg CO2e/m3 kg CO2e/m3 kg CO2e/m3 kg CO2e/m3 kg CO2e/m3 Concrete, Ready-Mixed2,3 up to 2499 psi 2500-3499 psi 3500-4499 psi 875 956 1039 kg CO2e/m3 kg CO2e/m3 kg CO2e/m3 CONCRETE PRODUCT CATEGORY MAXIMUM GMP ALLOWED VALUE (GMPallowed) UNIT OF MEASUREMENT TABLE 5.504.4.1 - ADHESIVE VOC LIMIT 1,2 Less Water and Less Exempt Compunds in Grams per Liter ARCHITECTURAL APPLICATIONS INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES CURRENT VOC LIMIT CARPET PAD ADHESIVES OUTDOOR CARPET ADHESIVES WOOD FLOORING ADHESIVES RUBBER FLOOR ADHESIVES SUBFLOOR ADHESIVES CERAMIC TILE ADHESIVES VCT & ASPHALT TILE ADHESIVES DRYWALL & PANEL ADHESIVES COVE BASE ADHESIVES MULTIPURPOSE CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVES STRUCTURAL GLAZING ADHESIVES OTHER ADHESIVES NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS PVC WELDING CPVC WELDING ABS WELDING PLASTIC CEMENT WELDING ADHESIVE PRIMER FOR PLASTIC CONTACT ADHESIVE SPECIAL PURPOSE CONTACT ADHESIVE STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBER ADHESIVE TOP & TRIM ADHESIVE SUBSTRATE SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS METAL TO METAL PLASTIC FOAMS POROUS MATERIAL (EXCEPT WOOD) WOOD FIBERGLASS SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE ADHESIVES 1. IF AN ADHESIVE IS USED TO BOND DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES TOGETHER, THE ADHESIVE WITH THE HIGHEST VOC CONTENT SHALL BE ALLOWED. 2. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THIS TABLE, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168, www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/SC/CURHTML/R1168.PDF 50 50 150 100 60 50 65 50 50 50 70 100 250 50 510 490 325 250 550 80 250 140 250 30 50 50 30 80 TABLE 5.504.4.2 - SEALANT VOC LIMIT Less Water and Less Exempt Compunds in Grams per Liter SEALANTS ARCHITECTURAL CURRENT VOC LIMIT MARINE DECK NONMEMBRANE ROOF ROADWAY SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE OTHER SEALANT PRIMERS ARCHITECTURAL NONPOROUS POROUS MODIFIED BITUMINOUS OTHER MARINE DECK NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING METHODS TO MEASURE THE VOC CONTENT SPECIFIED IN THESE TABLES, SEE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULE 1168. 250 760 300 250 450 420 250 775 500 760 750 X X X X X X X X X X Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 12" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 1 9 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.03 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY Y N/A RESPON. PARTY5.504.4.3 Paints and coatings. Architectural paints and coatings shall comply with VOC limits in Table 1 of the ARB Architectural Coatings Suggested Control Measure, as shown in Table 5.504.4.3, unless more stringent local limits apply. The VOC content limit for coatings that do not meet the definitions for the specialty coatings categories listed in Table 5.504.4.3 shall be determined by classifying the coating as a Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss coating, based on its gloss, as defined in Subsections 4.21, 4.36 and 4.37 of the 2007 California Air Resources Board Suggested Control Measure, and the corresponding Flat, Nonflat or Nonflat-High Gloss VOC limit in Table 5.504.4.3 shall apply. 5.504.4.3.1 Aerosol Paints and coatings. Aerosol paints and coatings shall meet the PWMIR Limits for ROC in Section 94522(a)(3) and other requirements, including prohibitions on use of certain toxic compounds and ozone depleting substances, in Sections 94522(c)(2) and (d)(2) of California Code of Regulations, Title 17, commencing with Section 94520; and in areas under the jurisdiction of the Bay Area Air Quality Management District additionally comply with the percent VOC by weight of product limits of Regulation 8 Rule 49. NONRESIDENTIAL MANDATORY MEASURES, SHEET 4 2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (July 2024 Supplement) Y =YESN/A =NOT APPLICABLERESPON. PARTY =RESPONSIBLE PARTY (ie: ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, CONTRACTOR, INSPECTOR, ETC.) SECTION 5.505 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL 5.505.1 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL . Buildings shall meet or exceed the provisions of California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2, Sections 1202 (Ventilation) and Chapter 14 (Exterior Walls). For additional measures, see Section 5.407.2 of this code. 1.2. 5.504.4.3.2 Verification. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided at the request of the enforcing agency. Documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following:Manufacturer's product specification.Field verification of on-site product containers 5.504.4.4 Carpet Systems. All carpet installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.1 Carpet cushion. All carpet cushion installed in the building interior shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers,"Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.4.2 Carpet adhesive. All carpet adhesive shall meet the requirements of Table 5.504.4.1. TABLE 5.504.4.3 - VOC CONTENT LIMITS FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS 2,3 GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, LESS WATER & LESS EXEMPT COMPOUNDS COATING CATEGORY FLAT COATINGS CURRENT VOC LIMIT 50 NONFLAT COATINGS NONFLAT HIGH GLOSS COATINGS SPECIALTY CATEGORY 100 150 ALUMINUM ROOF COATINGS BASEMENT SPECIALTY COATINGS BITUMINOUS ROOF COATINGS BITUMINOUS ROOF PRIMERS BOND BREAKERS 400 400 50 350 350 350 100 50 150 350 350 CONCRETE CURING COMPOUNDS CONCRETE/ MASONRY SEALERS DRIVEWAY SEALERS DRY FOG COATINGS FAUX FINISHING COATINGS FIRE RESISTIVE COATINGS FLOOR COATINGS FORM-RELEASE COMPOUNDS GRAPHIC ARTS COATINGS (SIGN PAINTS) HIGH-TEMPERATURE COATINGS INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS LOW SOLIDS COATINGS 1 MAGNESITE CEMENT COATINGS MASTIC TEXTURE COATINGS METALLIC PIGMENTED COATINGS MULTICOLOR COATINGS PRETREATMENT WASH PRIMERS PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS REACTIVE PENETRATING SEALERS RECYCLED COATINGS ROOF COATINGS RUST PENETRATIVE COATINGS SHELLACS: 100 250 500 420 250 120 450 100 500 250 420 100 350 250 50 250 730 550 100 CLEAR OPAQUE SPECIALTY PRIMERS, SEALERS & UNDERCOATERS 250 450 340 STAINS STONE CONSOLIDANTS SWIMMING POOL COATINGS TRAFFIC MARKING COATINGS TUB & TILE REFINISH COATINGS WATERPROOFING MEMBRANES WOOD COATINGS WOOD PRESERVATIVES ZINC-RICH PRIMERS 100 420 250 275 350 340 1.GRAMS OF VOC PER LITER OF COATING, INCLUDING WATER & EXEMPT COMPOUNDS 2.THE SPECIFIED LIMITS REMAIN IN EFFECT UNLESS REVISED LIMITS ARE LISTED IN SUBSEQUENT COLUMNS IN THE TABLE.3.VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE, FEB. 1, 2008. MORE INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FROM THE AIR RESOURCES BOARD. 1.2.3. 4. 5. 5.504.4.5 Composite wood products. Hardwood plywood, particleboard and medium density fiberboard composite wood products used on the interior or exterior of the buildings shall meet the requirements for formaldehyde as specified in ARB's Air Toxics Control Measure (ATCM) for Composite Wood (17 CCR 93120 et seq.). Those materials not exempted under the ATCM must meet the specified emission limits, as shown in Table 5.504.4.5. 5.504.4.5.3 Documentation. Verification of compliance with this section shall be provided as requested by the enforcing agency. Documentation shall include at least one of the following:Product certifications and specifications.Chain of custody certifications.Product labeled and invoiced as meeting the Composite Wood Products regulation (see CCR, Title 17, Section 93120, et seq.).Exterior grade products marked as meeting the PS-1 or PS-2 standards of the Engineered Wood Association, the Australian AS/NZS 2269 or European 636 3S standards.Other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency. TABLE 5.504.4.5 - FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS 1 MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS IN PARTS PER MILLION PRODUCT CURRENT LIMIT HARDWOOD PLYWOOD VENEER CORE HARDWOOD PLYWOOD COMPOSITE CORE PARTICLE BOARD MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD 2 1.VALUES IN THIS TABLE ARE DERIVED FROM THOSE SPECIFIED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD AS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 1333. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 17, SECTIONS 93120 THROUGH 93120.12. 2.THIN MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD HAS A MAXIMUM THICKNESS OF 5/16 INCHES (8MM). 0.05 0.05 0.09 0.11 0.13 5.504.4.6 Resilient flooring systems. Where resilient flooring is installed, at least 80 percent of floor area receiving resilient flooring shall meet the requirements of the California Department of Public Health,"Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers," Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specifications 01350) See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs.https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.6.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that resilient flooring materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.7 Thermal insulationComply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method of the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, "Version 1.2, January 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. https://www.cdph.ca.gov/Programs/CCDPHP/DEODC/EHLB/IAQ/Pages/VOC.aspx#material 5.504.4.7.1 Verification of compliance.Documentation shall be provided verifying that thermal insulation materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.4.8 Acoustical ceiling and wall panels.Comply with the requirements of the California Department of Public Health, "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers, " Version 1.2, January 2017 (Emission testing method for California Specification 01350). See California Department of Public Health's website for certification programs and testing labs. 5.504.4.8.1 Verification of compliance. Documentation shall be provided verifying that acoustical finish materials meet the pollutant emission limits. 5.504.5.3 Filters. In mechanically ventilated buildings, provide regularly occupied areas of the building with air filtration media for outside and return air that provides at least a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13. MERV 13 filters shall be installed prior to occupancy, and recommendations for maintenance with filters of the same value shall be included in the operation and maintenance manual. Exceptions: Existing mechanical equipment. 5.504.5.3.1 Labeling. Installed filters shall be clearly labeled by the manufacturer indicating the MERV rating. 5.504.7 ENVIRONMENTAL TOBACCO SMOKE (ETS) CONTROL. Where outdoor areas are provided for smoking, prohibit smoking within 25 feet of building entries, outdoor air intakes and operable windows and within the building as already prohibited by other laws or regulations; or as enforced by ordinances, regulations or policies of any city, county, city and county, California Community College, campus of the California State University, or campus of the University of California, whichever are more stringent. When ordinances, regulations or policies are not in place, post signage to inform building occupants of the prohibitions. SECTION 5.506 INDOOR MOISTURE CONTROL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5.506.1 OUTSIDE AIR DELIVERY. For mechanically or naturally ventilated spaces in buildings, meet the minimum requirements of Section 120.1 (Requirements For Ventilation) of the California Energy Code, or the applicable local code, whichever is more stringent, and Division 1, Chapter 4 of CCR, Title 8. 5.506.2 CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) MONITORING. For buildings or additions equipped with demand control ventilation, CO2 sensors and ventilation controls shall be specified and installed in accordance with the requirements of the California Energy Code, Section 120(c)(4). 5.506.3 Carbon dioxide (CO2) monitoring in classrooms.(DSA-SS) Each public K-12 school classroom, as listed in Table 120.1-A of the California Energy Code, shall be equipped with a carbon dioxide monitor or sensor that meets the following requirements:The monitor or sensor shall be permanently affixed in a tamper-proof manner in each classroom between 3 and 6 feet (914 mm and 1829 mm) above the floor and at least 5 feet (1524 mm) away from door and operable windows.When the monitor or sensor is not integral to an Energy Management Control System (EMCS), the monitor or sensor shall display the carbon dioxide readings on the device. When the sensor is integral to an EMCS, the carbon dioxide readings shall be available to and regularly monitored by facility personnel.A monitor shall provide notification though a visual indicator on the monitor when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. A sensor integral to an EMCS shall provide notification to facility personnel through a visual and/or audible indicator when the carbon dioxide levels in the classroom have exceeded 1,100ppm. The monitor or sensor shall measure carbon dioxide levels at minimum 15- minute intervals and shall maintain a record of previous carbon dioxide measurements of not less than 30 days duration.The monitor or sensor used to measure carbon dioxide levels shall have the capacity to measure carbon dioxide levels with a range of 400ppm to 2000ppm or greater.The monitor or sensor shall be certified by the manufacturer to be accurate within 75ppm at 1,000ppm carbon dioxide concentration and shall be certified by the manufacturer to require calibration no more frequently than once every 5 years. SECTION 5.507 ENVIRONMENTAL COMFORT 1. 1. 2. 5.507.4 ACOUSTICAL CONTROL. Employ building assemblies and components with Sound Transmission Class (STC) values determined in accordance with ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413, or Outdoor-Indoor Sound Transmission Class (OITC) determined in accordance with ASTM E 1332, using either the prescriptive or performance method in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.2. Exception: Buildings with few or no occupants or where occupants are not likely to be affected by exterior noise, as determined by the enforcement authority, such as factories, stadiums, storage, enclosed parking structures and utility buildings. Exception: [DSA-SS] For public schools and community colleges, the requirements of this section and all subsections apply only to new construction. 5.507.4.1 Exterior noise transmission, prescriptive method. Wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall meet a composite STC rating of at least 50 or a composite OITC rating of no less than 40, with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 or OITC of 30 in the following locations: Within the 65 CNEL noise contour of an airport. Exceptions:Ldn or CNEL for military airports shall be determined by the facility Air Installation Compatible Land Use Zone (AICUZ) plan.Ldn or CNEL for other airports and heliports for which a land use plan has not been developed shall be determined by the local general plan noise element. 2.Within the 65 CNEL or Ldn noise contour of a freeway or expressway, railroad, industrial source or fixed-guideway source as determined by the Noise Element of the General Plan. 5.507.4.1.1. Noise exposure where noise contours are not readily available. Buildings exposed to a noise level of 65 dB L/eq - 1-hr during any hour of operation shall have building, addition or alteration exterior wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source meeting a composite STC rating of at least 45 (or OITC 35), with exterior windows of a minimum STC of 40 (or OITC 30). 5.507.4.2 Performance Method. For buildings located as defined in Section 5.507.4.1 or 5.507.4.1.1, wall and roof-ceiling assemblies exposed to the noise source making up the building or addition envelope or altered envelope shall be constructed to provide an interior noise environment attributable to exterior sources that does not exceed an hourly equivalent noise level (Leq-1Hr) of 50 dBA in occupied areas during any hour of operation. 5.507.4.2.1 Site Features. Exterior features such as sound walls or earth berms may be utilized as appropriate to the building, addition or alteration project to mitigate sound migration to the interior. 5.507.4.2.2 Documentation of Compliance. An acoustical analysis documenting complying interior sound levels shall be prepared by personnel approved by the architect or engineer of record. 5.507.4.3 Interior sound transmission. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separating tenant spaces and tenant spaces and public places shall have an STC of at least 40. Note: Examples of assemblies and their various STC ratings may be found at the California Office of Noise Control: www.toolbase.org/PDF/CaseStudies/stc_icc_ratings.pdf. SECTION 5.508 OUTDOOR AIR QUALITY 5.508.1 Ozone depletion and greenhouse gas reductions. Installations of HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment shall comply with Sections 5.508.1.1 and 5.508.1.2. 5.508.1.1 Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs). Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain CFCs. 5.508.1.2 Halons. Install HVAC, refrigeration and fire suppression equipment that do not contain Halons. 5.508.2 Supermarket refrigerant leak reduction. New commercial refrigeration systems shall comply with the provisions of this section when installed in retail food stores 8,000 square feet or more conditioned area, and that utilize either refrigerated display cases, or walk-in coolers or freezers connected to remote compressor units or condensing units. The leak reduction measures apply to refrigeration systems containing high-global-warming potential (high-GWP) refrigerants with a GWP of 150 or greater. New refrigeration systems include both new facilities and the replacement of existing refrigeration systems in existing facilities. Exception: Refrigeration systems containing low-global warming potential (low-GWP) refrigerant with a GWP value less than 150 are not subject to this section. Low-GWP refrigerants are nonozone-depleting refrigerants that include ammonia, carbon dioxide (CO/2), and potentially other refrigerants. 5.508.2.1 Refrigerant piping. Piping compliant with the California Mechanical Code shall be installed to be accessible for leak protection and repairs. Piping runs using threaded pipe, copper tubing with an outside diameter (OD) less than 1/4 inch, flared tubing connections and short radius elbows shall not be used in refrigerant systems except as noted below. 5.508.2.1.1 Threaded pipe. Threaded connections are permitted at the compressor rack. 5.508.2.1.2 Copper pipe. Copper tubing with an OD less than 1/4 inch may be used in systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or less. 5.508.2.1.2.1 Anchorage. One-fouth-inch OD tubing shall be securely clamped to a rigid base to keep vibration levels below 8 mils. 5.508.2.1.3 Flared tubing connections. Double-flared tubing connections may be used for pressure controls, valve pilot lines and oil. Exception: Single-flared tubing connections may be used with a multiring seal coated with industrial sealant suitable for use with refrigerants and tightened in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5.508.2.1.4 Elbows. Short radius elbows are only permitted where space limitations prohibit use of long radius elbows. 5.508.2.2 Valves. Valves Valves and fittings shall comply with the California Mechanical Code and as follows. 5.508.2.2.1 Pressure relief valves. For vessels containing high-GWP refrigerant, a rupture disc shall be installed between the outlet of the vessel and the inlet of the pressure relief valve. 5.508.2.2.1.1 Pressure detection. A pressure gauge, pressure transducer or other device shall be installed in the space between the rupture disc and the relief valve inlet to indicate a disc rupture or discharge of the relief valve. 5.508.2.2.2 Access valves. Only Schrader access valves with a brass or steel body are permitted for use. 5.508.2.2.2.1 Valve caps. For systems with a refrigerant charge of 5 pounds or more, valve caps shall be brass or steel and not plastic. 5.508.2.2.2.2 Seal caps. If designed for it, the cap shall have a neoprene O-ring in place. 5.508.2.2.2.2.1 Chain tethers. Chain tethers to fit ovr the stem are required for valves designed to have seal caps. Exception: Valves with seal caps that are not removed from the valve during stem operation. 5.508.2.3 Refrigerated service cases. Refrigerated service cases holding food products containing vinegar and salt shall have evaporator coils of corrosion-resistant material, such as stainless steel; or be coated to prevent corrosion from these substances. 5.508.2.3.1 Coil coating. Consideration shall be given to the heat transfer efficiency of coil coating to maximize energy efficiency. 5.508.2.4 Refrigerant receivers. Refrigerant receivers with capacities greater than 200 pounds shall be fitted with a device tha indicates the level of refrigerant in the receiver. 5.508.2.5 Pressure testing. The system shall be pressure tested during installation prior to evacuation and charging. 5.508.2.5.1 Minimum pressure. The system shall be charged with regulated dry nitrogen and appropriate tracer gas to bring system pressure up to 300 psig minimum. 5.508.2.5.2 Leaks. Check the system for leaks, repair any leaks, and retest for pressure using the same gauge. 5.508.2.5.3 Allowable pressure change. The system shall stand, unaltered, for 24 hours with no more than a +/- one pound pressure change from 300 psig, measured with the same gauge. 702.1 INSTALLER TRAINING. HVAC system installers shall be trained and certified in the proper installation of HVAC systems including ducts and equipment by a nationally or regionally recognized training or certification program. Uncertified persons may perform HVAC installations when under the direct supervision and responsibility of a person trained and certified to install HVAC systems or contractor licensed to install HVAC systems. Examples of acceptable HVAC training and certification programs include but are not limited to the following: 1. State certified apprenticeship programs.2. Public utility training programs.3. Training programs sponsored by trade, labor or statewide energy consulting or verification organizations.4. Programs sponsored by manufacturing organizations.5. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. 702.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION [HCD]. When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition to other certifications or qualifications acceptable to the enforcing agency, the following certifications or education may be considered by the enforcing agency when evaluating the qualifications of a special inspector: 1. Certification by a national or regional green building program or standard publisher.2. Certification by a statewide energy consulting or verification organization, such as HERS raters, building performance contractors, and home energy auditors.3. Successful completion of a third party apprentice training program in the appropriate trade.4. Other programs acceptable to the enforcing agency. Notes: 1. Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code.2. HERS raters are special inspectors certified by the California Energy Commission (CEC) to rate homes in California according to the Home Energy Rating System (HERS). [BSC-CG] When required by the enforcing agency, the owner or the responsible entity acting as the owner's agent shall employ one or more special inspectors to provide inspection or other duties necessary to substantiate compliance with this code. Special inspectors shall demonstrate competence to the satisfaction of the enforcing agency for the particular type of inspection or task to be performed. In addition, the special inspector shall have a certification from a recognized state, national or international association, as determined by the local agency. The area of certification shall be closely related to the primary job function, as determined by the local agency. Note: Special inspectors shall be independent entities with no financial interest in the materials or the project they are inspecting for compliance with this code. CHAPTER 7INSTALLER & SPECIAL INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS 702 QUALIFICATIONS 5.508.2.6 Evacuation. The system shall be evacuated after pressure testing and prior to charging. 5.508.2.6.1 First vacuum. Pull a system vacuum down to at least 1000 microns (+/- 50 microns), and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.2 Second vacuum. Pull a second system vacuum to a minimum of 500 microns and hold for 30 minutes. 5.508.2.6.3 Third vacuum. Pull a third vacuum down to a minimum of 300 microns, and hold for 24 hours with a maximum drift of 100 microns over a 24-hour period. 703 VERIFICATIONS 703.1 DOCUMENTATION. Documentation used to show compliance with this code shall include but is not limited to, construction documents, plans, specifications, builder or installer certification, inspection reports, or other methods acceptable to the enforcing agency which demonstrate substantial conformance. When specific documentation or special inspection is necessary to verify compliance, that method of compliance will be specified in the appropriate section or identified applicable checklist. Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 12" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 1 9 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.04 CA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 1.LAYOUTSEE DESIGN BUILD ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF RISERS, MAINS, HEADS, BRANCH PIPING, ETC., AND ALL WORK REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS PROJECT. SUBMIT PLANS TO OWNER AND OBTAIN THEIR REVIEW PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF ANY SPRINKLER WORK. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS WHERE REQUIRED, COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 2.FIRE WATCHG.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TEMPORARY FIRE WATCH AND ALL PROTECTIVE MEASURES REQUIRED BY OWNER WHEN SYSTEM IS MADE INACTIVE TO ACCOMMODATE SPRINKLER WORK. 3.TESTS AND INSPECTIONSG.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FINAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS OF COMPLETED WORK REQUIRED BY THE OWNER PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY OF SPACE. G.C. SHALL PROPERLY TEST AND INSPECT EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, AND SHALL NOTIFY BUILDING OWNER AND ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF REPAIR WORK OF EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. 4.TEMPORARY DISCONNECTG.C. SHALL COORDINATE ARRANGEMENTS FOR TEMPORARY DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT OF FIRE SYSTEMS WITH OWNER. 5.PERMITS AND APPROVALSG.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING PERMITS AND APPROVALS REQUIRED BY BUILDING INSPECTORS AND FIRE MARSHAL IN CONJUNCTION WITH CHANGES TO EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 6.LOCATIONSALL SPRINKLER HEADS (BUILDING STANDARD TYPE) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE CENTER OF CEILING TILES. ANY DEVIATION TO THIS NOTE MUST BE REVIEWED WITH BUILDING OWNER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH WORK. PROVIDE CONCEALED HEADS AT ALL GYP. BD. CEILINGS. CENTER HEADS WITH ADJACENT DEVICES AT GYPSUM BOARD CEILING IN PUBLIC AREAS SUCH AS LOBBIES, RECEPTIONS, AND CONFERENCE ROOMS. THESE DEVICES INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPEAKERS, EXIT SIGNS, SMOKE DETECTORS, MOTION SENSORS, AND ACCESS PANELS. 1.COORDINATIONCOORDINATE THE WORK OF ALL TRADES INVOLVED IN THE CEILING WORK TO INSURE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES, DUCTS, PIPING, CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM, ETC., NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR FINISHED CEILING HEIGHTS. VERIFY IN FIELD. 2.PERIMETER CEILING ANGLESPERIMETER CEILING ANGLE, WHERE OCCURS, SHALL BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO VERTICAL SURFACES, FREE FROM CURVES, BREAKS, OR OTHER IRREGULARITIES, AND PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING FINISH. 3.FIXTURE TRIMFURNISH AND INSTALL ALL FIXTURES, ASSOCIATED TRIM, FIXTURE LAMPS, AND SEISMIC BRACING AS REQUIRED. 4.FIXTURE LOCATIONSLIGHT FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNS, SPRINKLERS, AND OTHER CEILING ELEMENTS SHALL BE LOCATED IN CENTER OF INDIVIDUAL CEILING TILE, U.O.N. MULTIPLE SWITCHES AT ONE LOCATION SHALL BE GANGED TOGETHER AND FINISHED WITH ONE COVER PLATE, U.O.N. 5.CEILING ACCESSPROVIDE CEILING ACCESS AS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM MAINTENANCE, AND MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH, U.O.N. 6.SOFFITS AND CEILING HEIGHTS DIMENSIONSALL SOFFITS AND CEILING HEIGHTS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM TOP OF FINISHED FLOOR TO BOTTOM OF FINISHED GYPBOARD OR CEILING TILE AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FLOOR FINISHES. 7.COORDINATIONTHE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN INDICATES THE LOCATION OF CEILING HEIGHTS, LIGHT TYPES, LIGHT FIXTURES, SWITCH LOCATIONS, AND ASSOCIATED ITEMS. REFER TO ENGINEERING DRAWING (LIGHTING PLAN) FOR CIRCUITING, WIRING LAYOUT, AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8.DISCREPANCIESIN THE EVENT OF DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE ARCHITECT'S REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND THE ENGINEER'S LIGHTING PLAN, IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING BEFORE ORDERING MATERIALS OR PROCEEDING WITH WORK. 9.PLENUMALL SPECIFIC INFORMATION CONCERNING INSTALLATION OF VARIOUS ABOVE-CEILING ELEMENTS ARE TO BE FOUND IN THE HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, ELECTRICAL, AND LIGHTING DRAWINGS. 10.CONFLICTNOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS OF LIGHT FIXTURE LOCATIONS WITH MAIN RUNNERS, DUCTS, STRUCTURES, HVAC, AND/OR (E)CONDUIT, PRIOR TO FRAMING FOR LIGHTS. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ARCHITECT'S CEILING GRID LOCATION AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS ARE TO BE CLARIFIED WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FRAMING. 11.FIXTURE LAYOUTSUBMIT GRILLE, SPRINKLER, THERMOSTAT, AND OTHER FIXTURE AND ELEMENT LAYOUTS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AT LEAST 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 12.FIELD VERIFICATION OF WORKVERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS OF ALL PLUMBING, MECHANICAL DUCTS, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, AND ANY AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE ITEMS; INSTALL APPLICABLE NEW PLUMBING, MECHANICAL FANS, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND OTHER RELATED AND APPURTENANT ITEMS SO AS TO NOT CONFLICT WITH LUMINARIES AND ANY AND ALL FIELD CONDITIONS. 13.UL RATED ASSEMBLIESFURNISH AND INSTALL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. (UL) LABELED DEVICES THROUGHOUT. 14.LIGHTING FIXTURESINSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES WITH PROTECTIVE FILM OR SIMILAR COVER OVER LOUVER, LENS, BAFFLE, AND THE LIKE, TO AVOID FIXTURE SOILING OR DAMAGE; FIXTURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED CLEAN AND AS NEW; LAMPS SHALL BE NEW AT PROJECT COMPLETION. 15.LIFE SAFETY DEVICESREFER TO ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY DEVICES REQUIRED BY CODE AND ALL EMERGENCY LIGHT FIXTURES. ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL GOVERN LOCATION OF THESE DEVICES. COORDINATE LOCATION OF DEVICES WITH ALL ARCHITECTURAL DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF BACK BOXES. REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE AND VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS DURING THE ROUGH-IN PHASE OF PROJECT. 16. WALL SWITCH LOCATIONSTO BE COORDINATED WITH FURNITURE AND WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS PRIOR TO BOX ROUGH-INS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY CONFLICTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ROUGH-INS. 17. ENGINEERING DOCUMENTSREFER TO ENGINEERING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 18. SUSPENDED CEILING GRID LAYOUTCENTER FULL TILES IN ROOM IN BOTH DIRECTIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS UNLESS DIMENSIONED OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 1.OVERTIME WORKWHEN FLOOR BELOW IS OCCUPIED, PRICE EXTENSIVE FLOOR SLAB PENETRATIONS AND/OR CORING ON AN OVERTIME BASIS. ALL CORE AND/OR FLOOR TRENCHING FOR TELEPHONE/ELECTRICAL CONDUITING SHALL BE PERFORMED AFTER HOURS AS REQUIRED AND COORDINATED WITH BUILDING OWNER FOR APPROVAL. 2.COORDINATION OF THE WORKSURVEY FIELD CONDITIONS AND VERIFY THAT WORK IS FEASIBLE AS SHOWN. VERIFY LOCATION OF FLOOR OUTLETS AND OTHER OUTLETS IN RELATION TO STRUCTURAL AND OTHER ELEMENTS AS REQUIRED. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. ELECTRICAL SWITCH AND OUTLET COVER PLATES, SURFACE HARDWARE, ETC., SHALL BE INSTALLED AFTER PAINTING AND/OR APPLICATION OF WALLCOVERINGS AND CARPET SPECIFIED. 3.OUTLET LOCATIONSARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS DETERMINE LOCATION AND TYPE (ARCHITECT TO VERIFY WITH ENGINEER) OF ALL OUTLETS AND TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ALL OTHERS, U.O.N. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER'S POWER PLAN SHALL GOVERN THE WIRING LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL LAWS APPLICABLE AND ENFORCED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 4.WALL MOUNTED OUTLETSOUTLETS SHOWN BACK TO BACK ON PARTITION WALLS SHALL BE OFFSET 1'-0" MAXIMUM, OR MOUNTED AT DIFFERENT HEIGHTS IF INDICATED. 5.FURNITURE LAYOUTFURNITURE, IF SHOWN, IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS NOT IN CONTRACT, U.O.N. 6.EQUIPMENT COORDINATIONCOORDINATE ALL WORK RELATED TO EQUIPMENT WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND INSTRUCTIONS. 7.EXISTING FLOOR PENETRATIONSALL EXISTING AND NEW UL RATED FLOOR SLAB PENETRATIONS FOR CONDUIT SHALL BE FULLY PACKED AND SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING AND FIRE CODES. 8.OUTLET FINISHESREFER TO FINISH PLAN FOR OUTLET AND SWITCH COVERPLATE FINISH. VERIFY SELECTION AND CHOICE WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS. 9.ELECTRICAL COORDINATIONCOORDINATE NEW ELECTRICAL WITH EXISTING, WHERE OCCURS. 10.OUTLET LAYOUTUPON COMPLETION OF OUTLET LAYOUT, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT. ARCHITECT SHALL SITE VERIFY ALL OUTLET LOCATIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CORING OR OUTLET INSTALLATION. G.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL COVER PLATES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS. 11.UL RATED ASSEMBLIESFURNISH AND INSTALL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. (UL) LABELED DEVICES THROUGHOUT. 12.MOUNTING HEIGHTSINSTALL WALL MOUNTED OUTLETS 18 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, U.O.N. HEIGHTS SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF COVERPLATE, INSTALLED VERTICALLY, GROUNDING POLE AT BOTTOM, U.O.N. OUTLETS MOUNTED HIGHER THAN 27" SHALL BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY, GROUNDING POLE AT LEFT, U.O.N. FOURPLEX OUTLETS TO BE INSTALLED VERTICALLY, U.O.N. 13.HORIZONTAL CLEARANCESMAINTAIN A 4-INCH HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE IN ALL DIRECTIONS, MIN. FROM EDGE OF COVERPLATE, FOR WALL MOUNTED OUTLETS, OR FROM EDGE OF MONUMENT FOR FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLETS, WHEN ADJACENT TO A WALL, COLUMN, OR SIMILAR ELEMENTS, U.O.N. 14.DIMENSIONSINDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTER OF THE COVERPLATE OR MONUMENT; CLUSTERS OF OUTLETS ARE DIMENSIONED TO THE CENTER OF THE CLUSTER, U.O.N.; GANG COVERPLATES SHALL BE ONE-PIECE TYPE, U.O.N. 15.CABINETRYOUTLETS INSIDE AND/OR ATTACHED TO CABINETRY SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED TO MATCH SIMILAR CONDITIONS SUCH AS WALL, FLOOR, AND THE LIKE. FURNISH AND INSTALL BOX EXTENSION OR OTHER APPROPRIATE DEVICES AS REQUIRED. ADJACENT OUTLETS SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 6" O.C. APART, U.O.N. 16.PANEL BOARDSCIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE NEATLY TAGGED AND NUMBERED BY G.C. TO CORRESPOND WITH CIRCUITING OUTLINED ON ENGINEERING DRAWINGS. 17.DATA AND RECEPTACLESALL WALL MOUNTED DATA AND VOICE RECEPTACLES TO HAVE 3/4" CONDUIT STUB UP AND TERMINATED 6" ABOVE HUNG CEILING. 18.MILLWORKTHE G.C. SHALL COORDINATE ANY ELECTRICAL WORK OR LIGHTING INSTALLATION INTO CABINET WORK IF AND AS REQUIRED. 19.PULL STRINGS G.C. TO PROVIDE PULL STRINGS IN ALL EMPTY CONDUIT. 20. SLAB ON GRADEWHERE FLOOR OUTLETS ARE SHOWN AT SLAB ON GRADE LOCATIONS, SAW CUT AND DEMO EXISTING SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR NEW WORK. EXPOSE (E) SLAB REINFORCING 1'-0" MIN. BACK FROM EA. SAWCUT. PROVIDE NEW SLAB REINFORCING TO MATCH EXISTING. REPAIR AND TAPE JOINTS AT VAPOR BARRIER WHERE ENCOUNTERED. PROVIDE CRUSHED AGGREGATE TO MATCH EXISTING. PROVIDE 3,000 PSI CONCRETE. FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING PER APPLICABLE ACI CRITERIA. 21.ABANDONED CORE/FLOOR PENETRATIONSALL ABANDONED CORE AND ABANDONED FLOOR PENETRATIONS THAT ARE NOT SCHEDULED TO BE REUSED ARE TO BE REMOVED. FLOOR TO BE REPAIRED AS REQUIRED PER UL AND LOCAL CODE. 22.EXISTING LIFE SAFETY DEVICESGENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF EXISTING LIFE SAFETY DEVICES WITH ENGINEERING AND ARCHITECTURAL PLANS AND FURNITURE AND WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. ALL DEVICES THAT ARE IN CONFLICTS WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, FURNITURE AND WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ARE TO BE RELOCATED, NOTIFY ARCHITECTS IN WRITING TO CONFIRM NEW LOCATION PRIOR TO RELOCATION OF DEVICES. 23. ENGINEERING DOCUMENTSREFER TO ENGINEERING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS. 1.2. 1.2. 3. 4. 1.FINISHESNO PAINTING OR INTERIOR FINISHING SHALL BE DONE UNDER CONDITIONS WHICH WILL JEOPARDIZE THE QUALITY OR APPEARANCE OF SUCH WORK. ALL WORKMANSHIP WHICH IS JUDGED LESS THAN FIRST QUALITY BY THE ARCHITECT WILL BE REJECTED. 2.COLOR SELECTIONALL COLORS ARE TO BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT, U.O.N. 3.FINISH PREPARATIONALL SURFACES SHALL BE PREPARED TO RECEIVE THE SCHEDULED FINISH PER MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS SHALL BE TAPED AND SANDED SMOOTH. PAINT GRADE WOODWORK SHALL BE HAND SANDED BETWEEN COATS AND DUSTED CLEAN. ALL HOLES, PITCH POCKETS, OR SAPPY PORTIONS SHALL BE SCRAPED AND SEALED WITH KNOT SEALER. NAIL HOLES, CRACKS, OR DEFECTS SHALL BE PUTTIED AFTER FIRST COAT, WITH PUTTY MATCHING COLOR OF STAIN OR PAINT FINISH. REMOVE OIL OR GREASE WITH MINERAL SPIRITS. ALL CRACKS, HOLES, IMPERFECTIONS IN EXISTING WALLS, PARTITIONS, OR GYPSUM WALLBOARD SHALL BE FILLED WITH PATCHING PLASTER AND SMOOTHED OFF TO MATCH ADJOINING SURFACES. INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD SURFACES SHALL BE WIPED WITH A DAMP CLOTH JUST PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF THE FIRST COAT, IN ORDER TO LAY FLAT ANY NAP WHICH MAY HAVE FORMED IN SANDING PROCESS. WHERE APPLICABLE EXISTING PLASTER AND CONCRETE STRUCTURE SCHEDULED TO BE EXPOSED SHALL BE FINISHED TO PROVIDE A LEVEL 3 FINISH UNO. 4.WORK AREA CLEAN UPUPON COMPLETION, REMOVE ALL PAINT FROM WHERE IT HAS SPILLED, SPLASHED, OR SPLATTERED ON EXPOSED SURFACES. 5.STAINING VENEERALL VENEER STAINS SHALL HAVE UNIFORM COLOR. 6.TOUCH UPEXAMINE ALL FINISH SURFACES AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK, INCLUDING WOOD FLOORING AND MILLWORK INSTALLATION, AND PROCEED WITH "TOUCH-UP" AS REQUIRED. 7.FINISH APPROVALPROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH A MINIMUM OF (3) 8" X 10" BRUSH-OUTS OF EACH COLOR AND FINISH FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL AT LEAST 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO SITE APPLICATION. ON-SITE APPLICATION WILL BE REQUIRED ONE WEEK PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL. ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADJUST ANY COLOR/FINISH ONCE THE WALL TEST HAS BEEN MADE. PRIOR TO SITE APPLICATION, PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH 8" X 10" SAMPLE CUTTINGS FROM ACTUAL DYE LOTS OF ALL SPECIFIED WALLCOVERINGS FOR ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL AND PROVIDE EXPECTED DELIVERY DATE TO JOB SITE. 8.SOFFITSUNDERSIDE OF SOFFITS (WHERE OCCURS) TO RECEIVE A FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT VERTICAL FINISH, U.O.N. 9.DELIVERY LEAD TIMECONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALLOWING FOR DELIVERY LEAD TIMES FOR ALL FABRICS AND OTHER CUSTOM FINISHES WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. ALL DELIVERY TIMES MUST BE CONFIRMED, AND ANY EXCESSIVE LEAD TIME MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ARCHITECT'S ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY TO ALLOW FOR RE-SPECIFICATION IF NECESSARY. 10.FLOOR SURFACE MODIFICATIONSMODIFY EXISTING FLOOR SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW FLOORING MATERIALS, THUS PREVENTING NOTICEABLE LUMPS OR DEPRESSIONS. 11.FINISHESSEE FINISH PLAN, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS FOR CLARIFICATION OF EXTENT OF FINISH MATERIALS. 12.JOINTSSTAINED AND PAINTED SURFACES SHALL BE FINISHED SUCH THAT JOINTS ARE NOT VISIBLE WHEN VIEWED FROM ANY REASONABLE ANGLE. 13.FLOOR FINISHESDYNAMIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (DCOF) FOR WET AND DRY LEVEL FLOORING SURFACES (INCLUDING SEALED CONCRETE) IN AREAS EXPOSED TO THE POTENTIAL OF WATER TO BE MINIMUM 0.42. MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTATION TO BE INCLUDED IN PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTALS DURING CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATIONALL INTERSECTIONS OF FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE LOCATED DIRECTLY UNDER CENTER OF DOOR, WHERE OCCURS, U.O.N. 14.CABINETRYALL OPEN CABINETRY SHALL BE PLASTIC LAMINATE ON ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, U.O.N. APPLY WHITE MELAMINE TO INTERIOR OF CABINETRY WITH DOORS AND DRAWERS, U.O.N. 15.CARPET SEAMING PLANSUBMIT CARPET SEAMING PLAN TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING AND AT LEAST (4) WEEKS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR ARCHITECT'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 16.EXISTING FINISHESEXISTING FINISHES IN BUILDING SERVICE/CORE AREA TO REMAIN, U.O.N. 17. WOOD ORIGINS:ALL WOOD UTILIZED ON THE JOB (SOLID LUMBER AND TIMBER PANEL PRODUCTS PLUS FINISHED WOOD) SHALL ORIGINATE FROM REGIONAL SOURCES AND FROM CERTIFIED AND SUSTAINABLE SOURCES (SUCH AS SUSTAINABLE FORESTRY INITIATIVE, CSA, FORESTRY STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL, OR AMERICAN TREE FARM SYSTEMS). 18.ADHESIVES & SEALANTS:THE VOC CONTENT OF ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS USED SHALL BE LESS THAN THE CURRENT VOC CONTENT LIMITS OF SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD) RULE #1168, AND CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS TITLE 17 FOR AEROSOL ADHESIVES (CALGREEN 5.504.4.1). ALL SEALANTS USED AS FILLERS MUST MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT REGULATION 8, RULE 51. 19.ADHESIVES & SEALANTS, WET-APPLIED:ALL ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS WET-APPLIED ON SITE MUST MEET THE APPLICABLE CHEMICAL CONTENT REQUIREMENTS OF SCAQMD RULE 1168, JULY 1, 2005, ADHESIVE AND SEALANT APPLICATIONS, AS ANALYZED BY THE METHODS SPECIFIED IN RULE 1168. 20. PAINT: CONTRACTOR SHALL USE PAINT SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT AND SHALL PROPERLY PREPARE ALL SURFACES TO RECEIVE ONE (1) PRIME COAT AND (2) FINISH COATS (MIN) OF PAINT IN COLOR SPECIFIED BY ARCHITECT." PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PREPARATION AND FINISH PAINT COATS AS REQUIRED BY PAINT MANUFACTURER. REFER TO SPECIFICATION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 21.PAINT MANUFACTURE TO BE AS INDICATED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE - NO SUBSTITUTIONS U.O.N. 22.EXTRA MATERIALS: FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS DESCRIBED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS THAT ARE FROM THE SAME PRODUCTION RUN (BATCH MIX) AS MATERIALS APPLIED AND ARE PACKAGED FOR STORAGE, IDENTIFIED WITH LABELS DESCRIBING CONTENTS. STORE IN LOCATION MAINTAINING AN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OF NOT LESS THAN 45 DEGREES F.-QUANTITY: FURNISH AN ADDITIONAL (5) PERCENT OF EACH MATERIAL AND COLOR SPECIFIED. 23. PAINTS AND COATINGS:BUILDING PRODUCTS MUST BE TESTED AND DETERMINED COMPLIANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA DEPARTMETN OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH) STANDARD METHOD V1.1-2010, USING THE APPLICABLE EXPOSURE SCENARIO. THE DEFAULT SCENARIO IS THE PRIVATE OFFICE SCENARIO. THE MANUFACTURER'S OR THIRD-PARTY CERTIFICATION MUST STATE THE EXPOSURE SCENARIO USED TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE. CLAIMS OF COMPLIANCE FOR WET-APPLIED PRODUCTS MUST STATE THE AMOUNT APPLIED IN MASS PER SURFACE AREA. ALL PAINTS AND COATINGS WET-APPLIED ON SITE MUST MEET THE APPLICABLE VOC LIMITS OF THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD (CARB) 2007, SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE (SCM) FOR ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS, OR THE SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD) RULE 1113, EFFECTIVE JUNE 3, 2011. 24. CARPET: ALL CARPET MUST MEET ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE GREEN LABEL PLUS PROGRAM.BUILDING PRODUCTS MUST BE TESTED AND DETERMINED COMPLIANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH (CDPH) STANDARD METHOD V1.1-2010, USING THE APPLICABLE EXPOSURE SCENARIO. THE DEFAULT SCENARIO IS THE PRIVATE OFFICE SCENARIO. THE MANUFACTURER'S OR THIRD-PARTY CERTIFICATION MUST STATE THE EXPOSURE SCENARIO USED TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE. AND: CARPET MUST MEET CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE GREEN LABEL.INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVE AND CARPET PAD ADHESIVE MUST NOT EXCEED MAXIMUM VOC CONTENT PER LEED V4. 25. COMPOSITE WOOD:COMPOSITE WOOD, AS DEFINED BY THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD, AIRBORNE TOXIC MEASURE TO REDUCE FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS FROM COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS REGULATION, MUST BE DOCUMENTED TO HAVE LOW FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS THAT MEET THE CALIFORNIA AIR RESOURCES BOARD ATCM FOR FORMALDEHYDE REQUIREMENTS FOR ULTRA-LOW EMITTING FORMALDEHYDE (ULEF) RESINS OR NO ADDED FORMALDEHYDE RESINS. 26. RESILIENT FLOORING SYSTEMS:FOR 80% OF FLOOR AREA RECEIVING RESILIENT FLOORING, INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING COMPLYING WITH:CERTIFICED UNDER THE RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI) FLOORSCOPE PROGRAMCOMPLIANT WIHT THE VOC-EMISSION LIMITS AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH 2010 STANDARD METHOD FOR TESTING AND EVALUATION CHAMBERS V1.1 COMPLIANT WITH THE COLLABORATIVE FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE SCHOOLS (CHPS) EQ2.2 AND LISTED IN TEH CHPS HIGH PERFORMANCE PRODUCT DATABASE, OR CERTIFIED UNDER THE GREENGUARD CHILDREN AND SCHOOLS PROGRAM TO COMPLY WIHT CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH CRITERIA (CALGREEN 5.504.4.4 AND 5.504.4.6) THE PROJECT SHALL MEET COMPLIANCE WITH THE UNITED STATES ACCESS BOARD ADA STANDARDS AND CHAPTER 11B ACCESSIBILITY TO PUBLIC BUILDINGS OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS (ADA ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS - CHAPTER 3 - OPERABLE PARTS): ALL REQUIRED CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL COMPLY WITH REACH RANGE REQUIREMENTS PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE SECTION 308, PLACED BETWEEN 15 INCHES AND 48 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. OPERABLE PARTS SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 11B ACCESSIBILITY TO PUBLIC BUILDINGS. THEY SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5.0 POUNDS MAXIMUM. CARPETING AND FLOORING (ADA ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS - CHAPTER 3 - FLOOR AND GROUND SURFACES):CARPET PILE THICKNESS NOT TO EXCEED ½” PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE SECTION 302.2. PLEASE ALSO NOTE: CARPET PILE THICKNESS IS FROM THE FLOOR FINISH TO TOP OF PILE PER CHAPTER 11B ACCESSIBILITY TO PUBLIC BUILDINGS. FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE FIRM, STABLE AND SLIP RESISTANT PER CHAPTER 11B ACCESSIBILITY TO PUBLIC BUILDINGS.THRESHOLDS SHALL BE A MAXIMUM ½” WITH A 1:2 BEVEL. RECEPTION COUNTER: ALL COUNTERS TO HAVE PORTION SET BETWEEN 28 ” TO 34” AFF IN HEIGHT PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE SECTION 902.3 DOORS (ADA ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS - CHAPTER 4 - ENTRANCES, DOORS, AND GATES):ALL DOORS PROVIDE THE REQUIRED MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT DOOR PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE SECTION 404.2.3. ALL NEW OR ALTERED DOORS TO HAVE LEVER-OPERATED HARDWARE PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE-SECTION 404.2.6. ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE A 32 ” CLEAR DOOR OPENING MEASURED FROM THE FACE OF THE DOOR WHEN IT IS OPENED 90% TO THE DOOR STOP PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE SECTION 404.2.2. ALL PUBLIC AND COMMON AREA INTERIOR DOORS TO HAVE 5# MAX. FORCE TO OPEN PER 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE SECTION 309.4 SIGNAGE: WHERE NEW SIGNAGE IS PROVIDED, IT SHALL COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE. SIGNAGE SHALL BE USED TO IDENTIFY REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS, PROVIDE DIRECTIONS OR INDICATE SPECIAL ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS, SIGNAGE DIMENSIONS, CHARACTERS AND TACTILE FEATURES. SIGNAGE WILL BE OF BRAILLE AND TACTILE AND BE LOCATED ON THE DOOR HANDLE SIDE OF DOOR. IT WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE APPROPRIATE HEIGHT AND DISTANCE TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR PER THE ELEVATION DETAIL ON THE DRAWINGS. PROTRUDING OBJECTS (ADA ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS - CHAPTER 3 - PROTRUDING OBJECTS) :PROTRUDING OBJECTS ON CIRCULATION PATHS SHALL MEET COMPLIANCE WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE SECTION 307. OBJECTS WITH LEADING EDGES MORE THAN 27 ” AND NOT MORE THAN 80” AFF SHALL PROTRUDE 4” MAXIMUM HORIZONTALLY INTO THE CIRCULATION PATH. GUARDRAILS OR OTHER BARRIERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE OBJECT PROTRUSION IS BEYOND THE LIMITS ALLOWED. THE LEADING EDGE OF GUARDRAIL OR BARRIER SHALL BE 27 ”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ob No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 0 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.10AGENERAL NOTES 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 1.SUMMARY WORK NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE DEMOLITION INCLUDES FURNISHING LABOR FOR DEMOLITION, REMOVAL OF DEBRIS, PATCHING AS REQUIRED, CONTROL DUST, AND NECESSARY PERMITS. 2.HAZARDOUS MATERIALS IF ASBESTOS OR OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ARE DISCOVERED DURING CONSTRUCTION THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER IN WRITING, THEN WAIT FOR DIRECTION FROM THE OWNER. OTHER MATERIALS AND WASTE IN ANY FORM AT THE PROJECT SITE MAY BE LOCATED ON THE PROJECT SITE, WHICH MAY INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO ACBM, PCB'S OR OTHER TOXIC SUBSTANCES. 3.SCHEDULE SUBMIT SCHEDULE INDICATING PROPOSED SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK TO ARCHITECT AND THEIR CONSULTANTS, AND THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE CITY BUILDING OFFICIALS, AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT FOR REVIEW. INCLUDE COORDINATION FOR SHUT OFF, CAPPING, AND CONTINUATION OF UTILITY SERVICES AS REQUIRED TOGETHER WITH DETAILS FOR DUST AND NOISE CONTROL. PROVIDE DETAILED SEQUENCE OF DEMOLITION, FLOOR BY FLOOR, AND REMOVAL WORK TO ENSURE UNINTERRUPTED PROGRESS OF OWNER'S ON-SITE OPERATIONS, AND BUILDING OPERATIONS. 4.CONDITION OF STRUCTURES OWNER ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ACTUAL CONDITION OF ITEMS OR STRUCTURES TO BE DEMOLISHED. CONDITIONS EXISTING AT THE TIME OF COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT WILL BE MAINTAINED BY OWNER INSOFAR AS PRACTICAL. VARIATIONS WITHIN STRUCTURE MAY OCCUR BY OWNER'S REMOVAL AND SALVAGE OPERATIONS PRIOR TO START OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. 5.PARTIAL DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL STORAGE OF REMOVED ITEMS WILL BE PERMITTED AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. 6.PROTECTIONS PROVIDE PROTECTIVE BARRICADES, PROTECTIVE CANOPIES, AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE MEASURES AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE FREE AND SAFE PASSAGE OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL, TENANT, THEIR EMPLOYEES AND THEIR INVITEES, AND GENERAL PUBLIC TO AND FROM OCCUPIED PORTIONS OF BUILDING. PROTECT FROM DAMAGE EXISTING FINISH WORK THAT IS TO REMAIN IN PLACE AND BECOMES EXPOSED DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. PROTECT FLOORS WITH SUITABLE COVERINGS WHEN NECESSARY. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY INSULATED SOLID DUST PROOF PARTITIONS WHERE REQUIRED TO SEPARATE AREAS WHERE NOISY OR EXTENSIVE DIRT OR DUST OPERATIONS ARE PERFORMED. EQUIP PARTITIONS WITH DUST PROOF DOORS AND SECURITY LOCKS IF REQUIRED. PROVIDE TEMPORARY WEATHER PROTECTION WHEN APPLICABLE DURING INTERVAL BETWEEN DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION ON EXTERIOR SURFACES AND INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE THAT NO WATER LEAKAGE OR DAMAGE OCCURS TO STRUCTURE OR INTERIOR AREAS OF EXISTING BUILDING. REMOVE PROTECTIONS AT COMPLETION OF WORK. 7.DAMAGES PROMPTLY REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION WORK AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 8.TRAFFIC CONDUCT SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND DEBRIS REMOVAL IN A MANNER TO ENSURE MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, WALKS, AND OTHER ADJACENT OCCUPIED OR USED FACILITIES. 9.UTILITY SERVICES MAINTAIN EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AND UTILITIES TO REMAIN, KEEP IN SERVICE, IDENTITY, AND PROTECT AGAINST DAMAGE DURING DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. PROVIDE TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER AS REQUIRED. SEE DRAWINGS FOR EXISTING STANDPIPE LOCATIONS. REMOVAL OF ANY EQUIPMENT, CABLING SWITCHES, AND CONDUIT PERTAINING TO DATA/COMMUNICATIONS AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH TELEPHONE COMPANIES SERVICE OWNER OR TENANT DATA/COMMUNICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT NEW CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. REMOVE TO SOURCE ALL PIPES, VENTS, APPLIANCES, OR DRAINS NOT BEING RE-USED. 10.ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS USE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES AND OTHER SUITABLE METHODS TO ISOLATE DUST AND DIRT RISING AND SCATTERING. COMPLY WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS AND GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. 11.INSPECTION PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION WORK, INSPECT AREAS IN WHICH WORK WILL BE PERFORMED IF NECESSARY. PHOTOGRAPH EXISTING CONDITIONS TO STRUCTURE SURFACES, EQUIPMENT, OR TO SURROUNDING PROPERTIES WHICH COULD BE MISCONSTRUCTED AS DAMAGE RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION WORK. FILE WITH OWNER PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 12.PREPARATION CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SHORING, BRACING, OR SUPPORT TO PREVENT MOVEMENT, SETTLEMENT, OR COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURES TO BE DEMOLISHED AND ADJACENT FACILITIES TO REMAIN. WORK SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AT THE PROJECT SITE. CONTRACTOR SHALL CEASE OPERATIONS AT HIS/HER DISCRETION AND NOTIFY OWNER AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT IMMEDIATELY IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS AS DIRECTED BY THE CONTRACTORS LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO SAFELY SUPPORT THE STRUCTURE UNTIL A DETERMINATION IS MADE FOR CONTINUING THE WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR'S LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO SUPPORT STRUCTURE UNTIL DETERMINATION IS MADE FOR CONTINUING OPERATIONS. CONTRACTOR IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION MEANS AND METHODS. 13.COVER AND PROTECT COVER AND PROTECT FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES, AND OTHER ITEMS TO REMAIN FROM SOILING OR DAMAGE WHEN DEMOLITION WORK IS PERFORMED IN ROOMS OR AREAS FROM WHICH SUCH ITEMS HAVE BEEN REMOVED. 14.CLEAN UP AT COMPLETION OF DEMOLITION WORK, THE CONSTRUCTION AREAS SHALL BE LEFT IN BROOMED AND CLEAN CONDITION. CARPETED AREAS TO BE LEFT IN A VACUUM CLEAN CONDITION. VINYL FLOORING SHALL BE DAMP MOPPED AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. ALL DEBRIS AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED AT THE END OF EACH WORK DAY. 15.FREIGHT ELEVATOR DEBRIS REMOVAL MUST BE PERFORMED USING THE FREIGHT ELEVATOR. CONTACT THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT OFFICE TO OBTAIN SCHEDULE FOR THE USE OF THE FREIGHT ELEVATOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. ALL DEBRIS REMOVAL SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES. 16.EXISTING ELECTRICAL IN PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED, REMOVE AND CAP ALL OUTLETS, SWITCHES, WIRES, THERMOSTATS, ETC. TO THEIR SOURCE AS REQUIRED. ALL EXISTING FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLETS, WHERE NOTED TO BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED, SHALL BE CAPPED OFF TO THE NEAREST JUNCTION BOX. FILL AND LEVEL FLOOR TO ACCEPT NEW FLOOR COVERING. REMOVAL OF ANY EQUIPMENT, CABLING SWITCHES, AND CONDUIT PERTAINING TO DATA/COMMUNICATIONS AND TELEPHONE SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH TELEPHONE COMPANIES, SERVICE OWNER, OR TENANT DATA/COMMUNICATIONS REPRESENTATIVE AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT NEW CONSTRUCTION DELAYS. 17.PATCHING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING AND/OR REPAIRING ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY HIM OR HIS SUBCONTRACTORS TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IN ELEVATOR LOBBY, PUBLIC CORRIDORS, RESTROOMS, OR TENANT SPACES. REFINISH TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT FINISH, OR AS NOTED HEREIN. 18.PIPES AND VENTS REMOVE TO SOURCE ALL ANCILLARY PIPES, VENTS, APPLIANCES AND DRAINS SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION. WHERE APPLICABLE, CAP AT RISER AND FIRESAFE PER UL EXISTING PENETRATIONS. 19.FLOORING REMOVE ALL EXISTING IRREGULAR MATERIALS WHICH CAUSE RISES AND DEPRESSIONS IN FLOORING SURFACE, SUCH AS FASTENERS, OUTLET CORES, COVER PLATES, RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS, CARPET, CARPET PAD, FLASH PATCH, CONCRETE FILL, PLYWOOD, ETC. 20.WALL COVERING SHOULD PAPER LAYER OF EXISTING GYP BD BE DAMAGED, REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING GYP BD AT SCHEDULED WALL COVERING REMOVAL, LOCATIONS. 21.DEMOLITION DEMOLITION IS NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO WHAT IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. THE INTENT IS TO INDICATE THE GENERAL SCOPE OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK HEREIN. IF QUESTIONS ARISE AS TO THE REMOVAL OF ANY MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CLARIFY THE POINT IN QUESTION WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. 22.STAIRWAYS STAIRWAYS MUST REMAIN ACCESSIBLE INCLUDING A CLEAR PATH OF EGRESS AT ALL TIMES DURING DEMOLITION. 23.GRAPHICS REMOVE EXISTING SIGNAGE/GRAPHICS AND STORE FOR RE-USE WHERE APPLICABLE. 24.FIRE AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM NO EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR, PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKER, FIRE ALARM BOX, OR SIMILAR DEVICE, INCLUDING THE ASSOCIATED WIRING, SHALL BE DAMAGED DURING DEMOLITION AND SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION. RELOCATION OF SMOKE DETECTORS, PUBLIC ADDRESS SPEAKERS, AND FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, NECESSITATED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION, SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AS A FIRST PRIORITY, AND PER THE PLANS. NO ACTIVE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE COVERED OR OTHERWISE REMOVED OR USED FOR OTHER THAN ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. 25.THERMOSTATS IN PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED, ALL THERMOSTATS CONTROLS TO BE TAGGED FOR RELOCATION. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO REQUEST IN WRITING FOR REVISED CONTROL LOCATIONS PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. 1.DOOR SCHEDULE REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE FOR ALL DOOR/HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS. 2.FIELD MEASURE FIELD MEASURE FLOOR TO CEILING DOORS FOR PROPER FIT. 3.SLOPE EXTERIOR LEVEL LANDING MAY SLOPE UP TO 1/4" PER FOOT MAX. IN ANY DIRECTION FOR SURFACE DRAINAGE. 4.THRESHOLDS THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. BEVEL (1:2 MAX. SLOPE) WHERE THE THRESHOLD EXCEEDS 1/4" IN HEIGHT. 5.DOOR OPENINGS DOOR OPENINGS IN PARTITIONS NOT DIMENSIONED ARE TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 4" OF ADJOINING PARTITION, U.O.N. 6.GLASS ALL GLASS IN DOORS SHALL BE TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS, U.O.N. 7.HOLLOW METAL DOORS HOLLOW METAL DOORS SHALL BE FINISHED WITH SEMI-GLOSS PAINT. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 8.EXIT CORRIDORS DOORS OPENING INTO REQUIRED EXIT CORRIDORS DO NOT RESTRICT THE REQUIRED WIDTH WHEN OPENED IN ANY POSITION. 9.DOOR SWINGS ALL DOORS REQUIRED AS EXITS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. 10.WOOD SPECIES FOR DOOR FACINGS PROVIDE DOORS MADE WITH ADHESIVES AND COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS WHERE POSSIBLE THAT DO NOT CONTAIN UREA FORMALDEHYDE. 11. WOOD ORIGINS: ALL WOOD UTILIZED ON THE JOB (SOLID LUMBER AND TIMBER PANEL PRODUCTS PLUS FINISHED WOOD) SHOULD ORIGINATE FROM REGIONAL SOURCES AND FROM CERTIFIED AND SUSTAINABLE SOURCES (SUCH AS SUSTAINABLE FORESTRY INITIATIVE, CSA, FORESTRY STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL, OR AMERICAN TREE FARM SYSTEMS). 12. ADHESIVES & SEALANTS: THE VOC CONTENT OF ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS USED SHALL BE LESS THAN THE CURRENT VOC CONTENT LIMITS OF SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD) RULE #1168, AND ALL SEALANTS USED AS FILLERS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT REGULATION 8, RULE 51. 1.LOCKSETS ALL LOCKSETS SHALL HAVE LIPS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO CLEAR TRIM AND PROTECT CLOTHING. 2.COORDINATION GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE HARDWARE PURCHASE, SPECIFICATION, AND INSTALLATION WITH BUILDING MANAGEMENT. 3.KEYING KEYING OF CYLINDER LOCKS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER; FOR ESTIMATE USE GRANDMASTER KEYING CHARGE. UNDER OWNER'S DIRECTION, KEY TO NEW OR EXISTING SYSTEM TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN WRITING. FURNISH CONSTRUCTION KEY SYSTEM WITH KEYS WHICH CAN BE RENDERED INOPERATIVE BY THE TURN OF THE CHANGE KEY. STAMP ALL KEYS "DO NOT DUPLICATE". FOR PROTECTION OF THE OWNER, ALL LOCKS AND CYLINDERS SHALL BE KEYED AT THE FACTORY OF THE LOCK MANUFACTURER WHERE PERMANENT RECORDS ARE MAINTAINED. 4.HINGES FURNISH TWO PAIR HINGES PER LEAF, U.O.N. FURNISH HINGES WITH STAINLESS STEEL PINS AND CONCEALED BEARINGS. SIZE LISTED IN HARDWARE SETS INDICATE HEIGHT. 5.SILENCERS FURNISH SILENCERS FOR ALL INTERIOR FRAMES: 3 FOR SINGLE DOORS, 4 FOR PAIR OF DOORS. OMIT WHERE SOUND OR LIGHT SEAL OCCURS. 6.LOCKS LOCK TO BE 38" FROM BOTTOM OF DOOR TO CENTER OF LEVER U.N.O. INSTALLATION: A.INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON THE SUBSTRATE. SET UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION. ADJUST AND REINFORCE THE ATTACHMENT SUBSTRATE AS NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. B.ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OR FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. REPLACE UNITS WHICH CANNOT BE ADJUSTED TO OPERATE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY. 7.FAILSAFE ALL ELECTRONIC HARDWARE SHALL BE FAILSAFE AND TIED INTO THE LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, HARDWARE GROUPS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR COMPLETE OPERATION. 8.ELECTRONIC HARDWARE ALL EXIT DOORS SCHEDULED WITH ELECTRONIC HARDWARE SHALL UNLOCK UPON THE ACTUATION OF A LIFE SAFETY DEVICE. ALL DOORS REQUIRED AS EXITS WITH ELECTRONIC HARDWARE UNLOCK UPON THE LOSS OF POWER CONTROLLING THE LOCK OR LOCK MECHANISM. ALL DOORS REQUIRED AS EXITS WITH ELECTRONIC HARDWARE SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITY OF BEING UNLOCKED BY A SIGNAL FROM THE FIRE COMMAND CENTER IN HIGHRISE BUILDINGS WHERE APPLICABLE. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, HARDWARE GROUPS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION. 9.DOOR HANDLES ALL DOORS WITH LOCK SETS AND LATCH SETS SHALL HAVE A LEVER HANDLE. 10.MOUNTING HEIGHTS HAND-ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE MUST BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 34 AND 44 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. 11.DOOR HARDWARE DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE HARDWARE (LEVER OR PUSH TYPE IS ACCEPTABLE PER LOCAL JURISDICTION CODE DEFINED CRITERIA) 12.CARD READERS CARD READER DEVICES TO BE PROVIDED AS REFERENCED IN DOOR SCHEDULE. ALL DEVICES AND INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE, HARDWARE GROUPS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR COMPLETE DESCRIPTION. 1.BLOCKING ALL BLOCKING REQUIRED SHALL BE SCRIBED TO WALL OR CEILING, G.C. TO CHECK JOB PROGRESS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES INVOLVED. G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL BLOCKING REQUIRED; UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL "EXTRA" WORK BE AUTHORIZED FOR EXTRA BLOCKING. 2.SHOP DRAWINGS THE G.C. SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 3.FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE START OF FABRICATION, THE G.C. SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS AT JOB SITE AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAME. 4.JOINERY WHERE MEMBERS ARE MITERED OR BUTTED, THEY SHALL BE JOINED AND SECURED IN A MANNER TO INSURE AGAINST THE JOINT OPENING. 5.FABRICATION ALL OF THE WORK SHALL BE FABRICATED, ASSEMBLED, FINISHED, AND ERECTED IN THE BEST METHOD KNOWN TO THE CABINET TRADE. SURFACES SHALL BE TRUE, STRAIGHT, AND FREE FROM ALL MACHINE AND TOOLS MARKINGS, BRUISES, INDENTATIONS, CHIPS, OR ABRASIONS. 6.FIELD VERIFICATION IT SHALL BE THE G.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO HAVE EXAMINED THE JOB SITE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS SO AS TO BE SATISFIED AS TO THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE WORK WILL BE PERFORMED, INCLUDING SUCH MATTERS AS UNLOADING FACILITIES, LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF ELEVATORS, EQUIPMENT, OR FACILITIES NEEDED PRELIMINARY TO AND DURING THE WORK, AND OTHER CONDITIONS WHICH MAY AFFECT THE WORK. 7.PROTECTION THE G.C. SHALL MAINTAIN REASONABLE PROTECTION TO SAFEGUARD HIS WORK FROM DAMAGE AND TO PROTECT BUILDING OWNER'S PROPERTY FROM INJURY OR LOSS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH ALL PROJECT WORK. 8.GUARANTEE THE G.C. SHALL GUARANTEE THAT ALL MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE OF THE QUALITY SPECIFIED AND SHOWN AND THAT ANY DEFECT DUE TO IMPROPER WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS DISCOVERED AND MADE KNOWN WITHIN ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED WITH REASONABLE PROMPTNESS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST. ARCHITECT WILL GIVE NOTICE OF SUCH OBSERVED DEFECTS WITH REASONABLE PROMPTNESS. 9.INSTALLATION G.C. SHALL SHIM AND LEVEL COUNTERTOPS ABOVE FILES AFTER FILES ARE INSTALLED BY OTHERS. FILES IN OPERATIONS AREA TO BE SHIMMED AND SECURED TO MILLWORK AFTER THEY ARE SET IN PLACE. G.C. TO LEVEL FLOOR UNDER FILES IN ALL AREAS WHERE FILES ARE GANGED OR INSTALLED BELOW FIXED CABINETRY. (PLASTIC LAMINATED SHIMS AS REQUIRED AT FILE CABINET AREA). 10.FINISH ALL MILLWORK SHALL RECEIVE FINAL FINISH AT THE SHOP OR FACTORY PRIOR TO DELIVERY. G.C. SHALL PROTECT ALL FINISHED AND INSTALLED MILLWORK FROM DAMAGE BY OTHER TRADES. DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE MILLWORK SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE G.C. AT HIS EXPENSE. 11.COORDINATION MILLWORK CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE, AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS AND INSTALL GROMMETS IN COUNTERTOP SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO CONCEAL CABLES. 12.SHELVING NO UNBRACED LENGTH OF SHELVING AND OR COUNTER WORK SHALL EXCEED 3'-0" WITHOUT ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS AND OR BLOCKING. ALL END CONDITIONS SHALL BE PROPERLY BLOCKED AND OR SUPPORTED. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT OF SHELVING. DEFLECTION TO BE LIMITED TO L/360 WITH 15 LBS/LINEAR FOOT APPLIED AT THE EDGE OF THE COUNTERTOP. 13.OVERHEAD CABINETS ALL BLOCKING AND WOOD CLEATS FOR OVERHEAD CABINETS TO BE SCREWED AND SECURED TO FULL HEIGHT OR BRACED CEILING HEIGHT METAL STUDS AND WOOD GROUNDS. 14. WOOD ORIGINS: ALL WOOD UTILIZED ON THE JOB (SOLID LUMBER AND TIMBER PANEL PRODUCTS PLUS FINISHED WOOD) SHALL ORIGINATE FROM REGIONAL SOURCES AND FROM CERTIFIED AND SUSTAINABLE SOURCES (SUCH AS SUSTAINABLE FORESTRY INITIATIVE, CSA, FORESTRY STEWARDSHIP COUNCIL, OR AMERICAN TREE FARM SYSTEMS). 15. ADHESIVES & SEALANTS: THE VOC CONTENT OF ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS USED SHALL BE LESS THAN THE CURRENT VOC CONTENT LIMITS OF SOUTH COAST AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SCAQMD) RULE #1168, AND ALL SEALANTS USED AS FILLERS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT REGULATION 8, RULE 51. 16. COUNTERTOP: PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMING FOR SUPPORT OF COUNTERTOP. DEFLECTION TO BE LIMITED TO L/360 WITH 150 LBS/LINEAR FOOT APPLIED AT THE EDGE OF THE COUNTERTOP. MILLWORK NOTESDEMOLITION NOTESDOOR NOTES HARDWARE NOTES 1. 2. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT:CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT: RECYCLE AND/OR SALVAGE 100% OF MIXED DEBRIS RECYCLE AND/OR SALVAGE 100% OF MIXED DEBRIS TO BE PROCESSED FOR RECYCLING IN COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION DEBRIS ORDINANCE. SUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLANSUBMIT A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN TO THE ENFORCING AGENCY COMPLYING WITH ALL LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. AT A MINIMUM THE PLAN MUST MEET THE FOLLOWING: IDENTIFY AND DOCUMENT THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE TO BE DIVERTED FROM DISPOSAL BY EFFICIENT USAGE, RECYCLING, REUSE ON THE PROJECT OR SALVAGE FOR FUTURE USE OR SALE. DOCUMENT IF THE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS ARE SORTED ON-SITE (SOURCE SEPARATED) OR BULK MIXED (SINGLE STREAM) DOCUMENT DIVERSION FACILITIES WHERE CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL COLLECTED WILL BE TAKEN. DOCUMENT THE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS DIVERTED CALCULATED BY WEIGHT OR VOLUME, BUT NOT BY BOTH. ALL SUCH MATERIALS TO BE TRANSPORTED BY A REGISTERED HAULER TO A REGISTERED FACILITY THAT CAN PROVIDE VERIFIABLE DOCUMENTATION ABOUT PERCENTAGE OF CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIAL DIVERTED FROM LANDFILL. THE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN SHALL BE UPDATED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. REDIRECT CONSTRUCTION, DEMOLITION & PACKAGING DEBRIS TO SOURCES OTHER THAN LANDFILL PROVIDING VERIFIABLE DOCUMENTATION. STRATEGIES MAY INCLUDE: REDIRECT PACKAGING DEBRIS BACK TO THE MANUFACTURER. DONATE SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS TO A RECLAMATION SITE OR NON-PROFIT CHARITY. DESIGNATE RECYCLING AREAS DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. CONTACT A REGIONAL CARPET RECLAMATION FACILITY FOR SALVAGE OF CARPETING. CONTACT ACOUSTIC CEILING PANEL MANUFACTURER FOR UPCYCLING OPTIONS. 3.UNIVERSAL WASTEUNIVERSAL WASTE PROVIDE VERIFYABLE DOCUMENTATION TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION THAT ALL CALIFORNIA PROHIBITED UNIVERSAL WASTE MATERIALS ARE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY AND ARE DIVERTED FROM LANDFIL INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO. ELECTRONIC DEVICESELECTRONIC DEVICES : INCLUDES ANY ELECTRONIC DEVICE THAT IS A HAZARDOUS WASTE (WITH OR WITHOUT A CATHODE RAY TUBE (CRT)), INCLUDING TELEVISIONS, COMPUTER MONITORS, CELL PHONES, VCRS, COMPUTER CPUS AND PORTABLE DVD PLAYERS. BATTERIESBATTERIES ELECTRIC LAMPSELECTRIC LAMPS : FLUORESCENT TUBES AND BULBS, HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE LAMPS, SODIUM VAPOR LAMPS AND ELECTRIC LAMPS THAT CONTAIN ADDED MERCURY, AS WELL AS ANY OTHER LAMP THAT EXHIBITS A CHARACTERISTIC OF A HAZARDOUS WASTE. (E.G., LEAD). MERCURY-CONTAINING EQUIPMENTMERCURY-CONTAINING EQUIPMENT : THERMOSTATS, MERCURY SWITCHES, MERCURY THERMOMETERS, PRESSURE OR VACUUM GAUGES, DILATORS AND WEIGHTED TUBING, MERCURY RUBBER FLOORING, MERCURY GAS FLOW REGULATORS, DENTAL AMALGAMS, COUNTERWEIGHTS, DAMPERS AND MERCURY ADDED NOVELTIES SUCH AS JEWELRY, ORNAMENTS AND FOOTWEAR. CRTS AND CRT GLASSCRTS AND CRT GLASS NON-EMPTY AEROSOL CANSNON-EMPTY AEROSOL CANS . LEAD CONTAINING ITEMSLEAD CONTAINING ITEMS 4.ADHESIVES, SEALANTS & CAULKSADHESIVES, SEALANTS & CAULKS : THE VOC CONTENT OF ADHESIVES, ADHESIVE BONDING PRIMERS, ADHESIVE PRIMERS SEALANTS, SEALANT PRIMERS AND CAULKS USED MUST MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL OR REGIONAL AIR POLLUTION CONTROL OR AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT RULES OR SCAQMD RULE 1168 OR BAY AREA AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT DISTRICT REGULATION 8, RULE 51 AND BE LESS THAN THE CURRENT VOC CONTENT LIMITS OF CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE TITLE 24 PART 11 FOR AEROSOL ADHESIVES (CALGREEN 5.504.4.1). 5.PAINTS AND COATINGS:PAINTS AND COATINGS: ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS AND COATINGS TO COMPLY WITH VOC LIMITS OF LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING LOCAL JURISDICTIONS REQUIREMENTS AND THE IN THE AIR RESOURCE BOARD (ARB) ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SUGGESTED CONTROL MEASURE AND CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE OF REGULATIONS TITLE 24 PART 11 FOR AEROSOL PAINTS (CALGREEN 5.504.4.3.) 6. CARPET:CARPET: ALL CARPET MUST MEET ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE GREEN LABEL PLUS PROGRAM OR CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH STANDARD PRACTICE FOR TESTING OF VOCS (SPECIFICATION 01350); NSF/ANSI 140 AT THE GOLD LEVEL; 4. SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATIONS SYSTEMS SUSTAINABLE CHOICE; OR CALIFORNIA COLLABORATIVE FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE SCHOOLS EQ 2.2 AND LISTED IN THE CHPS HIGH PERFORMANCE PRODUCT DATABASE. 7. CARPET CUSHION:CARPET CUSHION: MUST MEET CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE GREEN LABEL. INDOOR CARPET ADHESIVE AND CARPET PAD ADHESIVE MUST NOT EXCEED 50 G/L VOC CONTENT. 8. COMPOSITE WOOD:COMPOSITE WOOD: COMPOSITE WOOD MUST MEET CARB AIR TOXICS CONTROL MEASURE FOR COMPOSITE WOOD INCLUDING MEETING THE EMISSIONS LIMITS IN CALGREEN TABLE 5.504.4.5. FOR MAXIMUM FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS. 9. RESILIENT FLOORING SYSTEMS:RESILIENT FLOORING SYSTEMS: FOR 80% OF FLOOR AREA RECEIVING RESILIENT FLOORING, INSTALL RESILIENT FLOORING COMPLYING WITH AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: CERTIFIED UNDER THE RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI) FLOORSCORE PROGRAM; COMPLIANT WITH THE VOC-EMISSION LIMITS AND TESTING REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH 2010 STANDARD METHOD FOR TESTING AND EVALUATION CHAMBERS V.1.1; COMPLIANT WITH THE COLLABORATIVE FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE SCHOOLS (CHPS) EQ2.2 AND LISTED IN THE CHPS HIGH PERFORMANCE PRODUCT DATABASE, OR CERTIFIED UNDER THE GREENGUARD CHILDREN AND SCHOOLS PROGRAM TO COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH CRITERIA (CALGREEN 5.504.4.4 AND 5.504.4.6 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING REQUIREMENTS Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1/8" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 1 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.10BGENERAL NOTES 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 T T FEC-2 FEC-2 LEGEND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION EXIT ACCESS = LESS THAN 300' AT B OCCUPANCY IN SPRINKLERED BUILDING COMMON PATH OF EGRESS = LESS THAN 100' AT B OCCUPANCY IN SPRINKLERED BUILDING 1:150 1:300 FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINETFEC-1 WALL MOUNTED CARD READER WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE EXIT / ACCESS TO EXIT EXIT SIGNAGE FEH FIRE EXIT HARDWARE PH PANIC HARDWARE CL CIPHER LOCK NOT IN SCOPE HU N T I N G T O N D R 268 SF CSR111 340 SF 24HR VESTIBULE100218 SF CALLING CUBES / UCC11667 SF UNISEX RESTROOM11865 SF UNISEX RESTROOM119 48 SF ELECTRICAL120 340 OCC. MAX21 OCCUPANTSEGRESS DOOR A 170 OCC. MAX10 OCCUPANTSEGRESS DOOR B LONGEST DIAGONAL 104'-1" EXIT SEPARATION 88'-9" N.I.C. COMMON PATHOF EGRESS = 77' - 10"170 OCC. MAX10 OCCUPANTSEGRESS DOOR C EXIT 2 CL CL PH PH 272 SF ATM ROOM10364 SF WELLNESS117 114 SF CB OFFICE 4107 114 SF CB OFFICE 3106 114 SF CB OFFICE 2105 115 SF ME OFFICE 1104 219 SF BREAK ROOM115 84 SF NER121 28 SF J.C114 128 SF CLNB OFFICE 5108 128 SF SBNB OFFICE 6109 498 SF WAITING101 1610 SF CENTRAL ZONE102 0E1 EXIT 1 ACTIVE LEAF DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM ND 3'-0"3'-0"3'-0"3'-0" 203 SF CORRIDOR113 EXIT ACCESS = 120'-5" CR 55 SF CORRIDOR110 223 SF WORK ROOM112 33 SF STORAGE122 0E2 0E4 0E4 0E3 0E5 0E6 0E7 0E4 1 0E3 0E3 0E3 0E3 0E3 1 1 1 1 1 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 5 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.11EGRESS & LIFE SAFETY 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SHEET NOTES PLUMBING COUNTS EXIT COMPONENT SCHEDULE EXIT COMPONENT CLR. EXIT DOORWIDTH DOOR EGRESSCAPACITY FACTOR MAX OCCUPANTSALLOWED BYDOOR WIDTH TOTAL CAPACITYEGRESSCOMPONENT NO. OF OCCUPANTSEXITING EGRESS DOOR A 67"0.2 335.0 340 21 EGRESS DOOR B 33"0.2 165.0 170 10 EGRESS DOOR C 33"0.2 165.0 170 10 PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIREMENTS FOR OCCUPANT LOAD OF WATERCLOSETS LAVATORIES REQ.PROV.REQ.PROV. M F UNISEX M F M F REQ. DRINKING FOUNTAINS PROV. OCC. CPC TABLE 422.1 OCC.URINALS REQ.PROV.TYPE:B SERVICE SINK REQ.PROV. 1 1 0 1 1 11(OCC/2)2 0 1 1 1 HI-LO 1 M=14.5F=14.5 29 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLIES DENOTED IN THE DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE AS-BUILT CONDITION AND THE DRAWINGS. PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A PROPOSAL FOR THE COST AND SCHEDULE OF UPGRADING EXISTING ASSEMBLIES DENOTED AS FIRE RATED TO A CODE COMPLIANT LEVEL. 3/16" = 1'-0"1 EXITING DIAGRAM OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 0E1 DASHED LINE OF EXISTING ROLL-DOWN GATE. OPEN DURING BUSINESS HOURS. 0E2 FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FIRE RATING OF DEMISING WALL. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IFEXISTING DEMISING WALL IS FOUND TO HAVE A FIRE RATING. 0E3 PROVIDE TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE WITH THE WORD "EXIT ROUTE" ON THE LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. REFER TO TYP.SIGANGE DETAILS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0E4 PROVIDE TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE WITH THE WORD "EXIT" ON THE LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. REFER TO TYP. SIGANGEDETAILS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 0E5 LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER. 0E6 LOCATION OF SERVICE SINK. 0E7 LOCATION OF WATER DISPENSING STATION. 422.2 SEPARATE FACILITIESSEPARATE TOILET FACILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH SEX. EXCEPTIONS: 3.IN BUSINESS AND MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES WITH A TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR LESS INCLUDING CUSTOMERS AND EMPLOYEES, ONE TOILET FACILITY, DESIGNED FOR USE BY NO MORE THAN ONE PERSON AT A TIME, SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR USE BY BOTH SEXES. NUMBER NAME OCCUPANCYGROUP SPACE FUNCTION AREA PLUMBINGOCCUPANCYLOADFACTOR PLUMBINGOCCUPANTLOADCALCULATED OCCUPANTLOADFACTOR OCCUPANTLOADROUNDED 100 24HR VESTIBULE B BUSINESS 340 SF 150 2.3 150 3 101 WAITING B BUSINESS 498 SF 150 3.3 150 4 102 CENTRAL ZONE B BUSINESS 1610 SF 150 10.7 150 11 103 ATM ROOM B ACCESSORY/STORAGE/ MECH.EQUIPMENT 272 SF 300 0.9 300 1 104 ME OFFICE 1 B BUSINESS 115 SF 150 0.8 150 1 105 CB OFFICE 2 B BUSINESS 114 SF 150 0.8 150 1 106 CB OFFICE 3 B BUSINESS 114 SF 150 0.8 150 1 107 CB OFFICE 4 B BUSINESS 114 SF 150 0.8 150 1 108 CLNB OFFICE 5 B BUSINESS 128 SF 150 0.9 150 1 109 SBNB OFFICE 6 B BUSINESS 128 SF 150 0.9 150 1 110 CORRIDOR B BUSINESS 55 SF 150 0.4 150 1 111 CSR B BUSINESS 268 SF 150 1.8 150 2 112 WORK ROOM B BUSINESS 223 SF 150 1.5 150 2 113 CORRIDOR BUSINESS 203 SF 0 150 2 114 J.C B ACCESSORY/STORAGE/ MECH.EQUIPMENT 28 SF 0 300 1 115 BREAK ROOM B BUSINESS 219 SF 150 1.5 150 2 116 CALLING CUBES /UCC B BUSINESS 218 SF 150 1.5 150 2 117 WELLNESS B BUSINESS 64 SF 150 0.4 150 1 118 UNISEXRESTROOM B BUSINESS 67 SF 0 150 1 119 UNISEXRESTROOM B BUSINESS 65 SF 0 150 1 120 ELECTRICAL B ACCESSORY/STORAGE/ MECH.EQUIPMENT 48 SF 0 300 1 121 NER B ACCESSORY/STORAGE/ MECH.EQUIPMENT 84 SF 0 300 1 122 STORAGE B ACCESSORY/STORAGE/ MECH.EQUIPMENT 33 SF 0 300 1 TOTAL:5009 SF 29.0 43 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS •PER 2022 CFC CODE: PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE SELECTED, INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION AND CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS, TITLE 19, DIVISION 1, CHAPTER 3. *MINIMUM EXTINGUISHER SIZE IS 2A-10BC FOR ORDINARY HAZARD OCCUPANCY AND SHALL HAVE A MAX AREA OF 1,500 SF PER EXTINGUISHER AND A MAX TRAVEL DISTANCE OF 75' PER CFC 906.3, TITLE 19, DIVISION 1, SECTION 568, TABLE 2. *EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PLACED IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION WHERE THEY ARE READILY AVAILABLE AND UNOBSCURED PER CFC SECTION 906.5 AND 906.6. *WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ON BRACKETS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER THE PROVISIONS OF CFC SECTION 906.8. *EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE MOUNTED SO THE TOP OF THE EXTINGUISHER IS NO MORE THAN 5' AFF PER CFC SECTION 906.9.1. CODE REFERENCE EXITING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUSINESS PER 2022 CBC COMPONENT REQUIREMENT REFERENCE CODE SECTION NUMBER OF EXITS 2 EXITS REQUIRED IF > 49 PEOPLE WITH 100' MAXCOMMON PATH OF TRAVEL (SPRINKLERED)1006.2.1TABLE 1006.2.1 MAX TRAVEL DIST.300' (SPRINKLERED)TABLE 1017.2 MAX COMMON PATH 100' (SPRINKLERED) FOR OCCUPANT LOAD > 49 TABLE 1006.2.1 MAX DEAD END CORRIDOR 50' (SPRINKLERED)TABLE 1020.5 ARRANGEMENT OF EXIT ACCESS DOORS MIN. 1/3 THE DIAGONAL DISTANCE (SPRINKLERED)TABLE 1007.1.1 MAX DEAD END CORRIDOR IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL ≥ 50 PEOPLE TABLE 1010.1.2 DOOR SWING DIRECTION SIDE HINGED SWINGING, SLIDING DOORS ALLOWED IN BUSINESS AREAS WITH AN OCCUPANT LOAD ≤ 10 PEOPLE TABLE 1010.1.21010.1.2 EXCEPTION 1 AND 9 DOOR SWING ENCROACHMENT SHALL REDUCE THE REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS BY < 1/2 DURING SWING WHEN FULLY OPEN SHALL NOT PROJECT INTO THE MEANS OF EGRESS BY > 7"TABLE 1005.7.1 MEANS OF EGRESS WIDTH 36" IF < 50 PEOPLE; 44 IF ≥ 50 PEOPLE TABLE 1020.2 MIN. DOOR WIDTH 32" MIN; 36" WIDE DOORS PROVIDE 34" CLEARANCE AND MEET 32" REQUIREMENT 1010.1.1 EXIT ACCESS COMPONENT 0.15" * DOOR OCCUPANT LOAD (SPRINKLERED + FIRE ALARM)1010.3.2EXCEPTION 1 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 TWO HINGED DOORS IN SERIES LATCH SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS 17 2 5 64 m i n . 48 m i n . minimum if door has a closerNOTE: y = 48 in. (1220 mm)minimum if door has a closerNOTE: y = 54 in. (1370 mm) LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE 61024 min. 12 2 0 48 m i n . Y Y 10 6 5 42 m i n 61024 min. 12 2 0 48 m i n . 12 2 0 CLEARANCES AT RECESSED DOORS AND GATES PUSH SIDE 13 2 0 52 m i n . 20 5 x > 8 PUSH SIDE 15 2 5 52 m i n . 20 5 x > 8 30512 min. NOTE: door provided with both closer and latch 12 2 0 60 m i n . 20 5 x > 8 44518 min. PULL SIDE HINGE SIDE APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS FRONT APPROACHES - SWINGING DOORS latch and a closerminimum if door has both aNOTE: y=48 in. (1220 mm) HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDEHINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE (OPTION 1) 10 6 5 Y 42 m i n . has both a closer and a latchNOTE: x=12 in. (305 mm) if the door 45518 min 15 2 5 60 m i n . FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDEFRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE 13 2 0 52 m i n . X 15 2 5 60 m i n . 91536 min HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE (OPTION 2) 13 7 0 54 m i n . 106542 min 56022 min WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE TOE CLEARANCE 15 2 5 60 m i n . 152560 min. 430-63517-25 76 0 30 m i n . 122048 min. MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH FOR WHEELCHAIRS MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH FOR TWO WHEELCHAIRS 48 m i n 12 2 0 60 min1525 (D) (E) X > 1 5 38 0 ADDITIONAL MANEUVERING CLEARANCES FOR ALCOVES NOTE: X > 24 IN. (610 MM) 36 min.915 X 60 min.1525 30512 min.91536 min. 152560 min. 91 5 36 m i n . 61 0 24 m i n . 30512 min. 42 min.1065 x < 481220 42 min.1065 180 DEGREE TURN 60 m i n 15 2 5 x < 481220 36 min.91536 min.915 SECTION PLAN 6 max150 923 0 KNEE CLEARANCE 63525 max 76 0 30 m i n . 122048 min. SECTION PLAN 11 min280 9 m i n 23 0 8 min205 27 m i n 68 5 REACH RANGES 15 m i n . 38 0 48 m a x . 12 2 0 10 max255 34 m a x . 86 5 48 m a x . 12 2 0 10 max255 >10 - 24 max255-610 48 max.1220 24 max.61024 max.610 32 m i n . 81 5 36 m i n . 91 5 32 m i n . 81 5 36 m i n . 91 5 180 DEGREE TURN (EXCEPTION) 34 m a x . 86 5 48 m a x . 12 2 0 (A) (B) (C) CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 48 min.1220 30 m i n . 76 0 48 m i n . 12 2 0 30 min.760 30 m i n . 76 0 48 min.1220 TOILETPAPER COORD.W/ GRAB BAR. TO P O F R I M TO P O F C O N T R O L SO A P DI S P E N S E R AC C E S S I B L E WA T E R C L O S E T TO P O F S E A T FL U S H C O N T R O L 4 " B E L O W GR A B B A R . OR I E N T F L U S H V A L V E T O OP E N S I D E O F T O I L E T ST A L L . TO P O F O P E N I N G NA P K I N DI S P O S A L 15 " M I N . 40 " M A X . 33 " - 3 6 " 17 " - 1 9 " 44 " M A X . 33 " - 3 6 " 2'-0" MIN. 3'-6" MIN.1'-0" MAX. 4'-6" MIN. AC C E S S I B L E WA T E R C L O S E T MI N . 1 1 / 2 " 1'-0" MIN. FLUSH VALVE ON WIDE SIDE 19 " M I N . 1 1 / 2 " M I N . 40 " M I N . T O 4 8 " M A X COAT HOOK OP E N I N G WA S T E RE C E P T A C L E 4' - 0 " 10 " B. O . D R Y E R 3'- 1 " BO T T O M O F D R Y E R HA N D DR Y E R TO P O F R I M RE F L E C T I V E S U R F A C E 3' - 4 " B O T T O M O F WA L L M T D . LA V A T O R Y (A D U L T ) TO E C L E A R A N C E 9" M I N . 27 " M A X 2'- 1 0 " M A X 7-9" MIN. 17" - 18" 2" M A X . TO O P E N I N G 19 " M I N . 3'-0" MIN. 2" MAX. 1-1/4" MIN.1 1/2" CONCEALED MOUNTING BRACKET ATTACHED WITH (2) 1/4"X3" SIMPSON SDS SCREWS BACKING PLATE, TYP. REFER TO TYP. FRAMING DETAILS AND OPENING MEMBER SHEETS. DIRECTION AT ANY POINT ON THE GRAB IN COMPLIANCE WITH CBC 1607.9.2 & 11B-609.8. GRAB BAR Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 6 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.12AACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 12" = 1'-0"1 ACCESSIBILITY CLEARANCES 2 ACCESSIBLE -TYPICAL ACCESSORY HEIGHTS 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 1 1/2"3 1/2"3"1' - 6 " 1'- 6 " 3' - 0 " 2" 3'-0" 2" 1'- 0 1 / 2 " 1' - 1 " 3 1/2" 1'-2"1'-2" 6" AL I G N W / E N D O F P A R K I N G S T R I P I N G R 10 " 6". 4" . EXIT 6". 4" .EXIT TO FF WALL 6". 4" .ROUTE EXIT AT EXITS LEADING TO EXTERIOR OF BUILDING AT LOBBY AREAS WITH DOOR LEADING INTO RATED CORRIDOR TO BUILDING EXIT AT ROOM/AREA EXITS LEADING INTO RATED CORRIDORS TOBUILDING EXITS AF F 60 " M A X . EXIT SIGNAGE IDENTIFICATION WITH RASIED LETTERS AND BRAILLE. BRAILLE TO MATCH BACKGROUND FINISH. CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND THEIR BACKGROUND SHALL HAVE A NON-GLARE FINISH. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND EITHER LIGHT ON A DARK BACKGROUND OR DARK ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND, PER 11B-703.5.1. CHARACTERS SHALL BE SELECTED FROM FONTS WHERE THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "O" IS 60 PERCENT MIN AND 110 PERCENT MAX OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" (11B-703.2.4). CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE 5/8 INCH MIN AND 2 INCHES MAX. BASED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" (11B-703.2.5). STROKE THICKNESS OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I" SHALL BE 15 PERCENT MAX OF THE HEIGHT OF THE CHARACTER (11B-703.2.6). CHARACTERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MIN. AND SHALL BE SAN SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 (11B-703.2). BRAILLE SHALL BE CONTRACTED (GRADE 2) AND SHALL COMPLY WITH (11B-703.3 AND 11B-703.4) CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE IS REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THESE STANDARDS. DOTS SHALL HAVE A DOMED OR ROUNDED SHAPE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE 11B-703.1. VISUAL CHARACTERS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-703.5 WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT A DOOR FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE THE DOOR AT THE LATCH SIDE. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH ONE ACTIVE LEAF, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH TWO ACTIVE LEAFS, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED TO THE RIGHT OF THE RIGHT HAND DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, OR AT THE RIGHT SIDE OF DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18"MIN x 18" MIN CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTER IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED POSITION AND 45 DEGREES OPEN POSITION (11B-703.4.2). 3/ 8 " M I N . 3/ 8 " - 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " M I N . 3/ 8 " - 1 / 2 " 1/ 2 " M I N . 3/ 8 " - 1 / 2 " 1. 2. TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGEA TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH WORDS "EXIT", SHALL IDENTIFY EACH GRADE LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR.A TACTILE EXIT SIGN WITH THE WORDS "EXIT ROUTE" SHALL IDENTIFY EACH EXIT ACCESS DOOR FROM AN INTERIOR ROOM OR AREA TO A CORRIDOR OR HALLWAY THAT IS REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL EXIT SIGN. AF F 48 " M A X . FF AF F 60 " M A X . AF F 48 " M A X . FF AF F 48 " M A X . AF F 60 " M A X . PLAN NOTE: X= 18" MIN. ALCOVE DEPTH THEN Y = 32" MIN. CLR. IF ALCOVE DEPTH (X) IS GREATER THAN 24" THEN ALCOVE WIDTH (Y) MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 36" CLEAR 5" MAX 15" MIN 3 8 " T O 4 3 " @ H I G H F O U N T A I N 3'- 0 " M A X . @ L O W F O U N T A I N 2' - 3 " M I N . 9" M I N . 6" MAX.8 1/16" MIN. KNEE CLR. SIDE ELEVATIONPLAN VIEW MIN. 4'-0" 1. 2. NOTE:THE SPOUT SHALL PROVIDE A FLOW OF WATER 4" HIGH MIN. AND SHALL BE LOCATED 4" MAX FROM THE FRONT OF THE UNIT. THE ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM SHALL BE MEASURED HORIZ. RELATIVE TO THE FRONT FACE OF THE UNIT. WHERE SPOUTS ARE LOCATED LESS THAN 3" OFF THE FRONT OF THE UNIT,, THE ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM SHALL BE 30 DEGREES MAX. WHERE SPOUTS ARE LOCATED 3"-5" MAX FROM THE FRONT OF THE UNIT, THE ANGLE OF THE WATER STREAM SHALL BE 15 DEGREES MAX.SPOUT OUTLETS FOR STANDING PERSONS SHALL BE 38" MIN. AND 43" MAX. ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. MIN. 15" 18" MIN. 19" MAX. 48 " M I N . EQ EQ CL Y HIGH FOUNTAIN LOW FOUNTAIN LINE OF REQUIRED CLEARANCE MIRROR INSULATE HOT WATER PIPES AND DRAIN TO PREVENT CONTACT 9" M I N . 27 " M I N . 34 " M A X . KNEE CLEARANCE 8" MIN. TOE CLEARANCE6" MAX. 19" MIN. DEPTH 1'-5" MIN. 8" MIN. 1'- 6 " M I N . CL SIDE ELEVATIONPLAN VIEW 40 " M A X . BOTTOM OF REFLECTIVE SURFACE 30"X48" ATM, DISPLAY FEATURES AND REACHABILITY MUST CONFORM ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. AL L O W A B L E A R E A O F O P E R A T I O N FO R W A R D R E A C H R A N G E 4' - 0 " . 1'- 3 " M I N . 30 " 48" ATM LINE OF REQUIRED CLEARANCE 47" 27" AC T U A L A R E A O F OP E R A T I O N PARKING ONLY MINIMUMFINE $250 PARKING ONLY MINIMUMFINE $250 1'-0" 2'- 0 " 1'-0" VANACCESSIBLE 2'- 0 " PARKING SPACE IDENTIFICATION SIGNS SHALL INCLUDE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBLITY COMPLYING WITH SECTION 11B-703.7.2.1 IN WHITE ON BLUE BACKGROUND MIN. 70 SQ INCH. REFLECTORIZED SIGN WITH "MINIMUM FINE $250 TEXT. IN WHITE ON BLUE BACKGROUND.SILK-SCREENED ON ALUMINUM METAL PER THE CURRENT EDITIONS OF THE C.B.C AND A.D.A.G HIGHEST POINT OF ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY MARKED IN WHITE A L I G N W . E N D O F P A R K I N G S T R I P I N G 1 ' - 6 " 3'- 0 " 1 ' - 6 " 1'-2" 1'-2" 2' 3'-0" 2 " TO C E N T E R L I N E 7" M I N - 8 " M A X PUSH PLATE TO C E N T E R L I N E 30 " M I N - 4 4 " M A X 4'X4' MIN PUSH PLATES WITH BLACK IMAGES AND LETTERING ON BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL BACKGROUND CL Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 7 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.12BACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6" = 1'-0"7 TACTILE EXIT SIGN 3/4" = 1'-0"6 ACCESSIBLE - DRINKING FOUNTAINS 3/4" = 1'-0"1 ACCESSIBLE - LAVATORY 1/2" = 1'-0"4 ATM APPROACH CLEARANCES 1/2" = 1'-0"2 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY 12" = 1'-0"5 DOOR ACTUATOR DETAIL 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 (A)PROPORTIONS INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY (B)DISPLAY CONDITIONS INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY (D)INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS FOR HEARING LOSS INTERNATIONAL SYMBOLS (C)INTERNATIONAL TDD SYMBOL ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM SIGNAGE OF H I G H E S T R A I S E D T E X T 60 " M A X T O B A S E L I N E B. O . L O W E S T B R A I L L E C E L L 48 " M I N A F F T O A 3" WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE TO BE LOCATED ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF DOOR SWING. EXIT SIGNAGE HEIGHTS OF H I G H E S T R A I S E D T E X T 60 " M A X T O B A S E L I N E B. O . L O W E S T B R A I L L E C E L L 48 " M I N A F F T O B 6" 60 "  FINISH FLOOR FINISH FLOOR CARPET 211:2 SLOPE MAX 1:2 SLOPE MAX 2 1 DOOR 1/ 4 " M A X 1/ 2 " M A X 1/ 4 " M A X 1/ 4 " M A X . 1/ 2 " M A X 1/ 4 " M A X 1/ 4 " M A X 1/ 2 " M A X 6'- 8 " M I N 4" MAX HI G H E R T H A N 2 ' - 3 " 2'- 3 " O R B E L O W WIDTH CLEAR AMOUNTANY Lobby MAX 1'-0" MAX 1'-0" 27 " - 8 0 " 27 " M A X X>12" 80 " M I N X>12" POST-MOUNTED OBJECTS X> 8 0 " 27 " M A X VERTICAL CLEARANCE BENEATH STAIRS CL CL R . 18 " M I N . 18" MIN. CLR. 9" MIN. SWING 9" MIN.TO DOOR MOUNT PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGN ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. CENTER TACTILE CHARACTERS ON SIGN AND CLEAR SPACE 45° SIGN LOCATIONS AT DOOR DOOR AND SWING EXIT STAIR DOWN CLASS ROOM 123 EXIT MAX._ _ _ OCCUPANTS IN CASE OF FIREDO NOT USE ELEVATORUSE STAIRS ACCESSIBLE COMPLETE INTERIOR ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED AT LOCATIONS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: -ROOM IDENTIFICATION -DIRECTIONAL AND INFORMATIONAL -ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE AT MAIN ENTRY LOBBY-ELEVATOR CAB OPERATING PANEL -ELEVATOR ENTRANCE FLOOR IDENTIFICATION AT JAMB-RESTROOMS-ELEVATOR LOBBY EMERGENCY EVACUATION TACTILE EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT LOCATIONS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: -GRADE LEVEL EXIT DOORS "EXIT" -EXIT DOORS LEADING TO GRADE LEVEL EXIT DOORS (STAIRWELL DOORS) "EXIT STAIR DOWN" -EXIT DOORS LEADING TO GRADE LEVEL EXTERIOR EXIT "EXIT" -EXIT ACCESS DOOR LEADING FROM ROOM OR AREA WITH VISUAL EXIT SIGN; "EXIT ROUTE" PROVIDE "EMERGENCY EVACUATION MAPS" AND SIGNS WHERE REQUIRED PER LOCAL JURISDICTION. ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED AS NON-GLARE OVER CONTRASTING BACKGROUND, 1/32" RAISED CHARACTERS, TEXT HEIGHT 5/8" TO 2" AND PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE 6" HIGH MIN. MOUNTING HEIGHT MIN. 4'-0" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR TO LOWEST BRAILLE AND MAX. 5'-0" TO BOTTOM OF HIGHEST LINE OF RAISED TEXT. MOUNT SIGNS TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. AT DOUBLE DOORS AT THE NEAREST WALL PREFERABLE AT THE RIGHT OF THE OPENING. SELF ILLUMINATING FLOOR LEVEL EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT "I" AND "A" OCCUPANCY. E.G. TRITIUM SELF ILLUMINATING FOR 10 YEARS, GREEN FACE, WHITE HOUSING OR SIMILAR. EXIT ROUTE ASSISTIVE LISTENING SYSTEM AVAILABLE NOTES: LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL ABOVE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE STRIKE ROOMS AND SPACES, SIGNAGE AS DESCRIBED WHERE PERMANENT SIGNAGE IS PROVIDED FOR AND BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE RAISED LETTERING. BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10, AND RAISED 1/32" MIN. 1:1 AND A STROKE WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO A WIDTH-TO-HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND BE RAISED SANS-SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS, SIDE OF THE DOOR. TRIANGLE 1/4" THICK SUPERIMPOSED ON 12" DIA. CIRCLE CONTRASTING IN COLOR, AND HAVE 60 " M A X - 9" MIN CONFORMING WITH CBC SECTION 11B-703.7.2.6 EDGES OF SIGN SHALL BE ROUNDED, CHAMFERED OR EASED. CORNERS OF SIGNS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8" MIN. 6"x 6"x 1/4" FIELD WITH SYMBOLS. BRAILLE WITH TEXT AND GRADE 2 MIN. 2"x 6"x 1/4" FILLED 5/8" HIGH MIN. TYPE RAISED1/32" HELVETICA MEDIUMUPPERCASE LETTERS.WOMEN RESTROOM 60" A.F.F. CL 2" M I N . .............. INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DECAL (AT GLASS) 4" H E I G H T 48 " M I N MIN. 6"x 6"x 1/4" FIELD WITH SYMBOLS. BRAILLE WITH TEXT AND GRADE 2 MIN. 2"x 6"x 1/4" FILLED RAISED 1/32" HELVETICA MEDIUM UPPERCASE 5/8" HIGH MIN. TYPE LETTERS. WELLNESS ROOM 60" A.F.F. CL 2" M I N . .............. UNISEX RESTROOM 60 " A F F 12 " D I A . LC LINE OF FIN. CLG.WHERE OCCURS EXIT SIGN EDGE OF WALL FIRE STROBE THERMOSTAT LIGHT SWTICHDOTTED LINE INDICATES LOCATION OF LARGER PLATE FOR GANGED SWITCHES ELECTRICAL OUTLET WALL DATA /TELEPHONE OUTLET LINE OF FIN. CLG.WHERE OCCURS EXIT SIGN FIRE STROBE FIREEXTINGUISHERCABINET 7' - 1 0 1 / 2 " - [ 2 4 0 0 ] 6'- 1 0 1 / 2 " - [ 2 1 0 0 ] OB C 3 . 8 . 1 . 5 1 2 0 0 m m 3'- 1 1 " - [ 1 2 0 0 ] 6" - [150] [4 5 0 ] 1' - 5 1 / 2 " 7' - 1 0 1 / 2 " - [ 2 4 0 0 ] 6'- 1 0 1 / 2 " - [ 2 1 0 0 ] 2'- 1 1 1 / 2 " - [ 9 0 0 ] CCLL CCLL CCLL CCLL CCLL CCLL CCLL CCLL CCLL [4 0 0 ] 1' - 3 1 / 2 " M I N . LINE OF FINISH CEILING WHERE OCCURS HINGE, TYP. SCHEDULED DOOR LIGHT SWITCH. DOTTED LINE INDICATESLOCATION OF LARGER PLATE FOR GANGED SWITCHES FINISH FLOOR DOOR FRAME HARDWARE SET AS SCHEDULED ELECTRICAL OUTLET WALL TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET NOTES:- T.O. SWITCH TO BE AT 48" A.F.F. MAX.- CENTER ALL OTHER TO CENTER LINE OF LIGHT SWITCHES.- T.O. SWITCH TO BE AT 40" A.F.F. MAX. WHERE SWITCH IS LOCATED ABOVE COUNTER.- INSTALL ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE WALL OUTLETS AND SWITCHPLATES AT NEAREST STUD FROM SCALED LOCATION ON PLAN UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIMENSIONED. THERMOSTAT EVACUATION SIGNAGE CARD READERSPULL STATION (M A T C H B U I L D I N G S T A N D A R D ) 34 " M I N . - 4 4 " M A X . [150] 6" [150] 6" [150] 6" W/ HARDWARE SCHEDULE2 3/4" VERIFY 5" EQ . EQ . EQ . 10 " CCLL CCLL CCLL 3' - 1 1 " - [ 1 2 0 0 ] - M A X . OB C 3 . 8 . 1 . 5 9 0 0 - 1 1 0 0 m m 3'- 3 1 / 2 " - [ 1 0 0 0 ] CCLL [4 5 0 ] 1' - 5 1 / 2 " CCLL CCLL 4'- 1 1 " - [ 1 5 0 0 ] M A X . 3'- 1 1 " - [ 1 2 0 0 ] M A X . 3'- 3 1 / 2 " - [ 1 0 0 0 ] CCLL WATER BOTTLE FILLER STATION ACTIVATION SENSOR 2'- 8 1 1 / 1 6 " - [ 8 3 1 ] 3' - 8 3 / 4 " - [ 1 1 3 7 ] CCLL MA T C H E X I S T I N G 3' - 1 1 1 / 4 " - [ 1 2 0 0 ] M A X FIRE HOSE CABINET CCLL 3'- 1 1 1 / 4 " - [ 1 2 0 0 ] AEDPUSH/ WAVE TO OPEN PUSH TO LOCK PUSH/ WAVE TO OPEN COUNTERTOP ELECTRICAL OUTLET CCLL WALL DATA /TELEPHONE OUTLET 3'- 4 " CCLL 3' - 5 " BACKSPLASH WHERE OCCURS Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 8 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.13 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTSAND ACCESSIBILITY INFORMATION 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6 ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE 5 ACCESSIBLE THRESHOLD 4 ACCESSIBLE-PROTRUDING OBJECTS 3 SIGN LOCATIONS AT DOOR EXIT SIGNAGE 12" = 1'-0"2 TYPICAL SIGNAGE INFORMATION (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) 1/2" = 1'-0"1 TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 8 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.14ENERGY CALCULATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1 01/09/25 615 S. College St, Suite 725 Charlotte, NC 28202 305.686.3291 01/09/25615 S. College St, Suite 725 Charlotte, NC 28202 305.686.3291 C 39837Interior Architects, Inc.Jason Coats 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 ALIGN #8 TRUSS HEAD WOOD SCREW, MIN. 1 1/2"EMBED AT EA. STUD 2 X 4 X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR BLOCKING CENTERED ABOVE EA. STUD @ 24" O.C. MAX. SPAN BETWEEN (E) JOISTS/WOOD TRUSS TIGHT TO (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. ATTACH W/ (2) 10D TOE-NAILS EA. SIDE. 10D NAIL MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENT NOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR (E) INSUL. (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) ALL SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES: HEAD OF PARTITION FRAMING AT WOOD DECK WHERE PARTITION IS PARALLEL TO WOOD JOISTS MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED SCHED. CONT. SLOTTED DEFLECTION TOP TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK (DO NOT ATTACH GYP. BD. TO TOP TRACK.) SCHED. CONT. SLOTTED DEFLECTION TOP TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK (DO NOT ATTACH GYP. BD. TO TOP TRACK.)3/ 4 " G A P 3/ 4 " G A P ALL SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES: HEAD OF PARTITION FRAMING AT WOOD DECK WHERE PARTITION IS PERPENDICULAR TO WOOD JOISTS OR WOOD TRUSS W.O. CENTER OF EA. (E) JOIST/BOTTOM CORD OF WOOD TRUSS (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING W.O. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENT NOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR (E) INSUL. (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) #8 TRUSS HEAD WOOD SCREW, MIN. 1 1/2"EMBED AT EA. STUD MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED (E) WOOD BEAM/JOIST W.O. BRACE TO ADJACENT SUBPURLIN @ 4'-0" MAX. W/ SIMPSON H3 HURRICANE STRAP. EA. SIDE INSTALL PER MANUF. WRITTEN INSTRUCT.ALTERNATIVE TO SIMPSON H3: PROVIDE FULL HT. BLOCKING BETWEEN BEAMS AT EA. SIDE TO PREVENT ROLLING. (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENT NOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR (E) INSUL. (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) SCHED. CONT. SLOTTED DEFLECTION TOP TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK (DO NOT ATTACH GYP. BD. TO TOP TRACK.)3/ 4 " G A P BEARING ON BEAMSTUD MIN. 2" CLMAX.1" MAX. 2" FROM CENTERLINE OF EA. STUD @ 24" MAX. O.C. ALL SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES: HEAD OF PARTITION FRAMING AT WOOD DECK WHERE PARTITION IS PARALLEL TO WOOD BEAM/JOISTS VERIFY MAX. OFFSET PER MTL. TRACK MANUF. WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, USE 2X4 OPTIONS IF NOT ACHIEVABLE. CL EQ EQ CL EQ EQ SIMPSON H3 HURRICANE STRAP CLCL8'-0" O.C. MAX. TYP. VIF. (E) WOOD JOIST W.O. #8 TRUSS HEAD WOOD SCREW, MIN. 1 1/2"EMBED AT EA. STUD (E) JOIST/WOOD TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD W.O. MANUF PER SCHED. CONT. BOTTOM TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK #8 X 1/2" WOOD SCREWS STAGGERED AT 12" O.C. U.O.N. (PROVIDE (2) FASTENERS AT EA. END FOR 6" TRACK W.O.) INSTALL PER MANUF. WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. PLYWOOD FLOOR O/ WOOD STRUCTURE MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED SCHEDULED CONTINUOUS SLOTTED DEFLECTION TOP TRACK, ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. SEE HEAD CONDITION DETAILS PER APPLICABLE STRUCTURE AND SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. SCHEDULED FULL HT STUD, ATTACH TO SLOTTED DEFLECTION TOP TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK TO I N S I D E T R A C K T. O . S T U D MI N . 3 / 4 " C L R . 3/ 4 " M I N . CL EQ EQ CL 1/ 2 " M I N . 2" S L O T 1/ 2 " M I N . 3" L E G ALL SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES: BRACING ATTACHMENT AT WOOD STRUCTURE WHERE PARTITION IS PERPENDICULAR TO WD. JOISTS/BEAM 45 DEG. DIAG. ANGLE BRACE, MATCH STUD SIZE AND GAUGE (33 MIL MIN.) @ 4'-0" MAX., TYP. LAP W/ BLOCKING AND ATTACH W/ (3) #10 WOOD SCREWS W/ MIN. 1 1/2" EMBED. AT END OF DIAG. BRACE. TYP ALL SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES: BRACING ATTACHMENT AT WOOD STRUCTURE WHERE PARTITION IS PARALLEL TO WOOD JOIST/BEAM 2 X 4 X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR BLOCKING CENTERED ABOVE EA. STUD @ 24" O.C. MAX. SPAN BETWEEN (E) JOISTS/WOOD TRUSS TIGHT TO (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. ATTACH W/ (2) 10D TOE-NAILS EA. SIDE. 10D NAIL (E) WOOD JOIST W.O. (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENTNOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR(E) INSULATION (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) 45 DEG. DIAG. ANGLE BRACE, MATCH STUD SIZE AND GAUGE (33 MIL MIN.) @ 4'-0" MAX., TYP. (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENT ALIGN AND LAP BRACE W/ JOIST/BEAM AND ATTACH W/ (3) #10 WOOD SCREWS W/ MIN. 1 1/2" EMBED. AT END OF DIAG. BRACE. TYP. (E) WOOD JOIST/BEAM (PERPENDICULAR TO (N) PARTITION) 12 A00.30 18 A00.30 10 A00.30 18 A00.30 12 A00.30 3 A00.30 12 A00.30 2 A00.30 4 A00.30 FU L L H T . F R A M I N G ( S L A B T O U N D E R S I D E O F S T R U C T U R E ) * * * PA R T I A L H T . F R A M I N G T O A B O V E C E I L I N G A N D T O UN D E R S I D E O F C E I L I N G ( B R A C E D ) W. O . G L A Z E D O P E N I N G = 1 0 ' - 0 " M A X . * * * 7' - 0 " M A X . * * * SO F F I T D R O P W. O . G L A Z E D O P E N I N G = 1 0 ' - 0 " M A X . * * * 7' - 0 " M A X . * * * SO F F I T D R O P 8'- 0 " M A X . DE C K A B O V E T O BR A C E C O N N E C T . ALL FULL HT. FRAMING FU L L H T . F R A M I N G W / H E A D E R A B O V E O P E N I N G SEE SHEET "TYP. FRAMING DETAILS AND OPENING MEMBER SCHEDULES" FOR OPENING HEADER AND SILL INFO. SOFFIT FRAMING SOFFIT FRAMING - --- 16 A00.30 15 A00.30 #10 TRUSS HEAD WOOD SCREW, MIN. 1 1/2"EMBED. PROVIDE (2) AT EA. STUD SSD.: 2 X 4 X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR BLOCKING CENTERED ABOVE EA. STUD @ 24" O.C. MAX. SPAN BETWEEN (E) JOISTS/WOOD TRUSS TIGHT TO (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. ATTACH W/ (2) 10D TOE-NAILS EA. SIDE. 10D NAIL MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENTNOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR(E) INSULATION (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) FRAMING AT WOOD DECK WHERE SOFFIT IS PARALLEL TO WOOD JOISTS MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED SCHED. CONT. TOP TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK. SCHED. CONT. TOP TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK. FRAMING AT WOOD DECK WHERE SOFFIT IS PERPENDICULAR TO WOOD JOISTS OR WOOD TRUSS W.O. (E) JOIST/WOOD TRUSS BOTTOM CHORD W.O. SSD. CENTER ON EA. (E) JOIST/BOTTOM CORD OF WOOD TRUSS (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING W.O. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENT CLCL 3/4"TYP.3/4" CLCL 3/4"TYP.3/4" #10 TRUSS HEAD WOOD SCREW, MIN. 1 1/2"EMBED. PROVIDE (2) AT EA. STUD MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED (E) WOOD BEAM/JOIST W.O. (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. W.O. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENT SCHED. CONT. TOP TRACK W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK. CL 1" MIN.3/4" TYP. FRAMING AT WOOD DECK WHERE SOFFIT IS PARALLEL BELOW WOOD BEAM/JOISTS TYP. 3/4"SSD.: 2 X FULL HT X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR BLOCKING CENTER ABOVE EA. STUD @ 24" O.C. MAX. TIGHT TO (E) PLYWD. SHEATHING, SPAN BETWEEN (E) WOOD BEAM/JOIST AND ATTACH W/ SIMPSON A34 FRAMING ANGLE EA. SIDE. PER MANUF. WRITTEN INSTRUCT. CLCLMAX. SPAN SSD. CLCLMAX. SPAN SSD. (E) WOOD JOIST W.O. #10 TRUSS HEAD WOOD SCREW, MIN. 1 1/2"EMBED. PROVIDE (2) AT EA. STUD SIMPSON A34 CLIP LINE OF CEILING W.O. SEE RCP. LINE OF CEILING W.O. SEE RCP. SCHED. TOP TRACK ATTACH TO VERT. STUDS W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK. 54 MIL - 50 KSI CLIP L 3" X 3" X 1.5", ATTACH TO TOP TRACK W/ (3) # 10 TEK SCREWS MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED 45 DEG. ANGLE BRACE @ 4'-0" MAX. TYP. MATCH STUD SIZE AND GAUGE (33 MIL MIN.), ATTACH TO CLIP W/ (3) # 10 TEK SCREWS SCHED. TOP TRACK ATTACH TO VERT. STUDS W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK. ••••• DETAIL LIMITATIONS:STUD HEIGHT LIMIT: 10'-0" MAX. AFF.STUD SPACING: 24" O.C. MAX. DIAG. BRACE SPACING: 48" O.C. MAX.STUD WALL WEIGHT: 10 PSF MAX.T.O. PARTIAL HEIGHT BRACED FRAMING TO DECK ABOVE: 8'-0" MAX. NOTE: ALTERNATING DIRECTION OF DIAGONAL BRACE IS OPTIONAL PER FIELD CONDITIONS - MAX. SPACING TO REMAIN. FRAMING TERMINATES AT UNDERSIDE OF CEILING FRAMING TERMINATES ABOVE CEILING 8'- 0 M A X . T O D E C K A B O V E 33 MIL MIN. 45 DEG. ANGLE BRACE @ 4'-0" MAX. IN ALTERNATE DIR., TYP. MATCH STUD SIZE AND GAUGE, ATTACH TO CLIP W/ (3) # 10 TEK SCREWS MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED SOFFIT FRAMING AT CEILING HT. OPENING OR SOFFIT - BRACED AT 48" O.C. MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED TYP. 45° (3) #10 SCREWS EA. END OF DIAG. BRACE. TYP. HEADER TRACK AT OPENING PER 'HEADER SCHEDULE'. USE 4'-0" SPAN. ATTACH TO VERT. STUDS W/ #10 TEK SCREWS, TYP. EA. SIDE OF TRACK 33 MIL MIN. 45 DEG. ANGLE BRACE @ 4'-0" MAX. TYP. MATCH STUD SIZE AND GAUGE. 28 " M A X . = M A X . 1 / 3 X ( T O T A L H T . T O D E C K ) @ I N T E R I O R G L A Z I N G W . O . 10 ' - 0 " M A X . A F F O N L Y 7'- 0 " M A X . T O T A L . H T . T O D E C K VER T . S T U D S MAT C H SSMA# 362S125-33 MTL STUD FRAMING AT ALL BRACED SOFFITS NOT COVERED IN 'HEADER SCHEDULE' NOTE:ALTERNATING DIRECTION OF DIAGONAL BRACE IS OPTIONAL PER FIELD CONDITIONS. LAP AND JOIN METAL STUDS W (4) #10 TEK SCREWS EA. CONNECTION (2) #10 S.M.S. EA. LEG AND EA. STUD TO LIGHT GAUGE SHEET METAL ANGLE 4" x 4" x 16GA TYP. 45° 33 MIL MIN. 45 DEG. ANGLE BRACE @ 4'-0" MAX. TYP. MATCH STUD SIZE AND GAUGE. (3) #10 SCREWS EA. END OF DIAG. BRACE. TYP. MTL. STUD FRAMING AS SCHEDULED SOFFIT FRAMING AT OUTSIDE EDGE CEILING HT. OPENING OR SOFFIT - BRACED AT 48" O.C. ONE DIRECTION VER T . S T U D S MAT C H 7' - 0 " M A X . T O T A L . H T . T O D E C K @ I N T E R I O R G L A Z I N G W . O . 10 ' - 0 " M A X . A F F O N L Y REQUIRED BRACE TO OPPOSITE SIDE OF BRACED SOFFIT OR FULL HEIGHT SLAB TO SLAB FRAMING SSMA# 362S125-33 MTL STUD FRAMING AT ALL BRACED SOFFITS NOT COVERED IN 'HEADER SCHEDULE' QUALIFICATIONS & ASSUMPTIONS •••••• • ••••• • • • • REQUIREMENTS FOR (E) WOOD STRUCTURE:VERIFY (E) STRUCTURE DOES NOT EXCEED 3/4" MAX. DEFLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR (N) PARTITION AND SOFFIT FRAMING:SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE FOR MTL. FRAMING TYPE.STUD SPACING: 24" O.C. MAX.STUD HEIGHT LIMITATION: 15'-0" MAX. AFF.STUD WALL WEIGHT: 10 PSF MAX.LATERAL LOAD: 5 PSF MAX.T.O. PARTIAL HEIGHT AND BRACED FRAMING TO DECK ABOVE: 8'-0" MAX. REQUIREMENTS FOR (N) SOFFIT FRAMING:SSMA# 362S125-33 MTL STUD FRAMING AT ALL BRACED SOFFITS NOT COVERED IN 'HEADER SCHEDULE'***SOFFIT DROP: 7'-0" MAX. FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE @ W.O. GLAZING BELOW HEIGHT OF GLAZING BELOW SOFFITS: 10'-0" MAX. AFF.STUD & CONNECTION SPACING: 24" O.C. MAX.BRACE SPACING: 48" O.C. MAX.STUD WALL WEIGHT: 10 PSF MAX. DETAILS APPLICABLE FOR INTERIOR METAL STUD FRAMING AT (E) WOOD STRUCTURE W/ WOOD DECK OR WOOD ROOF ONLY.PROVIDE IN WRITING ANY AS BUILT FIELD DISCREPANCIES WITH THESE CONDITIONS, AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE START OF WORK.REFER TO OPENING FRAMING JAMB -HEADER -SILL SCHEDULES FOR MEMBER SIZING. PROVIDE STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS WHERE METAL FRAMING SOFFITS ARE SUPPORTED FROM WOOD STRUCTURE. SEE SEOR DRAWINGS FOR LOAD CALCULATIONS AND ADDITIONAL DETAILS FOR STRENGHTHENING OF STRUCTURE. *** MAX. LIMITS APPLY TO REFERENCED DETAILS ONLY. COORDINATE WITH PARTITION SCHEDULE. PROVIDE ENGINEERED STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL OTHER CONDITIONS WHERE APPLICABLE. Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 2 9 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.30 TYP. MTL. STUD FRAMING DETAILS - WOOD STRUCT. 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 3" = 1'-0"10 FULL HEIGHT MTL. STUD PARTITION HEAD ATTACHMENT AT WOOD STRUCTURE 3" = 1'-0"3 INTERIOR FRAMING - SILL CONDITION @ WOOD FLOOR STRUCTURE 3" = 1'-0"2 INTERIOR FRAMING - SLOTTED DEFLECTION TOP TRACK ELEVATION 3" = 1'-0"12 SEISMIC MTL. STUD BRACING ATTACHMENT AT WOOD STRUCTURE 3/8" = 1'-0"1 TYPICAL INTERIOR PARTITION FRAMING ATTACHMENT DIAGRAMS - WOODSTRUCTURE 3" = 1'-0"18 SOFFIT HEAD CONNECTION AT WOOD STRUCTURE 3" = 1'-0"4 PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION HEAD BRACING ATTACHMENT 3" = 1'-0"15 DECK SUPPORTED CEILING & SOFFIT/OPENING FRAMING 3" = 1'-0"16 DECK SUPPORTED CEILING & SOFFIT/OPENING FRAMING AT OUTSIDE EDGE © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 NESTED TRACK-STUD-TRACK HEADER - 3 MEMBERS NESTED STUD AND TRACK HEADER - 2 MEMBERS CL TYP. 1" NOTE: REFER TO "OPENING FRAMING JAMB - HEADER - SILL SCHEDULES" FOR MEMBER SIZING REQUIREMENTS. BOX BEAM HEADER - 4 MEMBERS NESTED SILL TRACK - 2 MEMBERS MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. EA. SIDE. TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. EA. SIDE. TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. TYP. MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. EA. SIDE. TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. EA. SIDE. TYP. MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED MAX. O P E N I N G WIDT H P E R SCHE D U L E 10 ' - 0 " M A X . @ I N T . G L A Z I N G W . O . L-CLIP (STUD WIDTH X 1/2") W/ (3) #10 TEK SCREWS EA. LEG AT TOP & BOTTOM. GAUGE TO MATCH JAMB STUD. U-CLIP TO MATCH HEADER TRACK MEMBER. LENGTH OF CLIP TO BE 1/2" LESS THAN HEADER DEPTH. ATTACH CLIP TO HEADER TRACK W/ (3) #10 TEK SCREWS ON EA. SIDE AND TO JAMB STUD W/ (2) ROWS OF (3) #10 TEK SCREWS 1/8" MAX GAP BETWEEN HEADER & JAMB INFILL STUD PER SCHEDULE (1) #10 SCREW EA. SIDE AT HEADER TRACK TO INFILL STUD (2) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX, TYP. EA. SIDE NESTED HEADER TRACK & STUD MEMBERS PER SCHEDULE(4 MEMBERS) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX., TYP. EA. SIDE COPE FLANGE FOR CLIP JAMB STUDS, MEMBER # AND GAUGE PER JAMB SCHEDULE 3/ 4 " TY P . MAX O P E N I N G WIDT H P E R SCH E D U L E SI L L H T . SE E E L E V A T I O N ATTACH SILL TRACK TO CRIPPLE STUD WITH #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS AT EA. SIDE OF SILL 6" LONG CRIPPLE STUD, MATCH JAMB STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO JAMB W/ (2) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE @ 4" O.C. (TOTAL 4) SILL TRACK MEMBER PER SCHEDULE (1 MEMBER) 1/8" MAX GAP BETWEEN SILL & JAMB 3/4"TYP. JAMB STUDS, MEMBER # AND GAUGE PER JAMB SCHEDULE 4" O . C . INFILL STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO SILL AND FLOOR TRACK EA. W/ #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE ADDITIONAL FLOOR ANCHOR AT EA. JAMB AS SPECIFIED FLOOR TRACK PER SCHEDULE 1" T Y P . 10 " M I N . NOTE: SEE AXON AND FASTENING OPTION DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFO BASED ON OPENING DIMENSIONS. INFILL STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO SILL W/ #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE (2) #10 SCREWS EA. SIDE HEADER TRACK TO CRIPPLE STUD MAX O P E N I N G WIDT H P E R SCH E D U L E 10 ' - 0 " M A X . @ I N T . G L A Z I N G W . O . 1/8" MAX GAP BETWEEN HEADER & JAMB JAMB STUDS, MEMBER # AND GAUGE PER JAMB SCHEDULE 3/4"TYP. 1" T Y P . 4" O . C . HEADER TRACK PER SCHEDULE (1 MEMBER) 6" LONG CRIPPLE STUD, MATCH JAMB STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO JAMB W/ (2) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE @ 4" O.C. (TOTAL 4) SI L L H T . SE E E L E V A T I O N 4" O . C . 1/8" MAX GAP BETWEEN SILL & JAMB JAMB STUDS, MEMBER # AND GAUGE PER JAMB SCHEDULE 3/4"TYP. 1" T Y P . ATTACH SILL TRACK TO CRIPPLE STUD WITH #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS AT EA. SIDE OF SILL 6" LONG CRIPPLE STUD, MATCH JAMB STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO JAMB W/ (2) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE @ 4" O.C. (TOTAL 4) NESTED SILL TRACK - STUD PER SCHEDULE (2 MEMBERS) W/ #8 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 6" O.C. TYP. EA. SIDE INFILL STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO SILL AND FLOOR TRACK EA. W/ #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE ADDITIONAL FLOOR ANCHOR AT EA. JAMB AS SPECIFIED FLOOR TRACK PER SCHEDULE MAX O P E N I N G WIDT H P E R SCH E D U L E 10 " M I N . INFILL STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO SILL W/ #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE (2) #10 SCREWS EA. SIDE HEADER TRACK TO CRIPPLE STUD MAX O P E N I N G WIDT H P E R SCH E D U L E 10 ' - 0 " M A X . @ I N T . G L A Z I N G W . O . 1/8" MAX GAP BETWEEN HEADER & JAMB JAMB STUDS, MEMBER # AND GAUGE PER JAMB SCHEDULE 3/4"TYP. 1" T Y P . 4" O. C . NESTED STUD AND TRACK HEADER PER SCHEDULE (2 MEMBERS) 6" LONG CRIPPLE STUD, MATCH JAMB STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO JAMB W/ (2) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE @ 4" O.C. (TOTAL 4) L-CLIP (STUD WIDTH X 1/2") W/ (3) #10 TEK SCREWS EA. LEG AT STUD & HEADER. GAUGE TO MATCH JAMB STUD. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX., TYP. EA. SIDE INFILL STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO SILL W/ #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE (2) #10 SCREWS EA. SIDE HEADER TRACK TO CRIPPLE STUD MAX O P E N I N G WIDT H P E R SCH E D U L E 10 ' - 0 " M A X . @ I N T . G L A Z I N G W . O . 1/8" MAX GAP BETWEEN HEADER & JAMB JAMB STUDS, MEMBER # AND GAUGE PER JAMB SCHEDULE 3/4"TYP. 1" T Y P . 4" O . C . NESTED TRACK-STUD-TRACK HEADER PER SCHEDULE (3 MEMBERS) 6" LONG CRIPPLE STUD, MATCH JAMB STUD PER SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO JAMB W/ (2) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS EA. SIDE @ 4" O.C. (TOTAL 4) L-CLIP (STUD WIDTH X 1/2") W/ (3) #10 TEK SCREWS EA. LEG AT STUD & HEADER. GAUGE TO MATCH JAMB STUD #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX., TYP. EA. SIDE AT HEADER END CONDITION: (2) #10 SCREWS EA. SIDE @ HEADER TRACK TO HEADER STUD 1/2"TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C., TYP. EA. SIDE, HEADER TRACK TO HEADER STUD #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX. EA. SIDE. TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX. EA. SIDE. TYP. CL TYP. 1" MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED CLOSURE TRACK REQUIRED AT ALL DOOR OPENINGS MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX. EA. SIDE. TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX. EA. SIDE. TYP. #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. EA. SIDE. TYP. (2) #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. TYP. MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED CL TYP. 1" JAMB - 3 MEMBERSJAMB - 4 MEMBERS (OPTION) MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED MTL TRACK ASSCHEDULED CL TYP. 1" #10 TEK SELF TAPPING SCREWS @ 8" O.C. MAX. EA. SIDE. TYP. JAMB - 4 MEMBERS JAMB - 2 MEMBERS (OPTION W/ CLOSURE TRACK) MTL STUD ASSCHEDULED JAMB - 2 MEMBERS NOTE: REFER TO "OPENING FRAMING JAMB - HEADER - SILL SCHEDULES" FOR MEMBER SIZING REQUIREMENTS. TYP. OPENING FULL HEIGHT JAMB STUDS AT OPENING/WINDOW PER 'JAMB SCHEDULE - INTERIOR WALLS' ATTACH SILL TRACK TO FLOOR PER TYP. 'MTL. STUD FRAMING DETAILS', APPL. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY AND (E) STRUCTURE. SILL TRACK AT OPENING PER 'SILL SCHEDULE - INTERIOR WALLS' PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ANCHOR AT EA. SIDE AT ALL JAMB STUDS, TYP. A00.32 12 11 A00.32 7 A00.32 8 A00.32 10 A00.32 4 A00.32________________ 4 A00.32________________ TYP. STUD SPACING 3 A00.32________________ JAMB-HEADER-SILL SCHEDULES MAX. PER OPENING FRAMING AT OPENINGS W/ UNBRACED HEADER ATTACH SILL TRACK TO FLOOR PER TYP. 'MTL. STUD FRAMING DETAILS', APPL. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY AND (E) STRUCTURE. A00.32 6 HEADER TRACK AT OPENING PER 'HEADER SCHEDULE - INTERIOR WALLS' 4 A00.32________________ 4 A00.32________________FULL HEIGHT JAMB STUDS AT OPENING PER 'JAMB SCHEDULE - INTERIOR WALLS' MA X W A L L H E I G H T - S E E S C H E D U L E 7 A00.32 8 A00.32 10 A00.32A00.32 6 3 A00.32________________3 A00.32________________ TYP. OPENING PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ANCHOR AT AT ALL JAMB STUDS, TYP. AT OPENINGS W/ UNBRACED HEADER ATTACH SILL TRACK TO FLOOR PER TYP. 'MTL. STUD FRAMING DETAILS', APPL. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY AND (E) STRUCTURE. Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 3 2 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.32 TYP. FRAMING DETAILS AND OPENING MEMBER SCHEDULES 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 NTS.3 FASTENING OPTIONS FOR SILLS, AND HEADERS WITH 4, 3, OR 2 MEMBERS NTS.10 (4) MEMBER - BOX BEAM HEADER TO JAMB CONNECTION AT OPENING NTS.12 (1) MEMBER - SILL TRACK TO JAMB CONNECTION AT OPENING LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 2 OPENING FRAMING JAMB - HEADER - SILL SCHEDULES NTS.6 (1) MEMBER - HEADER TRACK TO JAMB CONNECTION AT OPENING 1" = 1'-0"11 (2) MEMBER - SILL TRACK TO JAMB CONNECTION AT OPENING 1" = 1'-0"7 (2) MEMBER STUD & TRACK HEADER TO JAMB CONNECTION AT OPENING 1" = 1'-0"8 (3) MEMBER TRACK-STUD-TRACK HEADER TO JAMB CONNECTION AT OPENING NTS.4 FASTENING OPTIONS FOR JAMBS WITH 4, 3, OR 2 MEMBERS NTS.9 TYP. INTERIOR MTL. FRAMING OPENING DIAGRAMS © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 4" M I N . 16 GA. X 4" WIDE CONT. SHEETMETAL. PLATE, SECURE TO VERT FRAMING W/ (2) #10 TEK SCREWS PER STUD. SPAN BETWEEN MIN. (2) STUDS CONT. CLEAT AT WALL-MOUNTED UNITS, ATTACH AND CENTER ON BACKING PLATE WALL MOUNTED UNIT W.O. PLAN SECTION BA C K I N G P L A T E 6" 1 6 G A . ( 5 4 M I L ) CONT. CLEAT AT WALL-MOUNTED UNITS, ATTACH AND CENTER ON BACKING PLATE BACKING PLATE: 6" X 16 GA. UN-PUNCHED SHEET METAL TRACK. NOTCH FLANGE AT VERTICAL FRAMING MEMBERS AND ATTACH WITH (3) #10 TEK SCREWS AT EA. STUD AT MIN. TWO STUDS EXTEND 6" MIN. BEYOND EA. POINT OF CONNECTION WALL MOUNTED UNIT W.O.PLAN SECTION MIN. (2) 16 GA. (54 MIL) FULL HT. STUDS PER BACKING PLATE ISOMETRIC MIN. (2) 16 GA. (54 MIL - 50KSI) FULL HT. STUDS PER BACKING PLATE. DO NOT USE TYP. SCHEDULED STUDS AT LOCATIONS OF BACKING FOR OBJECTS LARGER THAN 25 LBS PER LINEAR FOOT 6" X 16 GA. (54 MIL - 50 KSI) UN-PUNCHED SHEET METAL TRACK. NOTCH LEGS AT VERTICAL FRAMING MEMBERS AND ATTACH WITH (3) #10 SCREWS AT EACH STUD (TWO STUDS MINIMUM) EXTEND MINIMUM 6" BEYOND POINTS OF CONNECTION TYPICAL PARTITION BACKING FOR WALL-MOUNTED OBJECTS 100 LBS. PER LINEAR FOOT OR 250 LBS POINT LOAD 1.2.3.4. NOTE:COORDINATE BACKING PLATE LOCATION WITH ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER'S MOUNTING INSTRUCTIONS.COORDINATE FULL HT. STUD GAUGE FOR ALL LOCATIONS BETWEEN 25 LBS AND 100 LBS PER LINEAR FOOT.SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PARTITION BLOCKING AND FRAMING FOR HEAVIER LOADS.PROVIDE PARTITION BACKING AT ITEMS SUCH AS SHELVING, MILLWORK, WALL-MOUNTED RESTROOM FIXTURES, HANDRAILS, GRAB BARS, SIGNAGE, TOILET ACCESSORIES, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER ATTACHMENT AND AS REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. TYPICAL PARTITION BACKING FOR OBJECTS WITH MAXIMUM VERTICAL LOAD OF 25 LBS. PER LINEAR FOOT CL 6" M I N . E X T E N S I O N SCHED. PARTITION TY P . 3/ 4 " - 1 " EQ . EQ . TY P . 3/ 4 " - 1 " CL 1" M I N . E X T E N S I O N CL CL CL TY P . 3/ 4 " - 1 " EQ EQ TY P . 3/ 4 " - 1 " SCHED. PARTITION SCHED. PARTITION 4 3/4" PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SHEET METAL BACKING WHERE REQD. BY MANUFACTURER Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 3" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 3 2 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.33 TYP. FRAMING DETAILS AND OPENING MEMBER SCHEDULES 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3" = 1'-0"1 TYPICAL IN-WALL BACKING FOR WALL MOUNTED UNITS 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 METAL STUDS PER PARTITION SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. UNDERSIDE OF METAL ROOF DECK: BOTTOM FLANGE. REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS FOR PARALLEL CONDITION. CONTINUOUS METAL DEFLECTION TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. B.O. FINISHED CEILING TYP., WHERE OCCURS. REFER TO RCP. BASEBOARD PER FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE T.O. FINISHED FLOOR: REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE 5/8" SCHEDULE PER 3/8" WHERE OCCURS 5/8" ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION BETWEEN DECK FLUTES GYPSUM WALL BOARD: IN ABSENCE OF KEVLAR PANELS, ATTACH DIRECTLY TO STUDS: REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE. AT HEAD TRACK, SCRIBE TO FIT GAPS BETWEEN DECK FLUTES W/ 1/2" MAX. GAP FOR SEALANT, TYP. DO NOT FASTEN TO DEFLECTION TRACK. KEVLAR PANELS (MAX. HEIGHT 8'-0") WHERE OCCURS: REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO METAL STUDS ON PUBLIC SIDE OF PARTITION. F.R.T. SHIM / BLOCKING, TYP. AS REQUIRED ABOVE KEVLAR PANELS, WHERE OCCURS: REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE NOTE:-*DENOTES GYP. BOARD ON ONE SIDE ONLY-K DENOTES KEVLAR PANEL BETWEEN STUDS AND GYP. BOARD-T DENOTES CERAMIC TILE 2x METAL STUDS PER PARTITION SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. UNDERSIDE OF METAL ROOF DECK: BOTTOM FLANGE. REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS FOR PARALLEL CONDITION. CONTINUOUS METAL DEFLECTION TRACK WITH OFFSET SHOULDERS: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. B.O. FINISHED CEILING, WHERE OCCURS. REFER TO RCP. BASEBOARD PER FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE T.O. FINISHED FLOOR: REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE 5/8"5/8" SCHEDULE PER 5/8"5/8" ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION (2) LAYERS GYPSUM WALL BOARD BOTH SIDES: SCRIBE TO FIT GAPS BETWEEN DECK FLUTES W/ 1/2" MAX. GAP FOR SEALANT, TYP. DO NOT FASTEN TO DEFLECTION TRACK. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION BETWEEN DECK FLUTES SOUNDGUARD™ ACOUSTICAL ISOLATOR, TYP. METAL STUDS PER PARTITION SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. GYPSUM WALL BOARD: IN ABSENCE OF KEVLAR PANELS, ATTACH DIRECTLY TO STUDS: REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE UNDERSIDE OF METAL ROOF DECK: BOTTOM FLANGE. REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS FOR PARALLEL CONDITION. CONTINUOUS METAL DEFLECTION TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. B.O. FINISHED CEILING TYP.: REFER TO RCP. BASEBOARD PER FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE T.O. FINISHED FLOOR: REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE 6" 5/8" SCHEDULE PER 3/8" WHERE OCCURS 5/8" ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION KEVLAR PANELS (MAX. HEIGHT 8'-0") WHERE OCCURS: REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE. ATTACH TO METAL STUDS ON PUBLIC SIDE OF PARTITION. F.R.T. SHIM / BLOCKING, TYP. AS REQUIRED ABOVE KEVLAR PANELS, WHERE OCCURS: REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE NOTE:-*DENOTES GYP. BOARD ON ONE SIDE ONLY-K DENOTES KEVLAR PANEL BETWEEN STUDS AND GYP. BOARD METAL STUDS PER PARTITION SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. UNDERSIDE OF METAL ROOF DECK: BOTTOM FLANGE. REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS FOR PARALLEL CONDITION. CONTINUOUS METAL DEFLECTION TRACK WITH OFFSET SHOULDERS: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. BASEBOARD PER FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE T.O. FINISHED FLOOR: REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE 5/8" SCHEDULE PER 3/4"5/8" ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION GYPSUM WALL BOARD: SCRIBE TO FIT GAPS BETWEEN DECK FLUTES W/ 1/2" MAX. GAP FOR SEALANT, TYP. DO NOT FASTEN TO DEFLECTION TRACK. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION BETWEEN DECK FLUTES F.R.T. PLYWOOD B.O. FINISHED CEILING TYP., WHERE OCCURS. REFER TO RCP. PUBLIC SIDEATM ROOM NOTE:*REFER TO SECTION DETAIL AT ATM FOR HEAD DETAIL METAL STUDS PER PARTITION SCHEDULE CONTINUOUS METAL TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP. UNDERSIDE OF ROOF DECK: BOTTOM FLANGE. REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS FOR PARALLEL CONDITION. CONTINUOUS METAL DEFLECTION TRACK: REFER TO TYPICAL METAL FRAMING DETAILS. B.O. FINISHED CEILING TYP., WHERE OCCURS. REFER TO RCP. TILE BASE PER FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE T.O. FINISHED FLOOR: REFER TO FINISH PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION CONTINUOUS ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, TYP.PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION BETWEEN DECK FLUTES GYPSUM WALL BOARD: REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE. AT HEAD TRACK, SCRIBE TO FIT GAPS BETWEEN DECK FLUTES W/ 1/2" MAX. GAP FOR SEALANT, TYP. DO NOT FASTEN TO DEFLECTION TRACK. AIR GAP 2" Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 3" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 3 4 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.34WALL PARTITION TYPES 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. PARTITIONTYPE MARK FRAMING MAXDEFLECTION ATTENTHK MAX HT FIRERTG TESTEDASSEMBLY STCRTGSSMA #DEPTH SPACING B 362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 3 1/2"17' - 5"--- B*362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 3 1/2"16' - 0"--- BT 362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 3 1/2"15' - 3"--- PARTITIONTYPE MARK FRAMING MAXDEFLECTION ATTENTHK MAX HT FIRERTG TESTEDASSEMBLY STCRTGSSMA #DEPTH SPACING G 362SG162-43 (2) 1 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 3 1/2"14' - 2"--51 SHEET NOTES 1.2.3.4. PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ARTWORK HANGING. COORDINATE WITH ART VENDOR FOR LOCATIONS.STAGGER GYPSUM WALL BOARD SEAMS BETWEEN DOUBLE LAYERS OF DRYWALL.INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES SERVING OPPOSITE SIDES OF A PARTITION IN SEPARATE STUD CAVITIES.ALL DEVICES IN TYPE G PARTITION TO HAVE ACOUSTICAL PUTTY PADS AROUND THE BOXES. PARTITIONTYPE MARK FRAMING MAXDEFLECTION ATTENTHK MAX HT FIRERTG TESTEDASSEMBLY STCRTGSSMA #DEPTH SPACING A1 362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 3 1/2"16' - 0"--- A1K 362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 3 1/2"16' - 0"--- A1K*362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 NONE 16' - 0"--- A2*362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 3 1/2"16' - 1"--- A*362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 NONE 16' - 0"--- 3" = 1'-0"2 PARTITION TYPE B 3" = 1'-0"4 PARTITION TYPE G 3" = 1'-0"1 PARTITION TYPE A 3" = 1'-0"3 PARTITION TYPE F PARTITIONTYPE MARK FRAMING MAXDEFLECTION MAX HT ATTENTHK FIRERTG TESTEDASSEMBLY STCRTGSSMA #DEPTH SPACING F 362S125-33 3 5/8"16" O.C.L/240 17' - 5"3 1/2"--- 3" = 1'-0"5 PARTITION TYPE J 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 3 5 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.40 EQUIP, FINISH, AND MILLWORK SCHEDULES 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. MILLWORKNUMBER NAME DESCRIPTION PLAN, ELEVATION ANDDETAIL LOCATION MW01 PRINTER CABINET CABINET WITH SHELVES ON GUIDES (PL-7);A12.00 MW05 STORAGE ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON STANDARDS A08.05 MW06A JANITOR'S CLOSET ADJUSTABLE SHELVES ON STANDARDS A08.08 MW07 UNIVERSAL CALL CUBE BASE CABINET, 1'-3" DEEP UPPER CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH & SIDESPLASH)A08.07 MW08 BREAKROOM BASE CABINET WITH SINK A08.08 MW09 TELLER OPERATIONSPECIALIST BASE CABINET AND UPPER CABINET (COUNTER, BACKSPLASH & SIDESPLASH)A08.06 MW11 TELLER WORK COUNTER BASE CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH AND SIDESPLASH)A08.06 MW12 TELLER WORKROOM BASE CABINET AND 1'-3" DEEP OPEN UPPER CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH & SIDESPLASH)A08.07 MW12B TELLER WORKROOM COUNTER OPEN BELOW WITH 1'-3" UPPER CABINET (PROVIDE BACKSPLASH & SIDESPLASH)A08.07 MW13 WORK ROOM CASH VAULTS SHELVING / LOCKING CABINET DOORS A08.07 MW18 ATM ROOM BASE CABINET AND 1'-3" DEEP MELAMINE SHELVES.A08.05 ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK SCHEDULE WALL BASE SHALL NOT CONTINUE BEHIND AND OVER FIXED BUILT-IN MILLWORK/ EQUIPMENT. EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH CODE DESCRIPTION VENDOR CONTACT ORDERED BY INSTALLED BY CARPET (BAC PROPRIETARY) CPT-10 SCAPE ONE - BY TARKETT/ TANDUS (6'-0" ROLLED) CATALOG NUMBER - 113963843-80A PJM TO REACH OUT TO CENTRAL EMAIL:BOACONTRACT@TARKETT.COM PJM TARKETT CERAMIC TILE (BAC PROPRIETARY) CT-12 WALL TILE: 6" X 3" DALTILE: COLOR WHEEL COLLECTION - CLASSIC. 5/16" THICK TILE, MATTE DESERT GRAY (X714) / GROUT (G-9) 1/8" THICKNESS:MAPEI,COLOR:PEWTER #2 PJM TO REACH OUT TO CENTRAL EMAIL:BOACONTRACT@TARKETT.COM PJM TARKETT CT-14 FIELD TILE: 12"x24" KAREN PEARSE: BADAC 3/8" THICK TILE,EVEREST DARK MATTE/ GROUT (G-10) 1/8" THICKNESS: LATICRETE, COLOR: STERLING SILVER 78 "PJM TARKETT CT-16 FIELD TILE: 12"x12" DALTILE: VOLUME 1.0. 5/16" THICK TILE, MATTE STEREO GRAY VL73/ GROUT (G-11) 1/8" THICKNESS, COLOR: MAPEI "PJM TARKETT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VCT-2 TARKETT: 12" X 12" VINYL COMPOSITION TILE, 602 STONE GREY QUARTZ COLORWAY; QUARTER TURNED PATTERN INSTALLATION PJM TARKETT WALL BASE B-11 TARKETT/ JOHNSONITE MANDALAY SERIES MW-XX-H WALL BASE, RUBBER, 4 1/2" x 3/8", #82 BLACK PEARL PJM TO REACH OUT TO CENTRAL EMAIL:BOACONTRACT@TARKETT.COM PJM TARKETT B-12 TARKETT/ JOHNSONITE BASEWORKS THERMOSET RUBBER WALL BASE, RUBBER, 4" x 1/8", #TG3 IRON MOUNTAIN PJM TO REACH OUT TO CENTRAL EMAIL:BOACONTRACT@TARKETT.COM PJM TARKETT PAINT P-15 BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SPEC 500; EGGSHELL FINISH FOR WALLS, SEMI-GLOSS FINISH FOR DOORS/FRAMES. COLOR: SUPER WHITE (OC-152)REFER TO LOCAL REP. WWW.BENJAMINMOORE.COM/EN-US GC GC P-17 BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SPEC 500; EGGSHELL FINISH FOR WALLS. MATTE FINISH. COLOR: CHARCOAL SLATE (HC-178)."GC GC P-18 BENJAMIN MOORE; EGGSHELL FINISH FOR WALLS. COLOR: BLACK HORIZON (2132-30)."GC GC P-20 BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SPEC 500; EGGSHELL FINISH FOR WALLS. MATTE FINISH. COLOR: HALE NAVY (HC-154).GC GC P-22 BENJAMIN MOORE; EGGSHELL FINISH FOR WALLS. MATTE FINISH. COLOR: HALE NAVY (HC-154).GC GC WALLCOVERING WC-2 GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC PANEL; COLOR: WHITE; FINISH: GELCOATED, MOLDED PEBBLE TEXTURE WC-16 DESIGNTEX CHORD WALLCOVERING. COLOR: SHADOW #804, STYLE:6687 KEVIN MURPHY, 917.575.1854, KMURPHY@DESIGNTEX.COM;BETHANY GRAAFSMA, BGRAAFSMA@DESIGNTEX.COM GC GC WC-17 XOREL WALL COVERING CARNEGIE METEOR; COLOR: 6427W (752)"GC GC WC-18 TURF FELT WALLCOVERING; COLOR: CHARCOAL #6."GC GC WC-20 WHITE - SATIN, DIMENSIONAL EFFECT. PREP WALL WITH BM FRESH START HIGH HIDING ALL PURPOSE PRIMER TINTED WITH P-15 PAINT.DARYL SLADEK, 815.726.3288, DARYL@GPI920.COM PJM GPI WC-22 HALE NAVY - SATIN, DIMENSIONAL EFFECT WITH SPOT GLOSS PATTERN. PREP WALL WITH BM FRESH START HIGH HIDING ALL PURPOSE PRIMER TINTEDWITH P-20 PAINT."PJM GPI LAMINATES PL-7 WILSONART LAMINATE, DESIGNER WHITE, MATTE (#D354-60)RICHELLE SIGAFOOS, 215.219.1133,SIGAFOR@WILSONART.COM PJM TARKETT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ACT-4 ARMSTRONG CALLA; #2824, 24" X 24" X 1", WHITE; SQUARE TEGULAR 9/16"; CEILING GRID: SUPRAFINE XL 9/16" EXPOSED TEE GC GC ACT-5 ARMSTRONG ULTIMA; 24" X 48" X 3/4", WHITE ; MODEL 1914. LOCATION: BOH GC GC GLAZING FILM FLM-28 MICRODOT - BRONZE; OFFICE FADE FILM; FADES FROM OBSCURING TO CLEAR DARYL SLADEK, 815.726.3288, DARYL@GPI920.COM. TO BEPROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GPI ONLY.PJM GPI SS-M-G MERCHANDISING SPECIALIST BRANDED SIGN PJM GPI WALK-OFF MAT WM-01 REESE PERFEC MAT/RUBBER HINGE/ TREAD RAILS: ANODIZED ALUMINUM, CLEAR/ POLYPROPYLENE BRUSH, GRAY/SQUARE VINYL EDGE, BLACK. 10'-0"LENGTH MINIMUM BARTLEY SALES COMPANY, 952.929.0001 PJM TARKETT WM-02 ULINE SLIP GUARD - 3' X 5' (H-1181)GC GC WINDOW TREATMENT SH-1 WINDOW SHADE - ECOVEIL 3% OPEN; MANUAL OPERATION, REGULAR ROLL, GROUP A, CHAIN-AND-CLUTCH OPERATING MECHANISM WITHCONTINUOUS-LOOP BEAD CHAIN, MECHOSHADE SYSTEMS, 1550 SERIES, COLOR: 1569-SILVER BIRCH, 63" WIDTH, 100% TPO MECHOSHADE SYSTEMS PJM GC NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUF/ MODEL NO.DIMENSION NOTES ORDERED BY INSTALLED BY 1. EQUIPMENT BY BANK SECURITY VENDOR: HAMILTON, DIEBOLD, & NCR 38 NIGHT DEPOSITORY- WALK UP/DRIVE UP DIEBOLD -COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY PJM BANK VENDOR 39 ADA SIT DOWN PEDESTAL DIEBOLD 19-086720-00A 18.85"W X 20"D X 28.58"H SD-3-LL (LEFT) OR SD-3-RL (RIGHT)PJM BANK VENDOR 41b CASH TRAY SAFE HAMILTON 19-128 40"W X 28"D X 72"H COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY PJM BANK VENDOR 41c BULK SAFE HAMILTON 14-147 40"W X 28"D X 72"H COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY PJM BANK VENDOR 41d HALF HEIGHT STORAGE SAFE HAMILTON 19-131 40"W X 28"D X 38"H COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY PJM BANK VENDOR 43 STAND UP PEDESTAL DIEBOLD 19-086723-111A 18.85"W X 18.8"D X 38.33"H SU-4-L2L (LEFT) OR SU-4-R2L (RIGHT)PJM BANK VENDOR 56 ATM-WALK UP NCR 6684 WU ATM --PJM BANK VENDOR 2. EQUIPMENT BY SECURITY VENDOR 58 SECURITY MONITOR CLINTON: ELECTRONICS LCD MONITO 15", 17", 19" SCREEN 15" AT CALLING CUBES; 17"/19" AT WORK ROOM PJM SECURITAS 59 SECURITY CAMERA (INTERIOR DOME)HANWHA WILSENET X; XND-6080RV 6.3"W X 4.67"H -PJM SECURITAS 61 HOLD UP BUTTON DMP 1142-B 1.6"W X 3.3"L X 1.2"H WIRELESS 2 BUTTON TRANSMITTER; COLOR: BLACK PJM SECURITAS 62 ROBBERY LIGHT DMP 572 2.75"W X 4.5"H POLYCARBONATE INDICATOR LED WITH STAINLESS STEEL MOUNTINGPLATE PJM SECURITAS 63 SECURITY CAMERA (INTERIOR BOX)HANWHA WISENET XNB-6000 2.88"W X 5.82"D X 2.62"H -PJM SECURITAS 82 POINT OF CONNECTION ---PJM - 94 SECURITY PANEL (KEYPAD)DMP 7872-WBOA 5.8"W X 0.6"D X 4.13"H COLOR: WHITE PJM SECURITAS 99 MOTION DETECTOR DMP 1127W-W 2.7"W X 1.77"D X 4.33H COLOR: WHITE PJM SECURITAS 100 CARD READER PARABIT 200-10095 (MMR)--PJM SECURITAS 101 CARD READER DMP HID MP-5365 OR TL-5395 --PJM SECURITAS 103 KEY FOB TRANSMITTER DMP 1144-2 1.98"W X 0.6"D X 1.98"H COLOR: BLACK PJM SECURITAS 3. EQUIPMENT BY TECHNOLOGY VENDOR/ BANK 05 CPU HOLDER @ CALLING CUBES STEELCASE DETAILS #CPRCCN -COLOR: 835 BLACK STEELCASE GC/PJM 07 COMBO BOARD STAPLES #518886 W/ QUARTET ACCESSORIES 48"W X 36"H COLOR: CORK/WHITE, NATURAL FINISH. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL,ONLY STEELCASE GC/PJM 09 WALL CLOCK STAPLES #32436 10" DIA BLACK BEZEL AND WHITE FACE. REQUIRES AA BATTERY.PJM GC/PJM 10 CPU, KEYBOARD, MOUSE HP PRO DESK 600 SFF --TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 11 MONITOR --ENERGY STAR GOLD TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 12 PRINTER HP LJ E50145 --TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 14 COUNTER COPIER/FAX HP M527 20.3"W X 21.6"D X 28.2"H INCLUDES CE530A 500 SHEET ACCESSORY TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 20 VALIDATION PRINTER EPSON TM-U675 MULTIFUNCTION TELLER PRINTER 6.46"W X 9.46"D X 5.36"H -TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 21 MICR READER MAGTEK 22523009-MINI MICR 4"W X 6"D X 3.5"H -TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 22 PRINTER M507DN --TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 23 CORDLESS PHONE CISCO CP-7920 2.1"W X 1"D X 5"H BACK TELLER LINE TECHNOLOGY BLACKBOX 24 PHONE CISCO 8862 - WALL MOUNT 10.5"W X 6.0"D X 8.2"H COLOR: BLACK TECHNOLOGY BLACKBOX 25 QUICK SERVICE TERMINAL VERIFONE MX 925 8.6"W X 2.2"D X 9.1"H -TECHNOLOGY BLACKBOX 26 CURRENCY COUNTER PRO NOTE 1.5 (G&D)335 x 280 x 270 MM STANDARD FOR NEW FC IS 1 POCKET TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 26A CURRENCY COUNTER BPS C2-2 (G&D)510 × 330 × 390 MM STANDARD FOR NEW FC IS 1 POCKET TECHNOLOGY HP/TPM 29 2 SHELF UTILITY CART RUBBERMAID/ RUB-4500-88 39"L X 17-7/8"W X 33.25"H --- 30 COUNTER CHECK SEPARATOR MMF 266066404 16.25"W X 8"D X 4"H COLOR: BLACK -- 32 SIX POCKET FORM HOLDER MMF 267460604 8"W X 3 5/8"D X 6"H COLOR: SMOKE -- 50 TRASH CONTAINER UNTOUCHABLE SQUARE CONTAINER 3569-88 15.5"W X 16.5"L X 30.9"H 23 US GALLONS PJM GC/PJM 51 TELLER CASH DISPENSER BENCHMARK SERIES 7; MODEL 750 18.75"W X 26.65"D X 38.25"H COLOR: GRAY -- 55 ROLLING RECYCLE BINS SHRED IT 24"W X 30"D X 42"H COLOR: GRAY PJM GC/PJM 64 PURELL HAND SANITIZER GOJO PURELL FMX-12 DISPENSER 6.125" X 5.125"D X 10.625"H COLOR: WHITE PJM GC/PJM 66 DESK SIDE RECYCLING CONTAINER RUBBERMAID 2955-73 8.25"W X 11.38"L X 12.13"H -PJM GC/PJM 67 RECYCLING CONTAINER UNTOUCHABLE SQUARE CONTAINER FG356973 15.5"W X 16.5"L X 30.9"H -PJM GC/PJM 69 CORK BOARD STAPLES #518548; QUARTET (2) 48"W X 36"H -PJM GC/PJM 71 CREDIT CARD TERMINAL FIRST DATA FD50TI 3.7"W X 7.8"D X 3.5"H --- 93 85" MEDIA MONITOR MOUNT LEGRAND LSTU LARGE THINSTALL FIXED WALLDISPLAY MOUNT --PJM GC/PJM 95 REMOTE CAPTURE SCANNER CANON IMAGEFORMULA CR-190i CHECK TRANSPORT 10.7"W X 18.7"D X 8.4"H --- 96 TABLET STORAGE MIDDLE ATLANTIC PRODUCTS: PTRK-2126 26.93"W x 26.93"D x 45.91H"--- 107 TRASH CAN - WELLNESS ROOM HONEY CAN DO 3.2 GAL S.S. OVAL STEP TRASH CAN,ITEM #985602, MODEL #TRS-01447 11.75"W X 10.12"D X 15.37"H COLOR: SILVER, STAINLESS STEEL. SUPPLIED BY RDX -- 117 CHECK SCANNER PANINI EVERNEXT SCANNER 6.1" W X 8.9" L X8.4" H -TECHNOLOGY BLACKBOX 118 PROOF WORK TRAY BANK STANDARD --BOFA BOFA 119 BLANK DEPOSIT SLIP TRAY BANK STANDARD --BOFA BOFA 121 DIGITAL POSTER MOUNT BRACKET PEERLESS SF640P FLAT WALL MOUNT --PJM GC/PJM 4. EQUIPMENT BY CONTRACTOR 01 FIREMAN'S LOCKBOX KNOXBOX 3200, RECESSED 7"W X 3"D X 7"H COLOR: BLACK POWDER COAT GC GC 03 COAT HOOKS REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 12 90 00 -COAT RACK WITH 3 HOOKS ON BAR. 2 BARS AND 6 HOOKS IN TOTAL GC GC 15 MICROWAVE GE; #JES2051SNSS 19.25"D X 24.125"W X 13.625"H COLOR: STAINLESS STEEL GC GC 16 REFRIGERATOR (FULL SIZE)GE; #GIE18GSNRSS 28"W X 32.875"D X 67.375"H COLOR: STAINLESS STEEL GC GC 65 FILTERED WATER DISPENSER ION; #TS400 16.2"W X 13.6"D X 20.6"H COLOR: TITANIUM WITH CHARCOAL TRIM GC GC 108 SOUND MACHINE PURE ENRICHMENT WAVE SLEEP THERAPY;PESLEEP-W/853975005477 --GC GC FEC-1 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET- FRONT OF HOUSE REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 10 44 00 -COLOR: WHITE; RECESSED GC GC FEC-2 EXTINGUISHER BRACKET REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 10 44 00 -COLOR: BLACK GC GC 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 DOOR HARDWARE A B C E F G H I J K O Q R ITEM DESCRIPTION HINGE TRANSFER: ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSFER PANIC HARDWARE KEY SWITCH: (RECESS MOUNTED ON INTERIOR JAMB FRAME) CYLINDER: (TEMPORARY CYLINDER USED DURING CONSTRUCTION; TO BE REPLACED WITH ITEM "O" AFTER CONSTRUCTION) CLOSER PULL HANDLE SWEEP WEATHERSTRIP THRESHOLD PERMANENT CYLINDER CARD READER (SURFACE MOUNTED ON EXTERIOR JAMB FRAME) ELECTRIC STRIKE FUNCTION STATEMENTS FROM EXTERIOR - LOCKED CONDITION AFTER HOURS:ATM DOORS: ACCESS VIA VALID CARD WHICH UNLOCKS EXIT DEVICE ON ATM DOORS. CUSTOMERS PULL TRIM FOR [ELECTRICAL]ENTRANCE. FROM EXTERIOR - UNLOCKED CONDITION DURING BUSINESS HOURS:ATM DOORS: PARABIT CONTROLLER HOLDS DOORS UNLOCKED ON A TIME SCHEDULE. CUSTOMERS PULL TRIM FOR [ELECTRICAL]ENTRANCE. FROM INTERIOR:ATM DOORS: FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES VIA THE INSIDE DUMMY TOUCH BAR OR BY DEPRESSING THE PUSH TO EXIT BUTTON. SECURE LOCKDOWN FROM INTERIOR DURING BUSINESS HOURS :ATM DOORS: IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY, BANK ASSOCIATE USES A KEY TO OPERATE THE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH WILL OVERRIDE THE ACCESS SYSTEM AND SECURE THE DOOR (RED LED). EGRESS WILL STILL BE ALLOWED. AFTER THE EVENT, ASSOCIATE USES A KEY TO OPERATE THE KEYSWITCH AND THE DOOR WILL RESUME OPERATION UNDER PARABIT CONTROLLER SYSTEM (GREEN LED). EVACUATION LOCKDOWN FROM EXTERIOR DURING BUSINESS HOURS :ATM DOORS: IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY, BANK ASSOCIATE TO USE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH WILL OVERRIDE THE ACCESS SYSTEM AND SECURE THE DOORS (RED LED). EGRESS WILL STILL BE ALLOWED AND ASSOCIATE WILL EXIT THROUGH SINGLE DOOR. AFTER EVENT, ASSOCIATE WILL ENTER THE BANK BY OPERATING THE EXTERIOR KEYSWITCH WHICH UNLOCKS THE DOORS FOR 10 SECONDS. AFTER ENTERING THE BANK, ASSOCIATE TO OPERATE THE INTERIOR KEYSWITCH AND DOORS WILL RESUME OPERATION UNDER PARABIT CONTROLLER SYSTEM (GREEN LED). ALIGN AL-2CDOOR (SECURE SIDE) AL-2CDOOR (OUTSIDE) 3' - 2 " 6" 3' - 2 " B C E F G H J K K 3 13/16"3 13/16" O Q I P B G I J A P P PUSH PLATE C NOTE: EXISTING EXTERIOR DOOR BY LANDLORD. COORDINATE NEW WORK WITH LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. SOLID CORE PAINT GRADE WOODHOLLOW METAL FRAME TYPE A1 PEEP SCOPE WHERE NOTED IN SCHEDULE CL 3' - 7 " M A X . 5' - 0 " EQ EQ CL 2"SEE SCHEDULE 2" 2" SE E S C H E D U L E STOREFRONT DOORS WIDE RAILS AND STILES GLASS, ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE D 5"5" 5" 5"5" 2"SEE SCHEDULE 2" 2" SE E S C H E D U L E FRAMED DOORWIDE STILE AND RAILGLASS, ALUMINUM FRAME TYPE D1 5" 5"5" 4'- 0 " 10 " 2"SEE SCHEDULE 2" SE E S C H E D U L E 2" INTERIOR DOORWIDE STILE AND RAILGLASS, ALUMINUM FRAME (BY VENDOR) TYPE DFC-1B (ALLSTEEL) 5"5" 10 " 2"SEE CONST. PLAN 2"SEE SCHEDULE 2" SE E S C H E D U L E 2" 4' - 4 " 2'-0" 1'- 4 " 1' - 8 " 5' - 0 " VINYL FILM BY OTHERS. TYPE H OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE SE E E L E V A T I O N S FI N I S H E D O P E N I N G H E I G H T SEE CONST. PLAN FINISHED OPENING WIDTH GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-5GL-53' - 2 " EQ EQ CL 10 " 3' - 2 " SOLID COREPAINT GRADE WOODHOLLOW METAL FRAME TYPE F SEE SCHEDULE 2"2" 2" SE E D O O R S C H E D U L E SINGLE PAINT GRADEBULLET RESISTANT SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR HOLLOW METAL FRAME TYPE I 2"SEE SCHEDULE 2" 2" SE E D O O R S C H E D U L E 4 A12.42________________ 4 A00.50 ________________ 3 A00.50 ________________2 A12.42 ________________ 3 A12.42________________13 A12.42________________ 15 A12.42 ________________11 A12.42 ________________ BOXED HEADER SCHEDULED PARTITION METAL CLIP HOLLOW METAL FRAME SCHEDULED DOOR 2" 5/ 8 " 2" VARIES 1 5/8" 1/2"1/2" DOUBLE STUDS HOLLOW METAL FRAME METAL ANCHOR SCHEDULED DOOR SCHEDULED PARTITION 1/2"1/2" 5/ 8 " 2" 1 7/8"VARIES 1 1/2" Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 3 7 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.50 DOOR TYPES, DOOR SCHEDULE AND HARDWARE 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. DOOR SCHEDULE ASSEMBLY DOOR FRAME ASSEMBLYRATING HARDWARESET NOTES ORDERED BY INSTALLED BYNO.LOCATION TYPE DIMENSIONS MATERIAL MATERIAL FINISH FIRERATINGWIDTHHEIGHTTHICKNESS 100 24HR VESTIBULE D 6' - 0"8' - 0"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CLEAR ANODIZED -AL-2C GC GC 101 CENTRAL ZONE H 13' - 0"10' - 0"2"ALUMINUM -CLEAR ANODIZED --ROLL DOWN GRILLE, PROVIDE KEY SWITCH, EMERGENCY PUSH TO EXIT AND BATTERY INDICATOR AT CENTRAL LOBBY SIDE.GC GC 102 CENTRAL ZONE D1 3' - 0"8' - 0"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CLEAR ANODIZED -AL-1C EMPLOYEE ENTRANCE.GC GC 103 ATM ROOM A1 3' - 6"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -11C PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPE TO BE VIEWED FROM ATM ROOM #103.GC GC 104 OFFICE / ME DFC-1B 3' - 0"7' - 10"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CONFIRM WITH PJM --STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY ALLSTEEL, FOR SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRICING, CONTACT: BANKOFAMERICASUPPORT@HNI.GLOBAL GC HNI SUB 105 OFFICE / CB DFC-1B 3' - 0"7' - 10"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CONFIRM WITH PJM --STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY ALLSTEEL, FOR SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRICING, CONTACT: BANKOFAMERICASUPPORT@HNI.GLOBAL GC HNI SUB 106 OFFICE / CB DFC-1B 3' - 0"7' - 10"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CONFIRM WITH PJM --STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY ALLSTEEL, FOR SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRICING, CONTACT: BANKOFAMERICASUPPORT@HNI.GLOBAL GC HNI SUB 107 OFFICE / CB DFC-1B 3' - 0"7' - 10"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CONFIRM WITH PJM --STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY ALLSTEEL, FOR SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRICING, CONTACT: BANKOFAMERICASUPPORT@HNI.GLOBAL GC HNI SUB 108 OFFICE / CL DFC-1B 3' - 0"7' - 10"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CONFIRM WITH PJM --STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY ALLSTEEL, FOR SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRICING, CONTACT: BANKOFAMERICASUPPORT@HNI.GLOBAL GC HNI SUB 109 OFFICE /SB DFC-1B 3' - 0"7' - 10"2"ALUMINUM/GLASS ALUMINUM CONFIRM WITH PJM --STOREFRONT SYSTEM BY ALLSTEEL, FOR SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRICING, CONTACT: BANKOFAMERICASUPPORT@HNI.GLOBAL GC HNI SUB 110 CORRIDOR A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -11B PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPE TO BE VIEWED FROM CORRIDOR #110.GC GC 111 CSR I 3' - 0"7' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -11A BR DOOR BY SECURITY VENDOR.GC GC 112 WORK ROOM A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -12 PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPE TO BE VIEWED FROM WORK ROOM #112.GC GC 113 CORRIDOR A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -04 ALT PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPE TO BE VIEWED FROM CORRIDOR #113.GC GC 114 J.C.F 5' - 0"7' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -09 PROVIDE STOREROOM TYPE LOCK.GC GC 115 BREAKROOM A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -11B PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPE TO BE VIEWED FROM BREAK ROOM #115.GC GC 116 CALLING CUBES/ UCC A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -11 PROVIDE DOOR PEEP SCOPE TO BE VIEWED FROM CALLING CUBES #116.GC GC 117 WELLNESS ROOM A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -16 PROVIDE PRIVACY TYPE LOCK. PROVIDE 3/4" UNDERCUT AT DOOR LEAF. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.GC GC 118 UNISEX RESTROOM A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -08 PROVIDE PRIVACY TYPE LOCK. PROVIDE 3/4" UNDERCUT AT DOOR LEAF. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.GC GC 119 UNISEX RESTROOM A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -08 PROVIDE PRIVACY TYPE LOCK. PROVIDE 3/4" UNDERCUT AT DOOR LEAF. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.GC GC 120 ELECTRICAL A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -10A GC GC 121 NER A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -10B GC GC 122 STORAGE A1 3' - 0"8' - 0"1 3/4"WOOD HOLLOW METAL PAINT -10 PROVIDE STOREROOM TYPE LOCK.GC GC QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MODEL NUMBER FINISH MFR HARDWARE GROUP NO. 04 ALT 3 HINGE 5BB1 4.5 X 4.5 652 IVE 1 ELECTRIFIED HINGE 5BB1 HW TW4 CPM 4-1/2" X 4-1/2"626 IVE 1 ALARMED PANIC DEVICE RX-98-L-BE-07-ALK 626 VON 1 MORTISE CYLINDER 80-132 X CAM AS REQUIRED 626 SCH 1 PERMANENT CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW B-CS 630 IVE 1 WALL STOP WS406/407CCV 630 IVE 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE 1 POWER SUPPLY PS902 -VON 1 POWER SUPPLY EXTENSION CON-6W -SCH 1 DIGITAL KEYPAD SYSTEM DK-12 US32D SN HARDWARE GROUP NO. 08 3 HINGE BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 26D HAG 1 PRIVACY SET ND40S SPA 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW 630 IVE 1 WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 1 SEALS 188S CL ZER HARDWARE GROUP NO. 09 6 HINGE BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 26D HAG 2 MANUAL FLUSH BOLT FB358 626 IVE 1 DUST PROOF STRIKE DP2 626 IVE 1 STOREROOM LOCK ND80HD SPA 626 SCH 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4111 CUSH 689 LCN 1 OVERHEAD STOP 100S 630 GLY 2 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 10 3 HINGE BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 1 STOREROOM LOCK ND80HD SPA 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 1 OVERHEAD STOP 100S 3 SILENCER SR64 HARDWARE GROUP NO. 10A 3 HINGE BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 NRP 26D HAG 1 PUSH BUTTON LOCK 5031B WL 626 SIM 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 OVERHEAD STOP 100S 630 GLY 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 10B 3 HINGE BB1168 5 X 4.5 NRP 26D HAG 1 ELECTRICAL STRIKE 1500C (BY SECURITY VENDOR)630 HES 1 LOCKSET L9080 17A XL11-422 626 SCH 1 MORTISE CYLINDER 80-101 626 SCH 1 CONSTRUCTION CORE 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 OVERHEAD STOP 100S 630 GLY 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE 1 STRIKE GUARD 152 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)630 HES 1 CARD READER (BY SECURITY VENDOR)-- 1 WIRING DIAGRAM (BY SECURITY VENDOR)-- DOOR TYPES SECURITY AT EXTERIOR ENTRY DOORS DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE QUANTITY DESCRIPTION MODEL NUMBER FINISH MFR HARDWARE GROUP NO. 11 3 HINGE BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 26D HAG 1 PUSH BUTTON LOCK 5031B WL 626 SIM 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 2 DOOR SCOPE DS/2000-ALS AL MIS 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 11A 3 HINGE BB1279 4.5X4.5 26D HAG 1 STOREROOM LOCK ND80HD SPA 626 SCH 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4011 689 LCN 1 WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 11B 4 HINGE BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 26D HAG 1 PUSH BUTTON LOCK 5031B WL 626 SIM 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4011 X ST1544 689 LCN 1 DROP PLATE 4020-18 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE 8400 10" X 2" LDW 630 IVE 1 OVERHEAD STOP 100S 630 GLY 2 DOOR SCOPE DS/2000-ALS AL MIS 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 11C 4 HINGE BB1168 5 X 4.5 NRP 26D HAG 1 STOREROOM LOCK ND80HD SPA 626 SCH 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 ELECTRIC STRIKE 1500C (BY SECURITY VENDOR)689 LCN 1 STRIKE GUARD 152 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)630 HES 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 2 DOOR SCOPE DS/2000-ALS AL MIS 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE 1 CARD READER (BY SECURITY VENDOR)-- 1 CUSTOM WIRING DIAGRAM BY SECURITY VENDOR -- HARDWARE GROUP NO. 12 3 HINGE BB1279 4.5 X 4.5 26D HAG 1 PUSH BUTTON LOCK 5031B WL 626 SIM 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4111 EDA 689 LCN 1 WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 2 DOOR SCOPE DS/2000-ALS AL MIS 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. 16 3 HINGE BB1279 4.5X4.5 26D HAG 1 PRIVACY SET L9456HD 17A L583-363 L283-722 626 SCH 1 WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 3 SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE HARDWARE GROUP NO. AL-1C 4 HINGE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER (BALL BEARINGHINGES W/ NON-REMOVEABLE PINS)32D 1 POWER TRANSFER EPT-2 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)689 VON 1 PANIC HARDWARE EL98NL-OP (BY SECURITY VENDOR)626 VON 1 RIM CYL W/CONST CORE 80-159 626 SCH 1 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 1 PULL BAR RM2110-10 1-1/4" (2 STANDOFFS PER PULL)630 ROC 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4111 SCUSH 689 LCN 1 MOUNTING PLATE 4110-18 689 LCN 1 CUSH SHOE SUPPORT 4110-30 689 LCN 1 BLADE STOP SPACER 4110-61 689 LCN 1 POWER SUPPLY PS914-2RS (BY DOOR MANUFACTURER)GRY VON 1 CARD READER BY SECURITY VENDOR -- 1 CUSTOM WIRING DIAGRAM BY HARDWARE SUPPLIER -- HARDWARE GROUP NO. AL-2C 8 HINGE BY DOOR MANUFACTURER (BALL BEARINGHINGES W/ NON-REMOVEABLE PINS)32D 2 POWER TRANSFER EPT-2 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)689 HAG 2 OVERHEAD STOP TBD (BY SECURITY VENDOR) 1 PANIC HARDWARE QEL9847NL-OP (BY SECURITY VENDOR)626 VON 1 PANIC HARDWARE QEL9847 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)626 VON 2 RIM CYL W/ CONSTRUCTION CORE 80-159 626 SCH 3 SFIC EV B CORE ONLY 80-037 626 SCH 2 DOOR PULL RM2110-78" 1-1/4" (2 STANDOFFS PER PULL)630 ROC 1 POWER OPERATOR ED900-CMP-J8 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)689 DRM 2 PUSH PLATES 10LPR36-HW (BY SECURITY VENDOR)-- 2 AUTOMATIC CAUTION DOOR SIGN (The sign shall be a of 6” in diameteack letteringon a yellow background. tionally, when aknowing act switch is used to initiate theoperation of the door operator, the doors shall beprovided with signs on each side of the doorwhere the switch is located, with the message"ACTIVATE SWITCH TO OPERATE". Thelettering shall be white and the background shallbe blue. -- 1 THRESHOLD 325 AL NGP 1 KEYSWITCH 653-14-NS-L2 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)630 SCE 1 SFIC CYLINDER/MORTISE HOUSINGLOCK CYLINDER 317-600 (BY SECURITY VENDOR)26D KSP 1 POWER SUPPLY PS914-2RS (BY SECURITY VENDOR)GRY VON 1 WEATHERSTRIPPING BY DOOR MANUFACTURER -- 1 CARD READER (BY SECURITY VENDOR)-- 1 CUSTOM WIRING DIAGRAM BY SECURITY VENDOR -- DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULEA. B. C. PAINT DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES TO MATCH ADJACENT PARTITIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE LEVER TYPE MEETING ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE ALL HARDWARE KEYING WITH THE OWNER AND OBTAIN OWNER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO PLACING HARDWARE ORDER. GENERAL NOTES 3" = 1'-0"3 HOLLOW METAL FRAME HEAD DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"4 HOLLOW METAL FRAME JAMB DETAIL 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 MAIN FLOOR 0' -0" GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 TTTT GL-2 10 ' - 0 " 2" 9' - 8 " 2" 2" EQ 2" EQ 2"10" 2"SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 6' - 0" 2" 10" 2" EQ 2" EQ 2" TT T 3 A00.52 ________________ 2 A00.52 ________________ TYP 6 A00.52 ________________ ACTIVE LEAF 4 A00.52 5 A00.52 SIM. 1 A00.53 1 A00.53 DOOR ACTUATOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING CENTER, TYP. 2 MAIN FLOOR 0' -0" GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 TTTTT T 2"EQ 2"EQ 1 1/2"EQ 2"EQ 2" SCHEDULE SEE DOOR 2" 10 ' - 0 " 2" 9' - 8 " 2" 2" 1' - 8 " 2" SE E D O O R S C H E D U L E 2 A00.52 ________________ 3 A00.52 ________________ 6 A00.52 ________________ 4 A00.52 TYP. ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING CENTER, TYP. 2 MAIN FLOOR 0' -0" GL-2 GL-2GL-2 2" 9' - 8 " 2" 10 ' - 0 " 2"EQ 2"EQ 2"EQ 2" V.I.F. 12' - 7 1/2" R.O. WIDTH TTT V.I.F. 11'-6" R.O. WIDTH 2"EQ2"EQ2"EQ2" TTT GL-2GL-2GL-2 1 A00.52 ________________ 5 A00.52 V.I.F. +/- 25'-7 3/4" 4 A00.52 TYP 1 A00.53 1 A00.53 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM - COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING CENTER 2 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1/2" = 1'-0" 2/1 4 / 2 0 2 5 3 : 4 0 : 1 5 P M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.51 EXTERIOR GLAZING TYPES AND SCHEDULE 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050 LOS ANGELES, CA 90071 TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1/2" = 1'-0"01 STOREFRONT ENTRY GLAZING SCHEDULE GLAZING NOTES 1. GLAZING TYPES PROVIDED ARE FOR DESIGN INTENT ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EACH APPLICATION, SUPPLY STRUCTURALLY APPROPRIATE MATERIAL APPROVED BY THE GLAZING MANUFACTURER OF A MINIMUM THICKNESS GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO THE THICKNESS INDICATED, AND SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES. 2. GLASS HEIGHTS INDICATED ARE UNSUPPORTED SPANS FROM BOTTOM TO TOP OF GLASS UNIT. 3. HEAT-STRENGTHENED GLASS CANNOT BE DRILLED, SANDED, NOR ETCHED AFTER FORMING. 4. FOR ALL GLASS APPLICATIONS NOT LISTED, VERIFY SPECIFICATION WITH GLAZING MANUFACTURER. 5. NO WIRED GLASS ALLOWED. 6. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE SUBJECT TO FIELD VERIFICATION. 7. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR DOOR SWINGS. 8. FOR EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS, LOCATIONS OF SAFETY GLAZING INDICATED BY "T" ARE PER IBC 2406. 9. REFER TO DOOR LEGEND FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON DOOR AND HARDWARE REQUIREMENTS. 1/2" = 1'-0"2 STOREFRONT 01 GL-2 GL-5 GL-6 1" CLEAR TEMPERED INSULATED SAFETY GLAZING 3/8" LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS BY VENDOR 1/2" LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS BY VENDOR TYPE DESCRIPTION 1/2" = 1'-0"3 STOREFRONT 02 CLIMATE ZONE: ZONE 9, LOS ANGELES COUNTY BUILDING ALTERATIONS TO COMPONENTS EXISTING TO NON-RESIDENTIAL ALTERATIONS TO COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, TITLE 24, PART 6 - SUBCHAPTER 6 "NON-RESIDENTIAL AND HOTEL/ MOTEL OCCUPANCIES - ADDITIONS, ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS". SECTION 141.0 (b)1, B3 -WALL INSULATION, WOOD FRAMED AND OTHERS FOR ALTERED OPAQUE PORTIONS OF WALLS SEPARATING CONDITIONED SPACES FROM UNCONDITIONED SPACES OR AMBIENT AIR SHALL MEET THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS: WOOD FRAMED AND OTHERS. A MINIMUM OF R-11 INSULATION BETWEEN FRAMING MEMBERS SECTION 141.0 (b)2, A -FENESTRATION ALTERATIONS FENESTRATION ALTERATIONS OTHER THAN REPAIR AND THOSE SUBJECT TO SECTION 141.0(b)2 SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS BELOW: VERTICAL FENESTRATION ALTERATIONS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS IN TABLE 141.0-A: MAXIMUM U-FACTOR 0.47 MAXIMUM RSHGC 0.31 MINIMUM VT (PER TABLE 140.3-B) 0.46 SECTION 140.3-B - EXTERIOR DOORS MAXIMUM U-FACTOR 0.70 ENERGY CODE NOTES 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 2 9 PERMIT COMMENTS 02.142025 1 1 1/31/2027 02/18/2025 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT SILL MULLION BACKER ROD AND SEALANT WALL BASE BEYOND: REFER TO FINISH PLAN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT HEAD MULLION CONTINUOUS BACKER ROD AND SEALANT, TYP. SILL PAN WITH DRIP EDGE SET IN BED OF SEALANT FACE OF EXISTING WALL BEYOND FINISHED FLOOR: REFER TO FINISH PLAN EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXISTING STRUCTURAL HEADER, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION IN FIELD SEAL STOREFRONT TO EXISTING WRB FLASHING MEMBRANE ANODIZED ALUMINUM FLASHING, MATCH STOREFORNT COLOR ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT SILL MULLION BACKER ROD AND SEALANT WALL BASE BEYOND: REFER TO FINISH PLAN ALUMINUM STOREFRONT HEAD MULLION, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS CONTINUOUS BACKER ROD AND SEALANT, TYP. SILL PAN WITH DRIP EDGE SE IN BED OF SEALANT FACE OF EXISTING WALL BEYOND FINISHED FLOOR: REFER TO FINISH PLAN EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXISTING STRUCTURAL HEADER, CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONDITION IN FIELD SEAL STOREFRONT TO EXISTING WRB FLASHING MEMBRANE ANODIZED ALUMINUM FLASHING WITH DRIP EDGE, MATCH STOREFRONT COLOR FACE OF BRAKE METAL PANEL EXISTING SOFFIT ABOVE SADDLE THRESHOLD: REFER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY PER DOOR SCHEDULE SET THRESHOLD IN FULL BED OF SEALEANT FOR STABLE PLACEMENT WITHOUT ROCKING WALL BASE BEYOND: REFER TO FINISH PLAN EDGE OF GYP. BOARD BEYOND WALK-OFF MAT: REFER TO FINISH PLAN EDGE OF EXISTING BRICK VENEER BEYOND EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB 1/2"4 1/2" ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY PER DOOR SCHEDULE 4 1/2" HEAD MULLION TRANSOM SILL MULLION TRANSOM GLAZING POWER OPERATOR: REFER TO DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE EXISTING HSS COLUMN ALIGN ALIGN 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD, FINISH AS INDICATED ON ELEVATIONSALIGN WIHT FACE OF WALL ABOVE BRAKE METAL ADAPTOR, TYP. ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS, TYP. EXTERIOR INTERIOR EXTERIOR GRADE P.T. WOOD BLOCKING, TYP. CAVITY INSULATION, MIN R-VALUE PER ENERGY CODE BRAKE METAL PANEL FILLER SEALANT OVER BACKER ROD, TYP. RETURN WRB TO FACE OF GYP BD. CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION, MIN. R-VALUE PER ENERGY CODE CONTINOUS SELF-ADHERED SHEET MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHINGSTIFFENER FOR BRAKE METAL FILLER PANEL SEE PLAN DOUBLE-SIDED BUTYL TAPE SET BRAKE METAL IN SEALANT AT RECEPTOR, TYP AT BOTH ENDS 1 A00.53 EXTERIOR INTERIOR ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS CONTINUOUS BACKER ROD AND SEALANT, TYP. BOTH SIDES SEAL STOREFRONT TO EXISTING WRB FLASHING MEMBRANE ALIGN EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL 1" CLEAR TEMPERED INSULATED GLAZING EXTERIOR GRADE P.T. WOOD BLOCKING VA R I E S ADJACENT TENANT (N.I.C.) BANK OF AMERICA TENANT ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT VE R I F Y R A T I N G I N F I E L D EX I S T I N G D E M I S I N G P A R T I T I O N MULLION MATE END CAP CAVITY INFILL WALL TO MATCH EXISTING WOOD STUD FRAMING TO MATCH EXISTING MULLION MATE PRO FR IF RATED ASSEMBLY, MULLION MATE PRO IF NOT RATED. REFER TO KEYNOTE 0E2 ON A00.11. FACTORY APPLIED GASKET W/ ADHESIVE ON BOTH SIDES, TYP FIRE-RATED INSULATION AT MULLION MATE PRO FR ONLY 1" CLEAR TEMPERED INSULATED GLAZING Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 6" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 4 4 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.52STOREFRONT DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6" = 1'-0"1 STOREFRONT GLAZING HEAD AND SILL 6" = 1'-0"2 STOREFRONT GLAZING HEAD AND SILL AT ENTRY 6" = 1'-0"3 STOREFRONT DOOR THRESHOLD AT ENTRY 6" = 1'-0"6 STOREFRONT DOOR HEAD AT ENTRY 6" = 1'-0"5 STOREFRONT JAMB DETAIL AT COLUMN 6" = 1'-0"4 STOREFRONT JAMB DETAIL 6" = 1'-0"8 STOREFRONT PLAN DETAIL AT DEMISING WALL 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 BRAKE METAL FILLER PANEL BRAKE METAL ADAPTOR 451VG150 SET BRAKE METAL IN SEALANT AT RECEPTOR, TYP CONTINUOUS RIGID INSULATION, MIN. R-VALUE PER ENERGY CODE CONTINUOUS SELF-ADHERED SHEET MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING CAVITY INSULATION, MIN R-VALUE PER ENERGY CODE, TYP. METAL STUD FRAMING CONTINOUS SEALANT, TYP AT TOP AND BOTTOM ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT MULLION ANODIZED ALUMINUM FLASHING, MATCH STOREFRONT SEAL STOREFRONT TO EXISTING WRB FLASHING MEMBRANE CONTINUOUS BACKER ROD AND SEALANT GYP BD FINISH PER ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR GRADE P.T. WOOD BLOCKING, TYP.ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONT MULLION BRAKE METAL ADAPTOR 451VG150 6" = 1'-0"1 BRAKE METAL ADAPTOR AT HORIZONTAL Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 6" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 4 5 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.53STOREFRONT DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 X X X X T.O. DRIVE LEVEL LONGITUDINAL SECTION "A"CROSS SECTION "B" 3 1 / 4 " 6"ANCHOR PLATE 1 1/2"3 1/2"3"1'- 6 " 1' - 6 " 3'- 0 " 2" 3'-0" 2" 1' - 0 1 / 2 " 1 ' - 1 " 3 1/2" 1'-2"1'-2" 6" AL I G N W / E N D O F P A R K I N G S T R I P I N G R 10 " F T U P BENCH BOLLARD FENCE FIRE HYDRANT POLE MOUNTEDLIGHT FIXTURE PROPERTY LINE TRASH RECEPTACLE TREE UTILITY BOX OR VAULT ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL BICYCLE PARKING SETBACK / EASEMENT SITE PLAN LEGEND T TRANSFORMER G GENERATORONE STORY BUILDING 5056.13 SF LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE CONCRETE WALKWAY PARKING SPACE SIZE PER LOCAL ORDINANCE CONCRETE WALKWAY HU N T I N G T O N D R . BOLLARD PLACEMENT: 36" HIGH X 6" SCHEDULE 33 BOLLARDS ARE NOW REQUIRED AT PARKING SPACES AND BETWEEN PARKING SPACES, PER SITE AND DESIGN CONDITIONS. REFER TO BOLLARD PLACEMENT GUIDELINES DOCUMENT FOR MORE INFORMATION SITE LIGHTING BY GMR CANOPY ABOVE CANOPY ABOVE AVOID CONTROL JOINTS WITHIN THE ENTRY DOOR OPENING S01 S01 S01 S01 S01 S02 S02 S01 S01 S02 S03 S07 S06 S02 S02 ADJACENT EXISTING BUILDING 5' - 6 " 20'-0" 9' - 3 " 5' - 0 " 3'-0" 5' - 0 " 3'-0"S06 LA N D S C A P E EXISTING RAILING DN UP PU B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y TO PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY TO P U B L I C R I G H T O F W A Y S04 S04 S04S04 S04S04 S04S04 S04 S04 S08 S08 S08 S083'-0" S08 S08 SITE LIGHTING BY GMR S09 S09 PLAN NOTE: TRUNCATED DOMES SHALL BE INSTALLED THE FULL WIDTH OF THE RAMP OR WALK WAY AND 36" DEEP (PERPENDICULAR TO VEHICULAR WAY). COLOR AND CONTRAST AT DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES: THE MATERIAL USED TO PROVIDE VISUAL CONTRAST SHALL BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE SURFACE. DETECTABLE WARNING SUFACES SHALL BE YELLOW AND APPROXIMATELY FS 33538 OF FEDERAL STANDARD 595C. OR DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL PROVIDE A 70 PERCENT MINIMUM VISUAL CONTRAST WITH ADJACENT WALKING SURFACES. TAPERED EDGES WHERE EXPOSED AA 0. 6 5 " M I N . 2. 3 " - 2 . 4 " 2.3"-2.4" TYP.0.9" - 0.92" AT BASE TYP.0.45" - 0.47" AT TOP CCLL CCLL CCLL CCLL 0. 2 " . WHEELSTOP TREETOP PRODUCTS MODEL #3ZE4005, GRAY (WHERE OCCURS) LOCATED TO PREVENT VEHICLES FROM REDUCING THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE TO LESS THAN 4'-0". ACCESSIBLE STALL SHALL HAVE A 4'-0" WIDE WHEELSTOP 2'-0" OFFSET ON THE DRIVE'S SIDE, 2'-0" MIN. FROM THE SIDE WALK TO CENTER OF STOP (WHERE OCCURS). 2'-0" MIN. TO EDGE OF WALKWAY/OBSTRUCTION RECYCLED PLASTIC GLUE DOWN WHEELSTOP ANCHOR PLATE CROSS SECTION "B" LOGITUDINAL SECTION "A" 6" 3 1 / 4 " T.O. DRIVE LEVEL PARKING ONLY MINIMUMFINE $250 2' - 0 " 1'-0" VANACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE IDENTIFICATION SIGNS SHALL INCLUDE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBLITY COMPLYING WITH SECTION 11B-703.7.2.1 IN WHITE ON BLUE BACKGROUND MIN. 70 SQ INCH. REFLECTORIZED SIGN WITH "MINIMUM FINE $250 TEXT. IN WHITE ON BLUE BACKGROUND.SILK-SCREENED ON ALUMINUM METAL PER THE CURRENT EDITIONS OF THE C.B.C AND A.D.A.G HIGHEST POINT OF ADJACENT FINISHED GRADE 7'- 0 " INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY MARKED IN WHITE A L I G N W . E N D O F P A R K I N G S T R I P I N G 1 ' - 6 " 3' - 0 " 1 ' - 6 " 1'-2" 1'-2" 2' 3'-0" 2 " Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 4 8 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A00.60ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SITE PLAN LEGEND 1. 2. 3.4. 5. SITE INFORMATION ON ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN IS COMPLIMENTARY TO ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES INCLUDING CIVIL PLANS. DUPLICATION OF INFORMATION IS NOT INTENDED. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS AND INFORMATION, LAYOUT, STRIPING, PAVING, AND ALL SITE CURB RADIUS DIMENSIONS AND DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN. REFER TO LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR JOINT DETAILS.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF ALL SITE LIGHTING, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS.PROVIDE CONTROL JOINTS SPACED APPROXIMATELY 5'-0" O.C., TYP.; AND APPROXIMATELY 10'-0" O.C. EACH WAY FOR LARGER SLABS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PARKING CURBS AND RAMPS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH CONTRAST COLOR (YELLOW OR RED) TO HIGHLIGHT ELEVATION CHANGES FOR PEDESTRIANS. 3/64" = 1'-0"1 ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN SITE PLAN KEY NOTES NO.DESCRIPTION S01 EXISTING CONCRETE PLANTER BED. S02 EXISTING FACE OF CURB. S03 EXISTING PASSENGER RAMP. S04 EXISTING ROUTE FROM ACCESSIBLE EGRESS DOOR TO PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY NON-COMPLIANT WITH 2022CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE SECTION 11B DIVISION 4. REPAVE/ RECONSTRUCT TO NOT EXCEED 2% SLOPE INHORIZONTAL DIRECTION. S06 SAFETY BOLLARDS, PER CIVIL. S07 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE HANDICAPPED PARKING SIGNAGE S08 EXISTING TRUNCATED DOMES. S09 EXISTING WHEEL STOP. TR U E EXISTING TYPICAL WHEEL STOP EXISTING TRUNCATED DOMES - CBC 11B-705.1. 1/2" = 1'-0"4 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 EXISTING INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY Copy 1 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 D Dim T T T S T M/WASHROOM W/WASHROOM CORRIDOR TAILOR/STOCK ROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM DISPLAY AREA DISPLAY AREA CHECKOUTCOUNTER SALES AREAFITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM N.I.C. 12'-2 1/2" 3'-10 1/2" EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - - Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 3/16" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 4 9 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A01.00EXISTING FLOOR PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3/16" = 1'-0"1 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 D Dim T T T S T EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN NOT IN CONTRACT SCOPE TO BE DEMOLISHED M/WASHROOM W/WASHROOM CORRIDOR TAILOR/STOCK ROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM DISPLAY AREA DISPLAY AREA CHECKOUT COUNTERSALES AREA 007 007 007 N.I.C. 009 008008 008 EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. 010V.I.F. 3'-0" Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 5 0 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A01.01DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. LEGEND 3/16" = 1'-0"1 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 007 REMOVE STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY. SEE CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR NEW STOREFRONT ASSEMBLY. 008 REMOVE CASEWORK. DEMOLISH POWER AND DATA OUTLETS. SAFE-OFF CIRCUITING BACK TO SOURCE IF NOT TOBE RE-USED. REUSE EXISTING CIRCUITS FOR NEW POWER AND DATA, SEE POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN ANDENGINEERING DOCUMENTATION. 009 PRESERVE AND PROTECT ELECTRICAL PANELS AND CONDUITS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 010 REMOVE EXTENT OF DEMISING WALL AS NECESSARY FOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION OF STOREFRONT. SHEET NOTES A.REFER TO SERIES A00 FOR GRAPHIC SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES. B.COORDINATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. C.DEMOLISH ALL PARTITIONS AND ASSOCIATED FIXTURES SHOWN DASHED, U.N.O. D.EXISTING ELEMENTS TO REMAIN UON. E.DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING WALL FINISHES AND WALL BASE AT COLUMNS AND PERIMETER WALLS WHERE NEW FINISHESARE NOTED. PATCH AND PREPARE PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED TO ACCEPT NEW FINISHES. F.DEMOLISH FLOOR FINISHES, WALL BASE, FLASH PATCH, MASTIC AND ADHESIVES DOWN TO THE STRUCTURAL CONCRETEFLOOR SLAB WHERE NEW FINISHES ARE NOTED. SCRAPE FLOOR AND PREPARE TO ACCEPT NEW FINISH. G.REMOVE DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE AS NOTE UON. H.REMOVE DEMOUNTABLE PARTITIONS AS NOTED UON. I.REMOVE MATERIALS CREATING UNEVEN, OUT OF TOLERANCE SUBSTRATE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FASTENERS,COVER PLATES, RESILIENT FLOORING, CARPET PAD, ETC. J.COORDINATE REMOVAL OF EXISTING CEILING SYSTEMS, LIGHT FIXTURES AND DEVICES WITH NEW WORK. MECHANICALEQUIPMENT MAY BE RELOCATED IF NEW CEILING HEIGHTS VARY FROM EXISTING CONDITIONS. K.REMOVE CABINETRY, SIGNAGE, CORNER GUARDS, SHELVING, EQUIPMENT, EXPOSED BLOCKING, WALL MOUNTEDACCESSORIES UON. L.LIFE SAFETY DEVICES SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 D OS OS P OS OS OS M/WASHROOM W/WASHROOM CORRIDOR TAILOR/STOCK ROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM FITTINGROOM DISPLAY AREA DISPLAYAREA CHECKOUT COUNTERSALES AREA 051 051 051 051 052 052 051 051 051 051 051 051 052 051 052 050 N.I.C. 052 052 052 052052 052 052 EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. 024 024 024 TYP. CEILING GRID AND LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED EXIT SIGN TO BE REMOVED LEGEND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 5 1 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A01.02 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SHEET NOTES 3/16" = 1'-0"1 DEMOLITION REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A.REFER TO SERIES A00 FOR GRAPHIC SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES. B.COORDINATE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. C.DEMOLISH ALL PARTITIONS AND ASSOCIATED FIXTURES SHOWN DASHED, U.N.O. D.EXISTING ELEMENTS TO REMAIN UON. E.DEMOLISH CEILINGS, TYP, UON. DEMOLISH WIRING AND SUPPORTS, CLEAN & PREPARE FOR NEW WORK. BRACING TOREMAIN AT EXISTING CEILING HEIGHT PARTITIONS SCHEDULED TO REMAIN. F.SEE ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REGARDING REMOVAL OF MEP EQUIPMENT. G.WHERE INDICATED REMOVE SUSPENDED CEILING TILES AND GRID (INCLUDING SUPPORTS AND HANGERS) THROUGHOUTTHE AREA OF WORK. REMOVE, REUSE OR MODIFY EXISTING SUPPORTS AND HANGERS AS REQUIRED BY THE WORK. H.REMOVE GYPSUM BOARD SOFFITS AND FRAMING. I.REMOVE CEILING TILES WHERE DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION OCCUR. J.SALVAGE EXISTING COMPLIANT FIRE ALARM DEVICES, EXIT SIGNS, LIGHTING AND HVAC DEVICES THAT ARE INDICATEDFOR DEMOLITION, UON. K.REMOVE LIGHT FIXTURES AND LENSES (WHERE NOTED). L.REMOVE ABANDONED PLENUM RATED TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING WHERE DIRECTED BY OWNER AND/ORAPPLICABLE OWNERS DATA/TELECOM VENDOR/SUBCONTRACTOR. M.LIFE SAFETY DEVICES SHALL REMAIN OPERATIONAL DURING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 024 EXISTING AWNING TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW. 050 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING AND ASSOCIATED LIGHTING AT EXTERIOR. 051 REMOVE SUSPENDED CEILING GRID SYSTEM, AND DEMOLISH ASSOCIATED LIGHTING FIXTURES, MECHANICALGRILLES/REGISTERS/DIFFUSERS AND CEILING DEVICES SHOWN DASHED. REMOVE AND REINSTALL CEILING TILESFREE OF ANY CRACKS, CHIPS OR STAINS. SAFE-OFF ASSOCIATED CIRCUITRY, CUT & CAP DUCTWORK BACK TOSOURCE IF NOT REUSED. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND ENGINEERING DOCUMENTATION. 052 REMOVE GYPSUM BOARD CEILING, AND DEMOLISH ASSOCIATED LIGHTING FIXTURES, MECHANICALGRILLES/REGISTERS/DIFFUSERS AND CEILING DEVICES SHOWN DASHED. SAFE-OFF ASSOCIATED CIRCUITRY, CUT &CAP DUCTWORK BACK TO SOURCE IF NOT REUSED. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND ENGINEERINGDOCUMENTATION. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 FEC-2 ALIGN ALIGN FLOOR TO CEILING WINDOW PARTIAL HEIGHT WINDOW (WITH SILL) DOOR TAG (DOOR NUMBER BASED ON ROOM NUMBER WITH ALPHA SUFFIX IF MULTIPLE) A EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN NEW CONSTRUCTION +42" PARTITION TYPE (SEE PARTITION SCHEDULE) GLAZED OPENING SYSTEM TYPE? KEYNOTE 202 INDICATES MOUNTING HEIGHT A.F.F. 4"A1 MW11 PARTITION WITH INTEGRAL KEVLAR:REFER TO PARTION SCHEDULE AND ASSEMBLY DETAILS MILLWORK TAG MILLWORK: PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. REFER TO CONSTRUCTION PLAN GENERAL NOTES AND MILLWORK GENERAL NOTES. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETFEC-1 XX X A08.07 3 A08.08 1 3 5'-10"DAY 1 ATM DFC-1B DFC-1B DFC-1B 114 12 1 12 0 11 9 11 8 102 105 104 A08.06 A08.07 21 A08.06 12 5 A08.085 6 7 8 A08.08 A08.05 21 A08.09 18 20 1917 A08.09 14 15 16 13 A08.099 10 11 12 4 A08.056 4 8'-0" 9' - 7 " REF. N.I.C. TECH 1 TECH 2 105 IPAD 53 3 5 2 A08.06 6 A08.095 6 7 8 A08.091 2 3 4 A08.089 10 11 12 DFC-1B DFC-1B DFC-1B SYSTEM BY ALL STEEL VENDOR 7'-6" HOLD 4" 24 ' - 6 " 7'- 6 " 2'- 2 " 3'-2" CL E A R 5'- 1 " 3'- 1 1 / 2 " VERIFY 2'-7 1/2" 5'-9" 9'-0"9'-0"9'-0"9'-0" 11 ' - 6 " SYSTEM BY ALL STEEL VENDOR 7'-6" HOLD 4" SYSTEM BY ALL STEEL VENDOR 7'-6" HOLD 4" SYSTEM BY ALL STEEL VENDOR 7'-6" HOLD 4" 5'- 9 " 5' - 9 " 11'-5"14'-0" 10 ' - 1 1 " GG G G B 117 F G G DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM ND B 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 OFFICE /CL108 OFFICE/SB109 WAITING101 24HRVESTIBULE100 ATMROOM103 CALLINGCUBES/UCC116 OFFICE /ME104 OFFICE /CB105 OFFICE /CB106 OFFICE /CB107 UNISEXRESTROOM119 ELECTRICAL120 NER121 J.C.114 WORKROOM112 CSR111 CENTRALZONE102 101 WELLNESSROOM117 100 CENTRALZONE102 110 11 1 112 11 3 A1K A1 A1 A1 A1K* B B* B B B B MW01 MW 0 6 A MW09 MW 1 3 MW 1 2 A1 MW 1 1 G G CB/ FCAM 1 FUTURE FS ATM 101 ACCESSIBLE PUSH PLATE, CENTERED ON MULLION ACCESSIBLE PUSH PLATE, CENTERED ON MULLION ACTIVE LEAF 102 103 104 A08.10 1 A09.111 A09.11 2 A09.11 3 V.I.F. 11'-6" 1'-6 1/4"V.I.F. 12'-7 1/2"4'-8" 5'- 0 " V. I . F . 24 ' - 1 0 1 / 4 " 6'- 9 3 / 4 " V. I . F . 21 ' - 1 1 " 7'- 6 " 1' - 1 0 " CLEQ EQ A08.057 A08.01 16 108 109 BREAKROOM115 4 EQ EQ B 6'- 0 " EQ 10 ' - 0 " EQ 8" A2* A2* A08.11 1 - 46 G G AL I G N B B 5'-4"11'-3 1/2" 4'-5"10'-6" MW08 CS R A D A - 7 2 CS R S T D - 7 2 107 106 MW 1 2 B CS R S T D - 7 2 CS R M T R - 7 2 MW 0 5 MW 1 8 EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. MW07 4" AL I G N A12.42 3 13'-0 1/2" 1' - 4 " CORRIDOR110 4" STORAGE122 122 MW 0 5 1'- 6 " M I N . ALIGN MW05 EQ EQ EQ EQ 24 ' - 0 " H O L D A10.00 8 1'- 0 1 / 2 " 8'-0"8'-0" 4" B 2'-11 1/2" UNISEXRESTROOM118 116 11 5 AWNING ABOVE A1K* A1K* MI N . C L R . 1'- 0 " 6'- 9 " MIN.1'-0" 19'-4 1/4"19'-1 1/2" A08.10 4 SIM. 4 A00.52 TYP 104 8 A00.52 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 3/16" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 5 3 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A02.01CONSTRUCTION PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SHEET NOTES LEGEND A.REFER TO A00.00, A00.01, A00.40, AND A00.50 FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS AND SCHEDULES. B.DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING AS BUILT FIELD CONDITIONS, INCLUDINGFIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO START OF WORK, NOTIFY ARCHITECT WHERE DISCREPANCIES OCCUR. C.PROVIDE INSULATION FOR FULL DEPTH OF STUD OF TYPE FOR ALL PARTITIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED: REFER TOPARTITION ASSEMBLY DETAILS. AT RATED PARTITIONS, PROVIDE NON-COMBUSTIBLE, MINERAL WOOL, OR OTHEREQUIVALENT INSULATION APPROVED IN PROJECT JURISDICTION. D.REFER TO A00.30 FOR LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING BASIS OF DESIGN DETAILS. E.REFER TO A00.31 FOR INTERIOR PARTITION SCHEDULE AND ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING EXTENTS OF FRAMING ANDFINISHES. F.FIRE SAFE PENETRATIONS AT FIRE RESISTANT RATED PARTITIONS PER APPLICABLE UL ASSEMBLY. G.MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF EXISTING FIRE-RESISTANT RATED ASSEMBLIES FOR ALL PENETRATIONS. H.PROVIDE F.R.T. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED AT LOCATIONS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: GRAB BARS, SHELVING,OVERHEAD CABINETS, SIGNAGE, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. I.REFER TO SHEET A03.01 FOR POWER & SIGNAL DEVICE LOCATIONS. J.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS METAL CORNER BEAD AT EXPOSED GYPSUM BOARD CORNERS. K.DIMENSIONS TAKEN FROM PERIMETER EXTERIOR WINDOW WALL ARE TAKEN FROM THE INSIDE FACE OF THE VERTICALMULLION. DIMENSIONS MARKED VERIFY, SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO START OF WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. L.G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WORK WITH HVAC, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING, AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ANDREPORT TO THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER IN WRITING IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND NECESSITATING CORRECTIONOR ADJUSTMENT PRIOR TO THE START OF THE WORK. NO ALLOWANCE WILL BE MADE FOR INCREASED COST DUE TO THECONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO COORDINATE. M.WHERE EXISTING RATED ASSEMBLIES ARE SHOWN, CONTRACTOR IS REQUESTED TO FIELD VERIFY AS BUILT FIELDCONDITIONS TO CONFIRM RATINGS SHOWN. IF NON-COMPLIANT CONDITIONS ARE FOUND, REPORT FINDINGS TOOWNER/ARCHITECT IN WRITING WHO WILL PROVIDE WRITTEN DIRECTION. N.PATCH AND REPAIR PARTITIONS AFTER DEMOLITION WHERE DAMAGE HAS OCCURRED AT UNPROTECTED LOCATIONS.PLEASE NOTE THAT DEMOLITION ACTIVITY MAY OCCUR BEYOND WORK LIMITS SHOWN ON DEMOLITION PLAN DUE TOCONCEALED CONDITIONS. O.MARKING AND IDENTIFICATION OF PARTITIONS: WHERE THERE IS AN ACCESSIBLE CONCEALED FLOOR, FLOOR-CEILINGOR ATTIC SPACE, FIRE WALL, FIRE BARRIER, FIRE PARTITION, SMOKE BARRIER, SMOKE PARTITION, OR ANY OTHER WALLOR PARTITION REQUIRED TO HAVE PROTECTED OPENINGS OR PENETRATIONS, PERMANENTLY IDENTIFY THE ITEM WITHSIGNS OR STENCILING IN THE CONCEALED SPACE. LOCATE IDENTIFICATION WITHIN 15 FEET OF THE END OF EACH WALLAND AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 30 FEET MEASURED HORIZONTALLY ALONG THE WALL OR PARTITION. PROVIDELETTERING NOT LESS THAN 3 INCHES IN HEIGHT WITH A MINIMUM 3/8 INCH STROKE IN A CONTRASTING COLORINCORPORATING THE SUGGESTED WORDING: "FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS" OR OTHERWORDING BASED ON LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO PARTITION SCHEDULE, PLAN, AND LEGEND TOIDENTIFY APPLICABLE PARTITIONS. P.REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR SOFFIT AND CEILING HEIGHTS. Q.DIMENSIONS LOCATING DOORS ARE TO THE INSIDE EDGE OF JAMB UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. LOCATE DOOROPENINGS 4" FROM FINISHED FACE OF ADJACENT PARTITION WHERE DIMENSIONS ARE NOT PROVIDED, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED. R.VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT WITH VENDOR. S.PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD IN LIEU OF GYPSUM BOARD AT TILED PARTITIONS AND WET AREAS. REFER TOPARTITION SCHEDULE AND ASSEMBLY DETAILS. 3/16" = 1'-0"1 CONSTRUCTION PLAN KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 101 PROVIDE AUTOMATIC DOOR OPENERS AT MFU ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE. 102 DASHED LINE INDICATES KEVLAR INSTALLATION EXTENT. 103 BANK STANDARD WELLNESS ROOM SIGNAGE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY GC. 104 INFILL OPENING TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT ASSEMBLY AND THICKNESS. ALIGN FINISH FACES. 105 PROVIDE 3/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD BACKER BOARD ON ALL SIDES INDICATED, INSTALLED ABOVE WALL BASE TO8'-0" HIGH. PAINT PLYWOOD AS PER FINISH PLAN (DO NOT PAINT OVER FIRE RATED STAMP). ALL WALL POWER/DATAOUTLETS SHALL BE RECESSED AND FLUSH WITH THE PLYWOOD PANELS. 106 PROVIDE 3/4" F.T. PLYWOOD BLOCKING FOR MEDIA. 107 COORDINATE HOLD DIMENSION WITH MILLWORK VENDOR FOR FINISHED INSTALLATION. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 CR FEC-2 GFI60"GFI60" GFIGFI GF I +GFI40"H 64"N 64"N 30 "N 30 "N JB JB N 40 "N 84 " J +1 0 8 " 23"23"23"23" 28"16"16" 44 " 44"28"N28"N 28"N JB 60"N 44 " 28 "N 28 "N 28 "N28 "N 28 "N JB 28 "N 28 "N 28 "N 16 " 16 " J60 " 18 " J24 " 18 " 18 " J24 " 18 " EDR 18" J60" 18" J18" 44"J60" J 10 8 " J72 " J60 " J84 " 96 "N J E98 " 98 " J60" GFI40"GFI40" 40 " 44 " 40 " T +GFI40"H 44" 23"23" J72" J60 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " 20 " GFI22"H T J72 " TTTT J J T J72 " 18 " 18 " 18 " 18 " 18 " 18 " J24 " J24 " J60 " 44" J JB OFFICE /CL108 OFFICE/SB109 WAITING101 24HRVESTIBULE100 ATMROOM103CALLINGCUBES/UCC116 OFFICE /ME104 OFFICE /CB105 OFFICE /CB106 OFFICE /CB107 UNISEXRESTROOM119 ELECTRICAL120 NER121 J.C.114 WORKROOM112 CSR111 CENTRALZONE102 WELLNESSROOM117 CENTRALZONE102 DAY 1 ATM IPAD DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM ND EQ EQ CL EQ EQ CL EQ EQEQEQEQEQ CLCLCL EQ EQ CL EQ EQ CL EQ EQ EQ EQ CL CL 61 61 61 61 61 61 2422111024111024111024 111024 111024 OUTLET FORFAUCET OUTLET FOR LED MIRROROUTLET FOR LED MIRROR 50 67 69 16 65 15 UNDERCOUNTER 93 CL EQ EQ 1 FUTURE FS ATM 66 12 29 07 55 26A 99 121 26A CB/ FCAM CBCB MFP CB/ FCM +TV 41c 82 58 64 61 62 59 48" 5'-3" 661024 11 07 MFP PR 14 61 48" 107 64 09 108 03 24 11 24 62 48" 24 7122 23 14 ACTIVE LEAF 20 1095 2111 63 61 6259 205 205 205 206 207 210 56 56 56 56 38 BREAKROOM115 EQ EQ CL PUSH TO EXIT & KEY SWITCH/EMERGENCY BUTTON KEY SWITCH OUTLET FORFAUCET 59 59 09 MD P A MD P B TV S S JACEPNL-IG 6224 PUSH PLATE 101 208 213 202 203 204 214 215 216 24 217 62 03 10 24 11 101A08.10 1 66 41b 41d 05 96 223 6'- 8 " 16 ' - 4 3 / 8 " TYP. ACCESSIBLE PUSH PLATE 24 CS R A D A - 7 2 CS R S T D - 7 2 CS R S T D - 7 2 CS R S T D - 7 2 EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. 66 10 24 11 94 58 100 01 FINAL LOCATIONBY FIRE MARSHALL 101 EQ EQ ACCESSIBLE PUSH PLATE STORAGE122 CORRIDOR110 5151 03 44"44"44"44" 44" 44" F44"F44" F 44" 44" F 99 44" 44" 62103 A10.00 7 44 " IF REQUIRED BY SECURITY F 61 62 216 WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX OUTLET WALL MOUNTED DEDICATED OUTLET WALL MOUNTED QUAD OUTLET WALL MOUNTED LIGHT SINGLE SWITCH WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION BOX WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBE FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXJ F DIGITAL TEMPERATURE SENSORT FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED TELE/DATA. SINGLE DROP EQUIPMENT WITHOUT POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT WITH POWER SUPPLY F FIRE ALARM PULL BOX TV WALL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE FOR TV, CAMERA OR MONITOR; 3" SQUARE FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED 1 TELE / 2 DATA RECEPTACLE FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 6 : 5 7 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A03.01 POWER & COMMUNICATION PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3/16" = 1'-0"1 POWER & COMMUNICATION PLAN KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 202 COORDINATE TV P/C WITH ELEVATION AND VENDOR CUTSHEET. PROVIDE CHIEF LSTU "FIXED THINSTALLUNIVERSAL" TV MOUNT OVER 18" HIGH 3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING FASTENED TO MINIMUM OF (2)METAL STUDS. 203 PROVIDE (2) 1" CONDUIT FOR POWER AND DATA CONNECTED TO (2) J-BOXES BEHIND MONITOR. COORDINATEWITH EQUIPMENT CUTSHEET. 204 PROVIDE CHIEF PAC527L IN-WALL BOX RECESSED BEHIND MONITOR WALL TO HOUSE VENDOR PROVIDEDONE-CONNECT BOX. REFER TO VENDOR CUTSHEET FOR FURTHER INFO. 205 REFER TO MILLWORK ELEVATION FOR OUTLET LOCATION. 206 PROVIDE CONTAINER FOR E-WASTE/ BATTERY RECYCLING. COORDINATE WITH BANK LEED MANAGER. 207 PRINTER CABINET LIGHT FIXTURE TO ACTIVATE UPON DOOR OPENING. SEE MILLWORK MW01 SHEET ANDENGINEERING DOCUMENTATION. 208 COORDINATE DIGITAL MEDIA POSTER WITH ELEVATION AND VENDOR CUTSHEET. PROVIDE PEERLESS SF640PFLAT WALL MOUNT BRACKET OVER (1) LAYER 3/4" FRT PLYWOOD BLOCKING 21"W X 20"H SECURED BETWEENSTUDS BEHIND DRYWALL. 210 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERAS. COORDINATE CAMERALOCATIONS WITH SECURITY VENDOR PLANS. 213 PROVIDE (2) 1" CONDUIT FOR POWER/DATA CONNNECTED TO IN WALL RECEPTACLE (ARLINGTON INDUSTRIESTVB613).BOX TO CONTAIN DUPLEX NEMA 5-20R POWER RECEPTACLE AND (2) SHIELDED CAT6 RJ45RECEPTACLES. 214 PROVIDE LEGRAND RECESSED WALL BOX #EFSB4 WITH DECORATIVE COVER. WHITE FINISH, PAINTED TO MATCHWALL. 215 PROVIDE AND COORDINATE POWER/DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR ATM AND ATM TOPPER WITH CUTSHEETS. 216 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR SURROUND CENTERED BEHIND SURROUND ON ATM ROOM SIDE AT 72" AFF. 217 PROVIDE DEDICATED DUPLEX OUTLET AND DUAL DATA DROP 4" BELOW CEILING FOR 'NEVER DOWN WIFI'EQUIPMENT. 223 PROVIDE AND COORDINATE ATM KIOSK REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDOR CUTSHEET. SHEET NOTES LEGEND A REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ORIENTATION OF MOUNTED OUTLETS. OTHERWISE, OUTLETS SHOULD BEMOUNTED VERTICALLY. OUTLETS SHOWN WITH ONLY A "+" SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED 1" CLEAR ABOVE THESCHEDULED MILLWORK COUNTER. OUTLETS TO BE COORDINATED WITH COUNTER HEIGHT. B REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. C FURNITURE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. D REFER TO SERIES A00 FOR ABBREVIATIONS AND GENERAL NOTES. E LOCATION OF CORES TO BE CONFIRMED WITH ARCHITECT. F USE WHITE DEVICES IN ALL WALLS WITH P-15 AND P-16 FINISHES. USE BLACK DEVICES AND COVER PLATES FOR WALLSWITH P-17, P-18, P-19, P-20, WC-16, WC-17 & WC-18 FINISHES G WIRELESS HOLD UP DOUBLE BUTTON WILL BE INSTALLED AT TELLER POSITIONS, PLATFORM DESKS, FOR PERSONNELENTRY AND EXIT, AND ANYWHERE A HOLD UP IS CONSIDERED NECESSARY IN A BANKING CENTER. THE NEW WIRELESSINTERFACE MODULE WILL BE LOCATED IN THE NEW ROOM BY THE ALARM PANEL. H WALL-MOUNTED OUTLETS AND J-BOXES TO BE AT 18" A.F.F. TO CENTER OF OUTLET BOX, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. I UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES FOR ALL WALL MOUNTED FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT SUCHAS FIRE STROBES, FIRE PULL AND ALL SECURITY EQUIPMENT. J FIRE DEVICE COVERS SHALL BE WHITE UNLESS THIS CONFLICTS WITH LOCAL JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. K COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. L VERIFY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS, POWER AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER TO ENSUREPROPER FIT AND FUNCTION. M VERIFY MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. N GANG ADJACENT LIGHT SWITCHES AND COVER WITH A SINGLE PLATE. O INDICATED DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE CENTERLINE OF OUTLET, SWITCH OR CLUSTER OF OUTLETS OR SWITCHES, UNLESSNOTED OTHERWISE. P INSTALL OUTLETS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF PARTITIONS IN SEPARATE STUD CAVITIES. DO NOT INSTALL BACK TO BACK. Q PROVIDE ONE-PIECE TYPE GANG COVER PLATES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. R IDENTIFY DEDICATED OR ISOLATED GROUND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS WITH A RED DOT. S INSTALL DOOR BELL PUSH BUTTON COVER PLATE WHEN PUSH BUTTON IS LOCATED ON PARTITION WALL. REFER TO A/ENOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. T ALL DOOR CHIMES TO BE SET AT TWO TONES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. REFER TO A/E NOTES FOR ADDITIONALINFORMATION. U PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX FOR ALL MOUNTED SECURITY CAMERAS AS REQUIRED FOR LATEST BAC STANDARDS. CONFIRMWITH BANK'S SECURITY VENDOR. V SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR MEDIA WALL SPEAKER LOCATIONS W ALL DEVICES IN TYPE G PARTITION TO HAVE ACOUSTICAL PUTTY PADS AROUND THE BOXES. 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 S S OSADS OSADS DS OSA OSA DS OSD OSB OSB OSB OSADS OSA DS OSB OSB OSB J72 " ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN AL I G N ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN AL I G N AL I G N DC OS D OS A OS B S SD T DS A S M D WAP VM SD ACOUSTICAL CEILING GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT/CEILING 2'X4' LIGHT FIXTURE (R-19) RECESSED MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE (R-11) SQUARE RECESSED DOWNLIGHT (R-16) SQUARE WALL WASHER AT UCR'S (R-15) ACCESS PANEL DOOR CONTACT EXIT SIGN PASSIVE INFRARED WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR PASSIVE INFRARED OCCUPANCY SENSOR OCCUPANCY SENSOR - 360 DEGREE, TWO-SIDED UNDERCABINET LIGHTING LIGHT SWITCH DIMMER SWITCH THERMOSTAT DIMMING SENSOR SPEAKER MOTION DETECTOR VAULT SECURITY MICROPHONE SOUND DETECTOR SECURITY CAMERA DOME CAMERA WIRELESS APPLICATION PROTOCOL CONTINUOUS STRIP UPLIGHT SQUARE WALL WASHER (R-17) RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE (TYPE-J) SQUARE RECESSED DOWNLIGHT (R-14) N.I.C. OFFICE /CL108 OFFICE/SB109 WAITING101 24HRVESTIBULE100 ATMROOM103 CALLINGCUBES/UCC116 OFFICE /ME104 OFFICE /CB105 OFFICE /CB106 OFFICE /CB107UNISEXRESTROOM119 ELECTRICAL120 NER121 J.C.114 WORKROOM112 CSR111 CENTRALZONE102 WELLNESSROOM117 GYP 8' - 6" GYP 8' - 6" R-14R-14 R-14 R-14 EQ EQCL CL CL CL CL R-14 R-14 R-14 R-14 EQ EQCL CL CL CL CL 3'- 6 " ACT-4 9' - 0" ACT-4 9' - 0" ACT-4 9' - 0" ACT-4 9' - 0" ACT-5 8' - 6" ACT-5 8' - 6" ACT-5 8' - 6" EQ EQ EQ R-15 R-15 R-15 R-11 R-11 EQ EQ R-15 R-15 R-15 R-11 R-11 EQ EQ R-11 R-11 R-15 R-15 R-15 EQ R-15 R-15 R-15 R-11 R-11 EQ R-19 ACT-5 8' - 6" EQ EQ EQ EQ CL CL EQ EQ CL EQ 4'- 4 " EQ CL CL EQ 4'- 4 " EQ CL CL CLEQ EQ ACT-4 8' - 6" EQ ACT-4 9' - 0" OPEN OPEN R-11 R-11 R-11 R-11 GYP 11' - 0" EQ EQ CL EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ ACT-4 9' - 0" ACT-4 9' - 0" R-15 R-15 R-11R-11R-15 R-15 R-15 EQ R-14R-14 ACT-4 11' - 6" R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-17 R-17 R-17 R-17 R-17 R-17 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 GYP 10' - 0" R-16 R-16 CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL CL R-14R-14 R-14 R-14R-14 R-14 EQ EQ 7' - 5 " 5' - 0 " 5'- 7 " 3'- 0 " GYP 8' - 6" BR GLASSBY BANK VENDOR R11(4') R11(4') R11(4') R11(4') R-14R-14R-14 R-14 R-14 R-14 R-14R-14R-14 R-14 R-14 R-14 R-14R-14R-14 CLCLCLCL EQ EQ EQ TYP. 302 304302 304302 304 TYP. 301 301 301 CL CL CL CL 303 TYP. 301 304 307 306 306 D D D EQ EQ R-19 R-19 R-19 EQ EQ EQ EQ R-19 R-19 R-19 R-19 EQ EQ EQ EQCL CL R-15 R-15 EQ R-15 R-15 EQ EQ R-15 R-15 EQEQ R-15 R-15 EQ EQ EQ EQ R-15 R-15 R-15 R-11 R-11 R-15 R-15 EQ 6'-4"6'-4"6'-4"EQ J J J J J J R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16R-16R-16R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16 R-16R-19 R-19 R-19 EQ EQEQ EQ EQ R-14 R-14 R-19 R-19 R-19 BREAKROOM115 ACT-5 8' - 6" EQ EQ R-19 R-19 R-19 ACT-5 8' - 6" 4'-0"EQ 4'-0" 3'- 6 " EQ EQ EQ EQ 1' - 4 " EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 5' - 9 " CL CL CL CL CL CL EQ EQCL 15 A12.42________________ TYP. 11 A12.42________________ TYP. 5 A12.21 ________________ TYP. 11 A12.42________________ 11 A12.42 ________________ TYP. 6 A12.21________________ 4 A12.21________________ EQ EQ J CL CL J EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. STORAGE122 CORRIDOR110 OPEN 4'-5" 6' - 1 1 1 / 4 " EQEQ R-16 3'- 5 " R-14 R-14 8'- 8 " 2'- 1 0 1 / 4 " EQ 4' - 4 " 4'- 4 " 4' - 4 " 4'- 4 " EQ2'-8 1/2"4'-6"4'-6"2'-8" EQ EQ EQ EQ A10.00 5 10 " UNISEXRESTROOM118 N. I . C . Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 0 0 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A04.01REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024A.REFER TO A00.40 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE B.VERIFY AS-BUILT FIELD CONDITIONS AND LOCATIONS FOR EXISTING AND NEW PLUMBING, AUDIO VISUAL, HVACDUCTWORK AND PIPING, STRUCTURAL FRAMING, ELECTRICAL BUS DUCT AND CONDUIT BANKS, ELECTRICAL PULLBOXES, FIRE PROTECTION LINES AND RELATED WORK TO DETERMINE AND COORDINATE BEST CEILING FRAMING, POINTSOF ACCESS AND CLEARANCES AS REQUIRED FOR NEW WORK. C.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS WHERE REQUIRED IN GYP. BD. CEILING INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO FIRE SMOKEDAMPERS, FIRE LIFE SAFETY J-BOXES, FAN COILS AND VAV BOXES PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTENRECOMMENDATIONS, CONDUIT BANK PULL BOXES AND CONTROL AND SHUT-OFF VALVES. D.CEILING MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES SHALL BEAR UL LABEL AND FREE OF DEFECTS. E.WHERE ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE IS SCHEDULED TO REMAIN, REPLACE DAMAGED ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE WITH NEWTO MATCH EXISTING. IF PRODUCT IS NOT AVAILABLE FROM BUILDING INVENTORY, ATTIC STOCK OR MANUFACTURER,NOTIFY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO START OF WORK. F.LIGHTING CONTROL COVER PLATES SHALL BE WHITE AT GYP. BD CEILINGS, SOFFITS AND CEILING MOUNTED FABRICWRAPPED PANEL LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G.AT EXPOSED STRUCTURE AREAS IN STEEL BUILDINGS WITH EXPOSED SPRAY FIREPROOFING, PROVIDE PROTECTIVEOVERSPRAY AT SPRAY FIREPROOFING TO PREVENT DUSTING WHERE PAINT IS SCHEDULED AT EXPOSEDCONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE PRIMER/SEALER UNDERCOAT PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. H.CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TOSUBMITTING FOR PERMIT. WHERE APPLICABLE CENTER SPRINKLER HEADS IN CEILING PANEL/TILE. ALIGN SPEAKERS,SMOKE DETECTORS, MOTION SENSORS AND RELATED CEILING MOUNTED DEVICES WITH LIGHTING FIXTURECENTERLINES AND CENTER OF CEILING PANEL/TILE. LOCATE HVAC DIFFUSERS IN GYP. BD. CEILINGS AS SHOWN ONARCHITECTURAL RCP. I.LOCATE EXIT SIGNS VERTICALLY ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TO ENSURE SIGHT LINES ARE NOT BLOCKED BY LIGHTFIXTURES, BEAMS, SOFFITS, DROPPED CEILINGS, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT BANKS, PIPING AND RELATED OVERHEAD WORK. J.GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS AND SOFFITS IN PUBLIC FACING AREAS TO BE PAINTED P-15, UON. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FORSPECIFIC PRODUCT. K.CLEAN EXISTING DUCTWORK, REGISTERS, GRILLES, AND DIFFUSERS. REPLACE EXISTING FILTERS AFTER CLEANING. L.INSTALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES AND ACT WITHIN CENTER OF ROOM EACH WAY AS SHOWN (TYP. THROUGHOUT) UON. M.COORDINATE LENGTHS OF UNDER CABINET FIXTURES WITH SCHEDULED MILLWORK CABINETS. N.GYPSUM BOARD CEILING PAINTED P-15 UON. O.REFER TO CEILING DETAILS FOR WIRELESS APPLICATION PROTOCOL MOUNTING DETAIL. LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SHEET NOTES LEGEND 3/16" = 1'-0"1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 301 COORDINATE CAMERA LOCATION WITH SECURITY VENDOR PLANS. TYPICAL THROUGHOUT. 302 CHAIN HUNG LIGHT FIXTURES. 303 UNDER CABINET LIGHT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 304 OPEN TO STRUCTURE. 306 SPEAKERS BY OWNER'S VENDOR. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER'S VENDOR. 307 24"X24" LOCKABLE ACCESS PANEL. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 FEC-2 AL I G N WALL FINISH BASE FINISHEXTENT OF WALL FINISH XXXXXX CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISH ALIGN FLOOR TILE START POINT XXX FLOOR FINISH MILLWORK N.I.C. OFFICE /CL108 OFFICE/SB109 WAITING101 24HRVESTIBULE100 ATMROOM103 CALLINGCUBES/UCC116 OFFICE /ME104 OFFICE /CB105 OFFICE /CB106 OFFICE /CB107 UNISEXRESTROOM119 ELECTRICAL120 NER121 J.C.114 WORKROOM112 CSR111 CENTRALZONE102 WELLNESSROOM117 WM-01 P-18B-11 WC-20B-11 P-15B-11 P-15B-11 PL - 7 P-15B-12 P-15B-11 WC-17B-11 WC-18B-11 P-15B-11 FLM-28 FLM-28FLM-28 WC-16B-11 P-15B-11WC-18B-11P-15B-11 WC-16B-11 WC-18B-11 P-15B-11 WC-16B-11 WC-18B-11 P-15B-12 PL-7 P-15B-12 PL-7 P-15B-12 P-15B-12 P-15B-12 P-15B-12 CT-12CT-12C CT-12CT-12C P-15P-15 ABOVETILEABOVETILE PL-7 PL-7 P-15B-11 P-15B-12 PL - 7 PL - 7 P-15B-11 P-15B-12 P-17B-11 WC-16B-11 WC-18B-11 P-15B-11 WC-18B-11 WC-16B-11 P-15B-11 WRAP WC AROUND8" RETURN WC-22B-11 P-15B-11 FLM-28 FLM-28CS R A D A - 7 2 DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM ND PL - 7 404 407 406 BREAKROOM115 P-15B-11 P-15 8" 410 408 410 408 410 408 410 408 410 408 410 408 409 409 409 411 405405 409 409 CS R S T D - 6 0 CS R S T D - 6 0 CS R M T R - 6 0 EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. P-15B-12 FLM-28SS-M-G A10.00 6 412 414 DOOR AND FRAME P-18B-11 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 0 1 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A05.01WALL FINISH PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 A.FOR FINISH MATERIAL DEFINITIONS REFER TO SHEET A00.40. B.SEE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET A00.50 FOR DOOR FINISHES. C.FOR WALL FINISHES, REFER TO ELEVATIONS. D.FOR CEILING FINISHES, REFER TO RCP. E.DYNAMIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (DCOF) FOR WET AND DRY LEVEL INTERIOR FLOORING SURFACES (INCLUDINGSEALED CONCRETE) TO BE 0.42 MIN. MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTATION TO BE INCLUDED IN MATERIAL SUBMITTALS. F.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE DEFINED STARTING POINT OF A UNITIZED FINISHED MATERIAL SHALL BE A FINISHEDEDGE OF THE UNIT. G.SEE GENERAL NOTES ON POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN FOR COVER PLATE COLORS. H.ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE PAINTED P-15 AND TO RECEIVE B-12 AT NON-CUSTOMER FACING AREAS UON. J.PROVIDE STRAIGHT, FLUSH BASE AT CARPETED AREAS AND COVED BASE AT HARD FLOORING SURFACES UON. K.ENSURE SURFACES TO RECEIVE FINISHES ARE CLEAN, TRUE AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES. DO NOT PROCEED WITHWORK UNTIL SATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CONFIRMED. LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SHEET NOTES LEGEND 3/16" = 1'-0"1 FINISH PLAN KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 404 PROVIDE PRIMER TINTED WITH P-15 BEHIND WALL COVERING (BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT ONLY) LEVEL 5 FINISHBEHIND WALL COVERING. WALL TO BE CURED FOR 10 DAYS MINIMUM AT A TEMPERATURE OVER 60 DEGREES F.BEHIND WC. 405 PAINT ALL WALLS IN NER ROOM - DO NOT PAINT OVER FIRE RATED STAMP. 406 PROVIDE PRIMER TINTED WITH P-20 (BENJAMIN MOORE PAINT ONLY) LEVEL 5 FINISH BEHIND WALL COVERING. WALLTO BE CURED FOR 10 DAYS MINIMUM AT A TEMPERATURE OVER 60 DEGREES F. 407 FRP WAINSCOT TO BE 48 INCHES HIGH AND EXTEND 2 FEET PAST SERVICE SINK DIMENSIONS. 408 PROVIDE WC-18 ABOVE WALL BASE. 409 INSTALL WALL COVERING WC-16 ABOVE BASE. 410 PROVIDE PRIMER TINTED WITH P-18 BEHIND WALL COVERINGS WC-16, WC-17, AND WC-18 (BENJAMIN MOORE PAINTONLY) LEVEL 5 FINISH. WALL TO BE CURED FOR 10 DAYS MINIMUM AT A TEMPERATURE OVER 60 DEGREES F. 411 INSTALL WALL COVERING WC-17 ABOVE BASE. 412 TELLER MILLWORK AND UNDERCOUNTER STEELS TO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB. 414 FLOOR TILE TO STOP AT BASE OF TELLER LINE. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 FEC-2 CW-3 WS-40 CH-43 CH-43 WS-40 CH-41CH-41 CH-43CH-43 WS-40 CH-43CH-43 CH-41 CH-48 CW-16 CH-43 CH-43WS-40 CH-43 CH-43 CH-41 CH-41 TB-22 CH-42 WS-40 CPU-1 MFP UNDER COUNTER CW-7 CH-45 CH-45 CH-45 CH-45 MA-2 N.I.C. MA-2 MA-2 MA-2 MA-2 CH-60B CH-60B CH-52X CH-53X CH-41 MA-2 WS-40P CH-43 CH-43 MW01MFP MW 1 1 CH-48 CH10 MW09 MW 1 3 TB-39 TB-39 CH-63BRH CH-63BRH CL 7'-3"12 ' - 0 " CL EQ EQCL DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM ND EQ EQCL CL EQ EQ IP A D CH10 CH10B CH10B CH10B MW 0 6 A MW 1 2 4'-8" 8' - 9 " CL CL CH10B CB/ FCAM CPU-1 REMOTE CAPTURE OFFICE /CL108 OFFICE/SB109 WAITING101 24HRVESTIBULE100 ATMROOM103 CALLINGCUBES/UCC116 OFFICE /ME104 OFFICE /CB105 OFFICE /CB106 OFFICE /CB107 UNISEXRESTROOM119 ELECTRICAL120 NER121 J.C.114 WORKROOM112 CSR111 CENTRALZONE102 WELLNESSROOM117 CENTRALZONE102 TECH 1 TECH 2 1 FUTURE FS ATM CL FL-2 501501501501 501 501 502 503 WM-VD-55 85_QPA-8K EQ 1 5'- 0 " 5' - 0 " EQ 1 CL CH-66 BREAKROOM115 EQ EQ 2' - 0 " CW-2 WS-45 CH-10CH-10 WS-45 CBCBCH-10 WS-45 CB MFP FL-3MW07 FL-3 FL-3 TB-3 CH-3CH-3 CH-3 CH-3CH-3 CH-3 MW 1 8 FL-2 FL-2 EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. CORRIDOR110 STORAGE122 FL-2 CS R A D A - 7 6 CS R S T D - 7 2 CS R S T D - 7 2 CS R M T R - 7 2 MI N . 18 " CH-43 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 3/16" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 0 5 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A06.01FURNITURE PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 ORDERED BY PJM AND INSTALLED BYFURNITURE VENDOR B&N CSR-ADA-72 ADA TELLER MODULE 1 CSR-MTR-72 MERCHANT TELLER MODULE 1 CSR-STD-72 STANDARD TELLER MODULE 2 CW-2 RECYCLING CABINET - 59" W 1 CW-3 RECYCLING CABINET - 72" W 1 CW-7 CLIENT ENGAGEMENT TABLE.UNPOWERED WITH GROMMETBLANK-OFF INSERT COVERS. 1 BERNHARDT CH-42 BERNHARDT CANELLE 1 CH-43 BERNHARDT CHANTAL 12 CH-45 BERNHARDT BARSTOOL MEZZO 4 CH-48 BERNHARDT BALANCE BENCH 63" W 2 CH-52X BERNHARDT OTTOMAN COLOURS 1 CH-53X BERNHARDT OTTOMAN COLOURS 1 CH-66 BERNHARDT NICO 1 TB-22 BERNHARDT QUIET 1 HBF CH-60B CITYSCAPE-2 LOUNGE CHAIR WITH ARMS 2 CH-63B RH CITYSCAPE-2 LEFT HAND VERSION WITHOUT POWER 2 TB-39 CITYSCAPE TABLE - 16" DIA X 26" HIGH 2 HUMANSCALE CH-41 HUMANSCALE PATH CHAIR 6 STEELCASE CH10 STEELCASE SERIES 1 CHAIR 2 CH10B STEELCASE SERIES 1 STOOL 4 CH-10 STEELCASE TURNSTONE JACK CHAIR 3 CPU-1 CPU HOLDER 2 FL-2 STEELCASE HIGH PEDESTAL 3 FL-3 UNIVERSAL LATERAL FILE 3 MA-2 X2BBTWETBETB12 6 WS-40 WORKSTATION 5 WS-40P WORKSTATION WITH PRINTER CABINET 1 WS-45 STEELCASE ANSWER WORKSTATION 3 DMG DMG FIXTURE 85_QPA-8K 85" MONITOR 1 WM-VD-55 55" WALL MOUNTED DIGITAL POSTER 1 ORDERED AND INSTALLED BY GC CW-16 BREAK ROOM LOCKERS 1 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SCHEDULES 3/16" = 1'-0"1 FURNITURE PLAN ACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE WORKSTATION, CHAIRS AND CREDENZA ARE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY FURNITURE VENDOR. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH VENDOR, SHOWN FOR CLARIFICATION ONLY. FURNITURE AND MILLWORKED LISTED BELOW TO BE ORDERED BY PJM AND INSTALLED BY FURNITURE VENDOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. QUANTITIES MUST BE VERIFIED BY THE FURNITURE VENDOR BEFORE DETERMINING THE FINAL NUMBER FOR PROCUREMENT PURPOSES. KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 501 INSTALL WALL BASE AFTER FURNITURE HAS BEEN INSTALLED. 502 PROVIDE ACRYLIC HOLDER (LETTER SIZED) SECURED TO THE BACK OF THE DOOR TO DISPLAY WELNESS ROOMPRIORITY SIGN. COORIDNATE WITH BANK MERCHANDISING TEAM FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 503 LOCKERS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 ALIGN ALIGN AL I G N AL I G N VCT-2 CPT-10CPT-10 CPT-10 WM-01 CT-14 CT-14 CPT-10CPT-10 VCT-2CPT-10 VCT-2 VCT-2VCT-2 VCT-2 CT-16CT-16 CPT-10CPT-10 VCT-2 CPT-10 CPT-10 CT-14 START TILE OFFICE /CL108 OFFICE/SB109 WAITING101 24HRVESTIBULE100 ATMROOM103 CALLINGCUBES/UCC116 OFFICE /ME104 OFFICE /CB105 OFFICE /CB106 OFFICE /CB107 UNISEXRESTROOM119 ELECTRICAL120 NER121 J.C.114 WORKROOM112 CSR111 CENTRALZONE102 WELLNESSROOM117 CENTRALZONE102 BREAKROOM115 VCT-2 1 A12.50________________ 4 A12.50________________ 1 A12.50________________ 3 A12.50________________ TYP. 3 A12.50________________ 1 A12.50________________ TYP. TYP. 2 A12.50 ________________ TYP. 412 414 WM-02 EXISTING ADJACENT TENANT SPACE - N.I.C. A10.00 6 22 TILES VCT-2 CORRIDOR110 STORAGE122 CS R A D A - 7 2 CS R S T D - 7 2 CS R S T D - 7 2 CS R M T R - 7 2 CHANGE IN FLOOR FINISH ALIGN FLOOR TILE START POINT XXX FLOOR FINISH Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 0 7 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A07.01FLOOR FINISH PLAN 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 A.FOR FINISH MATERIAL DEFINITIONS REFER TO SHEET A00.40. B.SEE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET A00.50 FOR DOOR FINISHES. C.FOR WALL FINISHES, REFER TO ELEVATIONS. D.FOR CEILING FINISHES, REFER TO RCP. E.DYNAMIC COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION (DCOF) FOR WET AND DRY LEVEL INTERIOR FLOORING SURFACES (INCLUDINGSEALED CONCRETE) TO BE 0.42 MIN. MANUFACTURER'S DOCUMENTATION TO BE INCLUDED IN MATERIAL SUBMITTALS. F.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE DEFINED STARTING POINT OF A UNITIZED FINISHED MATERIAL SHALL BE A FINISHEDEDGE OF THE UNIT. G.SEE GENERAL NOTES ON POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN FOR COVER PLATE COLORS. H.ALL PARTITIONS SHALL BE PAINTED P-15 AND TO RECEIVE B-12 AT NON-CUSTOMER FACING AREAS UON. J.PROVIDE STRAIGHT, FLUSH BASE AT CARPETED AREAS AND COVED BASE AT HARD FLOORING SURFACES UON. K.ENSURE SURFACES TO RECEIVE FINISHES ARE CLEAN, TRUE AND FREE OF IRREGULARITIES. DO NOT PROCEED WITHWORK UNTIL SATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CONFIRMED. LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SHEET NOTES LEGEND KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 412 TELLER MILLWORK AND UNDERCOUNTER STEELS TO BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY ON TOP OF CONCRETE SLAB. 414 FLOOR TILE TO STOP AT BASE OF TELLER LINE. 3/16" = 1'-0"1 FLOOR FINISH PLAN FLOOR FINISH AREA FLOOR FINISH DESCRIPTION AREA CPT-10 CARPET 1790 SF CT-14 CERAMIC TILE 1916 SF CT-16 CERAMIC TILE 121 SF VCT-2 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE 404 SF WM-01 WALK OFF MAT 424 SF 4654 SF 1. 2. 3. 4. NOTE TO A/E NEW PROJECTS:ALLSTEEL INSTALLATION TEAM TO INSTALL OFFICEFRONT DIRECTLY ON CONCRETE. WALL TO BE INSTALLED TOWARDS LOBBY EDGE OF DRYWALL.FLOORING INSTALLER INSTALLS TILE TO OUTSIDE BASE OF WALL. CARPET IN OFFICE IS INSTALLED TO INNER BASE OF WALL.IN DOORWAY, TILE AND CARPET WILL MEET BENEATH THE DOOR AND BE JOINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FLOORING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATION. USE WHITE DEVICES IN ALL WALLS WITH P-15 AND P-16 FINISHES. USE BLACK DEVICES AND COVER PLATES FOR WALLS WITH P-17, P-18, P-19, P-20, WC-16, WC-17 & WC-18 FINISHES 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 LOCATION HORIZONTALGRAB BAR42" LONG HORIZONTALGRAB BAR 36" LONG SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS MARK DESCRIPTION MOUNTING HT. 19" A.F.F. TO CENTERLINE OF ROLL WOMEN UTILITY HOOK 48" A.F.F. TO T.O. HOOKMEN, WOMEN BACKLIT MIRROR 40" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF REFLECTIVE SURFACE TOILET PAPER DISPENSER SOAP DISPENSER 40" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF OPERABLE PART MEN, WOMEN MEN, WOMEN MEN, WOMEN MEN, WOMEN MEN, WOMEN MEN, WOMEN SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS UNDER LAVATORY GUARDMEN, WOMEN HAND DRYER MEN, WOMEN TRASH RECEPTACLE MEN, WOMEN RESTROOM SIGNAGE BABY CHANGING STATIONMEN, WOMEN SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER MEN, WOMEN SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILSWELLNESS ROOM,BREAK ROOM TOILET PARTITIONS SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS TA-02 TA-03 TA-04 TA-06 TA-07 TA-08 TA-09 TA-10 TA-12 TA-13 TA-14 TA-15 TA-16 TA-17 TA-18 MIRRORWELLNESS ROOM SEE ELEVATION AND ACCESSIBILITY DETAILSTA-19 MEN, WOMEN 119 118 UNISEXRESTROOM119 CL CL 7' - 6 " 4'-6"3'-2"4"1'-0"4"3'-2" A08.01 2 15 11 7 A08.0110 6 3 14 18" MAX. 17" MIN. A08.01 13 TA-12 TA-08 TA-13 TA-15 TA-06 TA-06 TA-04 TA-07 TA-16 TA-17 TA-10 TA-03 TA-14 TA-08 TA-13 TA-15 TA-04TA-07 TA-16 TA-09 TA-14 1'-6" J01 BT TA-12 TA-03 TA-17 TA-10 TA-09 1' - 6 " CLEAR 4'-0" MIN. 8'-0"8'-0" 1'-6" MIN.CL1'-6" MIN. CL 18" MAX. 17" MIN. UNISEXRESTROOM119 CT-12CT-12C P-15 ABOVETILE CT-16 CT-12CT-12C P-15 ABOVETILE CT-16151 152 151 152 EQEQ CL P-15 CT-12 119 TA-06 TO T O P O F C O A T H O O K 4'- 0 " 3" BULLNOSECT-12b 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. 6'- 0 " TA-16 T. O F I X T U R E 3'- 1 1 " CL6" 3'- 8 " CL 6' - 8 " T O . B O T T O M O F F I R E S T R O B E P-15 CT-12 3" BULLNOSECT-12b 2'- 1 " CL TA-17 1'- 6 " CL CL 1'-2"2'-3" CL 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. CL 3'-6" MIN. TA-10 TA-03 6'- 0 " T. O O P E N I N G 2' - 5 1 / 2 " TA-09 MI N . 1' - 3 " 4'-6" MIN. MAX. 1'-0" 33 " - 3 6 " 1'-6" TA-07 TA-12 SI N K R I M 2' - 9 " M A X T O TA-08 TA-04TA-03 CL 3" BULLNOSECT-12b MOUNT GFI OUTLET FOR FAUCET BELOW SINK. PLACE OUT OF CUSTOMER VIEW 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. P-15 CT-12 5 A12.50________________ EQEQ GFI WALL MOUNTED OUTLET/RECEPTACLE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS MOUNT MIRROR TO THE FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD. INSTALL TILE AROUND MIRROR HOUSING. CL 33 " - 3 6 " 2'-0"1'-0" TA-12 SI N K R I M 2' - 9 " M A X T O SO A P D I S P E N S E R 3'- 4 " CL TA-08 T. O . O U T L E T 3'- 6 " 3" BULLNOSECT-12b P-15 CT-12 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. TA-07 4'- 0 " TA-14 TA-13 A12.50 6 CLCL2'-0"2'-0" 118 CL EQEQ TO T O P O F C O A T H O O K 4' - 0 " P-15 CT-12 TA-03 TA-17 6' - 0 " 3" BULLNOSECT-12b 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. TA-16 T. O F I X T U R E 3' - 1 1 " CL 6" 3' - 8 " CL CL 6'- 8 " T O . B O T T O M O F F I R E S T R O B E 3" BULLNOSECT-12b 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. TA-12 SI N K R I M 2' - 9 " M A X T O T. O . O U T L E T 3'- 6 " SO A P D I S P E N S E R 3'- 4 " TA-08 TA-07 P-15 CT-12 4'- 0 " B. O . D R Y E R 2'- 1 0 " 2'-0"2'-0" SI N K R I M 2'- 9 " M A X T O B. O O F D R Y E R 2'- 1 0 " TA-07 TA-13 MOUNT GFI OUTLET FOR FAUCET BELOW SINK. PLACE OUT OF CUSTOMER VIEW 3" BULLNOSECT-12b CL TA-09 CT-12 P-15 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. TA-12 TA-04 6' - 0 " EQEQ CL GFI WALL MOUNTED OUTLET/RECEPTACLE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS MOUNT MIRROR TO THE FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD. INSTALL TILE AROUND MIRROR HOUSING. 33 " - 3 6 " CLCL2'-0"1'-0" 17"-18" T. O O P E N I N G 2' - 5 1 / 2 " 1' - 6 " CL CL CL 2'- 1 " CL 3" BULLNOSECT-12b P-15 CT-12 TA-03 TA-09 TA-10 TA-17 3" COVE BASECT-12c TYP. 5 A12.50 ________________ 7 1/2"20" 15 " M I N . 4'-6" MIN. 33 " - 3 6 " MAX. 1'-0"3'-6" MIN. P-15 P-15 B-12 P-15 B-12 P-15 6" CL CL 4' - 0 " M I N . 119 118 5' - 0 " M A X . B-12 EQ EQ EQEQ CLCL 153 AT H I G H F O U N T A I N 38 " - 4 3 " T O S P O U T AT L O W F O U N T A I N 36 " M A X T O S P O U T EQ EQ CL 5'- 0 " CL Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 1 0 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.01 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. SHEET NOTES SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES A.B.C. D. E.F. G. FOR FINISH SCHEDULE REFER TO A00.40REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR TOILET ACCESSORY PRODUCT INFORMATION.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE IN-WALL BLOCKING FOR SINK, TOILET, AND URINAL AS REQUIRED.USE WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD BEHIND TOILET AND LAVATORY.REFER TO SHEET A00.12A FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE 1/2" = 1'-0"16 ENLARGED RESTROOM CONSTRUCTION PLAN 1/2" = 1'-0"8 ENLARGED RESTROOM FINISH PLAN 1/2" = 1'-0"15 MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"11 MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"7 MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"2 MENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"14 WOMENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"10 WOMENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"6 WOMENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"3 WOMENS RESTROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"13 RESTROOM CORRIDOR NO.DESCRIPTION 151 FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO PUMBLING DRAWINGS. 152 WATER CLOSET PER BOFA STANDARDS. 153 DRINKING FOUNTAIN PER BOFA STANDARDS. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 Tectonic Copyright 2007 B-11 WC-20 CL NIGHT DEPOSIT 3'-4"EQ EQ EQ 4'-9"3'-3"CL CL CL CL EQ EQ 6' - 1 1 " DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM 100 P-15 B-11 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 TT T T T T ACCESSIBLE PUSH PLATE, MOUNT TO FACE OF PANEL EQEQCL GL-2 EQ EQ EQ EQ P-15 OPEN TOBEYOND OPEN TOBEYOND B-11 B-11 TY P . 3'- 9 " TY P . 2' - 6 " P-15WC-22 TY P . 3'- 9 " TY P . 2' - 6 " CL CL SWING DOOR SWING DOOR 6' - 0 " EQ EQ FLM-28FLM-28 TY P . 8' - 0 " GL-5 GL-5 A12.60 1 93 SOLAR BLACK STOREFRONTSOLAR BLACK STOREFRONT 109 108 EQEQ EQEQCL DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5'- 0 " 103104105106107113 P-15 P-15 P-15 CE N T E R O F O U T L E T 5' - 4 " CL CL B-11 B-11 B-11B-11 TY P . 8' - 0 " TY P . 2' - 6 " TY P . 3'- 9 " TY P . 8' - 0 " TY P . 2' - 6 " TY P . 3'- 9 " 101 SWING DOOR SS-M-G 2'-0" 1' - 4 " 4'- 4 " SWING DOOR SWING DOOR SWING DOOR 6" CL T. O . C A R D R E A D E R 4' - 0 " 1' - 6 " CL FLM-28 FLM-28 FLM-28 FLM-28FLM-28 FLM-28 FLM-28 AD A P E E P S C O P E 3'- 7 " CL CL CL EQ EQ CL CL GL-6 GL-6 GL-6 GL-6 P-22 A12.60 4 GL-5 GL-5 GL-5 GL-5 SOLAR BLACK STOREFRONTSOLAR BLACK STOREFRONTSOLAR BLACK STOREFRONT SOLAR BLACK STOREFRONT 101 121 T. O . E D R 4' - 0 " AD A P E E P S C O P E 3'- 7 " DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5'- 0 " P-15 P-22 FLM-28 B-11 P-15 B-11102 T T T T GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 T GL-2 T P-18 B-11B-11 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 T T T T T T SH-1 SH-1 SH-1 SH-1 SH-1 SH-1 EQ EQ CL CL CL 10 A12.12________________ 7 A12.12________________ 3' - 4 " CL 6"6"EQ EQ 7'-7" 10 A12.12 ________________ 3' - 0 " 1'- 2 " 2'- 1 0 " 3' - 4 " 3' - 8 " CL CL CL 24 26A 8"2'-6"CL MW18 8'- 2 " CLCLCLCL 870 3/ 4 " 871 882 883 875 884 887 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 1 5 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.05INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3/8" = 1'-0"1 24HR VESTIBULE - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"2 24HR VESTIBULE - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"6 CENTRAL ZONE - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"3 CENTRAL ZONE - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"4 CENTRAL ZONE - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"5 CENTRAL ZONE - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"7 ATM ROOM - ELEVATION *SOLAR BLACK FRAMES *SOLAR BLACK FRAMES*SOLAR BLACK FRAMES KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 870 CL-1 SHELVING (7 PER SECTION). 871 STANDARDS - THREE (3) PERSECTION. 875 PROVIDE PLAM COUNTERTOP (PL-7). 882 CL-1 SHELVING (2 PER SECTION). 883 STANDARDS - THREE (3) PERSECTION. 884 COUNTERTOP (PL-7). 887 WALL MOUNTED OUTLET/RECEPTACLE. REFER TO ELECTRICALDRAWINGS. SHEET NOTES A. FINISH THE INTERIOR OF ENCLOSED MILLWORK CABINETS WITH WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CABINETS WITH OPEN SHELVING TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE CL-1, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.B.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.C.PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH FOR ALL MILLWORK COUNTERS THAT ABOUT A WALL. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 P-15 B-11 OPEN TOBEYONDOPEN TOBEYOND 1 FUTURE FS ATM P-15 B-11 CL P-15 110 MW01 EQ EQ CL DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5'- 0 " B-11 PL-7 P-15 AD A P E E P S C O P E 3'- 7 " CL CSR-MTR-72 CSR-STD-72 CSR-STD-72 CSR-ADA-72 B-11 48 " M A X . 28 " M I N . - 3 4 " M A X . 1 6'-0" MIN. 1'- 8 " CL 39 43 43 P-15 43 FL-2 MW09 P-15 B-11 2'- 6 " 1'- 1 0 " 4" 2' - 1 0 " 3' - 8 " CL 2'- 4 " CL 1'-7"1'-0" EQ EQ EQ 5'-1" 24 4 A12.12 ________________ 8 A12.12________________ CL CL GROMMET 878 889 874 872 886 FL-2 MW11 1' - 1 0 " 4" P-17 B-11 B-11 2'- 4 " CL 1'- 4 " CL2' - 1 0 " 4" 22 23 71 14 112 AD A P E E P S C O P E 3'- 7 " DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5' - 0 " CL CL CL FL-2 P-17 2'-7"2 EQ.DOORS 2 EQ.DOORS 1'-3" (2) EQ. DOORS 3'-0" 5'-5" CL 1'-5"1'-7" CL GROMMET GROMMET EQ EQ 4 A12.12________________6 A12.12________________8 A12.13________________1 A12.13________________ 874 886 886 875 874TYP. B-11 B-11 P-15 119 118 P-15 P-15 4' - 0 " M I N . T Y P 5' - 0 " M A X . T Y P 6"CL 5" CLTA-15 TA-15 B-11 P-15 P-15 CL CL CL CL P-15 50 EQ EQ CL EQEQ EXISTING ELECTRICALPANELS 3'- 0 " M A X 38 " - 4 3 " 67 5" 3'- 7 " 5'- 0 " EQEQ 4'-0" 1'-3" Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 1 6 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.06INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3/8" = 1'-0"1 CENTRAL ZONE - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"2 CENTRAL ZONE - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"5 CSR - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"4 CSR - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"3 CSR - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"6 CORRIDOR - ELEVATION KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 872 OPEN SHELVING. 874 ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BEPL-7. 875 PROVIDE PLAM COUNTERTOP (PL-7). 878 PROVIDE UNDER CABINET LIGHT -REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 886 PROVIDE FINISHED END PANEL (PL-7). 889 CONTINUOUS LAMINATE. SHEET NOTES A. FINISH THE INTERIOR OF ENCLOSED MILLWORK CABINETS WITH WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CABINETS WITH OPEN SHELVING TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE CL-1, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.B.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.C.PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH FOR ALL MILLWORK COUNTERS THAT ABOUT A WALL. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 P-15 B-12 CL 3'- 8 " FL-2 2'- 1 0 " 4" 1' - 1 0 " 2' - 6 " MW12 CL 2'- 4 " 24 2'- 4 " CL CL EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 10'-0" GROMMET CL 1'-8"4'-1"3'-0" CLGROMMET 1'-3" HOLD 3'-9"2 EQ DOORS 2 EQ DOORS 8 A12.12________________ 6 A12.12 ________________4 A12.12________________878 889 874 872 875 884 880881 874 TYP. 876 P-15 B-12 MW13 6' - 6 " 3/ 4 " 1'- 1 0 " 3/ 4 " 1/ 2 " 6 1/2" 6 1/2" CL 58 6" 7'- 0 " CL 3/4" 4 EQUAL 9'-0"3/4" 2 EQUAL 4'-6 1/4"3/4"3'-3"3/4" 3' - 2 " EQ EQ 6" 1' - 6 " 61 DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5'- 0 " 62 112B-12 EQ EQ CL 4'- 0 " CL CL AD A P E E P S C O P E 3' - 7 " P-15 1'-3" 6" 2' - 9 1 / 4 " 6" 6 1/2" CL 41b 41c 41d 3/4"6 1/2" COORDINATE W/ CUTSHEET 3'-4" MIN. 1'-3" COORDINATE WITH CUTSHEET 3'-4" MIN. 1'-3" COORDINATE WITH CUTSHEET 3'-4"6 1/2"3/4"3'-3" 3/4" 6' - 6 " 3/ 4 " 1'- 1 0 " 3/ 4 " 1/ 2 " 4 A12.13________________5 A12.13________________ CL CL 887 874 874 888 CL 3'- 8 " CL P-15 B-12 2' - 4 " CL CL 1' - 4 " 07 14 FL-3 FL-3 3'- 0 " 2'- 6 " 4'-0" EQ EQ CL 4" 1'- 1 0 " 2' - 6 " 1'- 1 0 " 4" 2'- 1 0 " MW07 EQ EQ EQ EQ 7'-1 7/8" 8 A12.12________________ 1 A12.13________________ 6 A12.12________________ 2 EQ. DOORS 2'-1" 2 EQ. DOORS 2'-1" 2 EQ DOORS 2'-11 7/8" EQEQ CLGROMMET 874TYP. 886 880 876 875 878 874 874 872 117 P-15 EQ EQ CL P-15 CL WS-45 B-12 AD A P E E P S C O P E 3' - 7 " DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5'- 0 " CL P-15 CL 1' - 1 1 " FL-3 WS-45WS-45WS-45 B-12 P-15 CL CL AD A P E E P S C O P E 3' - 7 " CL CL B-12 58 62 DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5'- 0 " EQ EQ 4'- 0 " 94 61 CL FL-3 P-15 MW07 116 1'-0"6" 7' - 0 " J U N C T I O N B O X F O R S E C U R I T Y M O N I T O R 2" CL CL 8'- 0 " CL 3'- 8 " 6' - 0 " J U N C T I O N B O X F O R S E C U R I T Y C A M E R A CL CL 3/4" = 1'-0"1 WORK ROOM - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"2 WORK ROOM - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"3 UCC - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"5 UCC - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"4 UCC - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"6 UCC - ELEVATION Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 3/4" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 1 9 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.07INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 872 OPEN SHELVING. 874 ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALLBE PL-7. 875 PROVIDE PLAM COUNTERTOP(PL-7). 876 PROVIDE PLAM BACKSPLASH &SIDESPLASH. 878 PROVIDE UNDER CABINET LIGHT -REFER TO ELECTRICALDRAWINGS. 880 PROVIDE 3" ANODIZED ALUMINUMWIRE PULL PER BANK STANDARD. 881 WALL MOUNTEDOUTLET/RECEPTACLE. REFER TOELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 884 COUNTERTOP (PL-7). 886 PROVIDE FINISHED END PANEL(PL-7). 887 WALL MOUNTED OUTLET/RECEPTACLE. REFER TOELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 888 PROVIDE FILLER PANEL. 889 CONTINUOUS LAMINATE. SHEET NOTES A. FINISH THE INTERIOR OF ENCLOSED MILLWORK CABINETS WITH WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CABINETS WITH OPEN SHELVING TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE CL-1, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.B.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.C.PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH FOR ALL MILLWORK COUNTERS THAT ABOUT A WALL. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 AL I G N B-11 WC-18 EQ 3'-0"3'-0"EQ 1'- 3 " CL 2'-0" 3' - 8 " B-11 WC-17 1'- 6 " CL B-11 P-15 B-11 P-15 104 GL-6GL-5 6" 3' - 8 " CL CL B-12 P-15 117 P-15 CLCLCL2'-0"1'-0"6" TA-02 107 64 03 EQ EQCL DO O R P E E P S C O P E 5' - 0 " AD A P E E P S C O P E 3' - 7 " CL CL 3' - 8 " 4'- 0 " 6" 10 " 6" B-12 P-15 1'-4" 6' - 6 " CL CL 09 B-12 P-15 TA-19 RE F L E C T I V E S U R F A C E 2'- 1 1 " B . O . 3' - 8 " 3'-2"2'-11"CL CL CL 24 B-12 P-15 107 P-15 6'-0"2'-11"1'-0" 3'- 8 " T O W E L D I S P . 3' - 4 " C . L . O U T L E T CL 65 51 1'- 6 " CL CL T. O S I N K I N S E R T 2' - 1 0 " T O TA-02 CL 1' - 1 0 " CL MW08 CL CL 51 16 15 B-12 5 A12.12 ________________ 6 A12.12 ________________3 A12.12________________7 A12.12________________ 2'- 9 3 / 4 " 3' - 4 " 2 EQ. DOORS 2'-4" 2 EQ. DOORS 2'-4" 2 EQ. DOORS 2'-4"2'-4" HOLD CLEAR 3'-0"11 1/2" 881 880 873 874 887 876 884875 886 CL CL P-15 B-12 P-15 MW08 CL CL 4" 2'- 9 3 / 4 " 65 EQ EQ P-15 B-12 P-15CL 7'- 6 " CL CL CL 3' - 8 " CL CL 3' - 8 " L I G H T S W I T C H A N D T H E R M O S T A T CL 62 61 1'-4" 2'-7" CW-16 ISA SYMBOL 24 3'- 1 1 1 / 4 " M A X . T O H O P 1'-6" 3' - 8 " 6" 10 " 6" AL I G N 09 CL1'-6" 4'- 0 " T O C L . O F H O L D U P B U T T O N 2" 3'- 6 " CL 4'- 6 " 3'- 0 " 3/ 4 " 9" CL CL CL MOP SINK WC-2 6"EQ EQ EQ 6" 10 A12.50 ________________ 10 A12.12 ________________ 2'-0"2'-0" 4'- 0 " T . O . F R P 885 877 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 2 1 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.08INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3/8" = 1'-0"9 OFFICE / ME - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"10 OFFICE / ME - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"11 OFFICE / ME - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"12 OFFICE / ME - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"5 WELLNESS ROOM - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"6 WELLNESS ROOM - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"7 WELLNESS ROOM - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"8 WELLNESS ROOM - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"4 MW06A - JANITOR ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"1 BREAK ROOM - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"2 BREAK ROOM - ELEVATION 3/4" = 1'-0"3 BREAK ROOM - ELEVATION KEYNOTES NO.DESCRIPTION 873 3/4" THK. PLAM CABINET FRAME WITHADJUSTABLE SHELF. ALL SUFACES INTHE MICROWAVE OVEN NICHE ARE TOBE PL-7. 874 ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BEPL-7. 875 PROVIDE PLAM COUNTERTOP (PL-7). 876 PROVIDE PLAM BACKSPLASH &SIDESPLASH. 877 CL-1 SHELVING (4 PER SECTION). 880 PROVIDE 3" ANODIZED ALUMINUMWIRE PULL PER BANK STANDARD. 881 WALL MOUNTEDOUTLET/RECEPTACLE. REFER TOELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 884 COUNTERTOP (PL-7). 885 STANDARDS - FOUR (4) PER SECTION. 886 PROVIDE FINISHED END PANEL (PL-7). 887 WALL MOUNTED OUTLET/RECEPTACLE. REFER TO ELECTRICALDRAWINGS. SHEET NOTES A. FINISH THE INTERIOR OF ENCLOSED MILLWORK CABINETS WITH WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CABINETS WITH OPEN SHELVING TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE CL-1, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.B.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BE PLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.C.PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH FOR ALL MILLWORK COUNTERS THAT ABOUT A WALL. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 B-11 WC-18 EQ 3'-0"3'-0"EQ 1' - 3 " CL 3' - 8 " CL 2'-0" B-11 WC-16 1'- 6 " CL B-11 P-15 B-11 P-15 107 GL-6GL-5 6" 3'- 8 " CL CL B-11 WC-16 1'- 6 " CL WC-18 B-11 EQ3'-0"3'-0"EQ 1' - 3 " CL P-15 B-11 GL-5 109 6" 3'- 8 " CL CL P-15 B-11 B-11 WC-16 1' - 6 " CL P-15 B-11 P-15 B-11 GL-5 108 6" 3'- 8 " CL CL WC-18 B-11 EQ3'-0"3'-0"EQ 1' - 3 " CL B-11 WC-18 EQ 3'-0"3'-0"EQ 1'- 3 " CL 3' - 8 " CL 2'-0" B-11 WC-16 1' - 6 " CL B-11 P-15 B-11 P-15 105 GL-6GL-5 CL 3' - 8 " B-11 WC-18 EQ 3'-0"3'-0"EQ 1'- 3 " CL 3' - 8 " CL 2'-0" B-11 WC-16 1'- 6 " CL B-11 P-15 B-11 P-15 106 GL-6GL-5 6" 3' - 8 " CL CL Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 3/8" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 2 3 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.09INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3/8" = 1'-0"1 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"2 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"3 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"4 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"9 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"10 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"11 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"12 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"17 OFFICE /SB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"18 OFFICE /SB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"19 OFFICE /SB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"20 OFFICE /SB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"13 OFFICE / CL - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"14 OFFICE / CL - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"15 OFFICE / CL - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"16 OFFICE / CL - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"5 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"6 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"7 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 3/8" = 1'-0"8 OFFICE / CB - ELEVATION 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 44 " CR T J60 " J 44 " 60"18" CR 60" T J60 " J NER121 TECH 1 TECH 2 9'- 7 " 8'-0" 121 A08.10 5 7 6 3 A08.10 2 FACP 811 826 814 816 827 815 821821 825 812813812813811 823 811 824 822 817 818 - 3'-7 1/2" - A08.10 7 P-15 121 8'- 0 " EQ3'-0"EQ B-12 9' - 9 " 4 1/2" P-15 823 P-15 B-12 3' - 8 " CL B-12 24 CL 11" P-15 B-12 CL CL DEDICATED 120V 20 AMP QUAD OUTLET WIRELESSRECEIVER BROAD BAND ETHERNET 21X (2) 4" TELCO CONDUITS(1" FROM WALL) 1/2" FLOOR CONDUITSIF REQUIRED (1" FROM WALL) DATA / VOICE D-MARK DEDICATED 120V 20 AMP QUAD OUTLET 3/4" FIRE RATED AC GRADE PLYWOOD PAINTED WHITE, INSTALL 6" AFF (LEAVE FIRE RATING STAMP UNPAINTED AND FACING OUT) LADDER RACK TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BARFACP SPLICE BOX DMP(BATTERYENCLOSURE) PARABITLOCK POWERSUPPLY PARABIT ACS2 DMP XR500 7'- 6 " 8'- 0 " 5'- 2 " 6' - 6 " 1' - 6 " CL 6" B-12 3'- 8 " P-15 CL TECH 2 TECH 1 819 819 820 819 811 825 813 813 NER121 TECH 1 TECH 2 9'- 7 " 8'-0" 44" 831 FACP 830 830 831 829 829828 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 2 4 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.10NER DETAIL 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1/2" = 1'-0"1 NER ROOM ENLARGED PLAN 1/2" = 1'-0"3 NER ROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"5 NER ROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"7 NER ROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"6 NER ROOM - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"2 NER ROOM - ELEVATION NO.DESCRIPTION 811 12" WIDE OVERHEAD LADDER RACK; TO BE INSTALLED AT 7'8" A.F.F BY BANK VENDOR. 812 19" TWO POST RACK (7') BY BANK VENDOR. 813 VERTICAL CABLE MANAGER MINIMUM SIZE 6"W X 16"D X 84"H. 814 WALL MOUNTED SECURITY EQUIPMENT (I.E. - MICRO); POWER IDENTIFIED IS FOR SECURITY VENDOR USEONLY; CHECK WITH SECURITY VENDOR ON SPECIFIC POWER REQUIREMENTS. 815 COAXIAL TAP FOR CATV (TO BE INSTALLED BY CATV VENDOR 12" BELOW LADDER RACK HEIGHT) IFREQUIRED. 816 WALL MOUNTED DMARC LOCATION. 817 VERTICAL LADDER RACK OR D RING. 818 WALL PHONE LOCATION AT 44" A.F.F. 819 CABLE WATERFALLS. 820 LADDER RACK STAND OFF. 821 3/4" FIRE RATED AC GRADE PLYWOOD PAINTED WHITE, INSTALL 6" AFF (LEAVE FIRE RATING STAMPUNPAINTED AND FACING OUT). 822 TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BAR, INSTALL AT 78" A.F.F. 823 4" EZ PATH FIRE RATED PATHWAY WITH WATERFALL (PREFERRED) OR APPROVED SLEEVE WITH FIRESTOPPING AND WATERFALL. 824 CARD READER BY BANK VENDOR. 825 UNISTRUT OR EQUIVALENT FOR MOUNTING POWER OUTLETS; INDEPENDENT OF TELECOMMUNICATIONSLADDER RACK/RUNWAY AND RACKS INSTALLED 6" ABOVE LADDER RACK. ISOLATORS MUST BE USED IFMOUNTED TO THE LADDER STANDOFF IN LOW CEILING HEIGHT AREAS. UNISTRUT AND OUTLETS TO BELOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE RACKS. 826 4" SLEEVES FOR FLOOR PENETRATIONS. 827 UNDER FLOOR CABLING CONDUITS. 828 FLUSH MOUNTED DEDICATED 120V NEMA 5-20R QUAD OUTLET, INSTALL AT 18" A.F.F. 829 FLUSH MOUNTED DEDICATED 120V NEMA 5-20R QUAD OUTLET, INSTALL AT 60" A.F.F. 830 DEDICATED 120V L5-20R OUTLET (ABOVE RACKS ON UNISTRUT) . 831 DEDICATED 120V NEMA 5-20R OUTLET (ABOVE RACKS ON UNISTRUT) . 1/2" = 1'-0"4 NER ROOM ENLARGED POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN SHEET NOTES KEYNOTES 1.2. 3. 4.5.6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. NER ROOM TO BE BUILT TO BACK WIRING STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONSEACH RACK WILL REQUIRE 2 FRONT RACK MOUNTED HORIZONTAL, 120V-20A LOCKING PLUG STRIPS PROVIDED BY CABLE VENDOR.POWER TO BE LOCATED BELOW LADDER RACK HEIGHT ON REAR SIDE OF RACK ATTACHED TO UNISTRUT OR EQUIVALENT.WALL MUST BE 1 HOUR FIRE RATED.HARD DECK OR OPEN TO DECK REQUIRED; FALSE CEILING NOT PERMITTED.EQUIPMENT ROOMS MUST BE CLEAR OF ELECTRIC UTILITIES, INCLUDING ELECTRICALPANELS, UNLESS THEY SOLELY SUPPORT THE ROOM.ALL EQUIPMENT RACKS, CABINETS, FRAMES, ETC. SHALL BE RATED TO MEET THE SEISMIC RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE INSTALLATION LOCATION.LAN EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS (TR) AND NETWORK EQUIPMENT ROOMS MUST BE BONDED AND GROUNDED USING BONDING KITS APPROVED BY BAC WIRING GOVERNANCE. CONTACT WIRING GOVERNANCE FOR FURTHER DETAILS.EQUIPMENT ROOMS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM DISTRIBUTED FLOOR LOAD RATING 150 LBS/F (7.2 KPA) THE RECOMMENDED DISTRIBUTED FLOOR LOADING FOR EQUIPMENT ROOMS IS 250 LBS/F (12KPA)PREFER A/C UNIT TO BE LOCATED OUTSIDE ROOM AND DUCT IN; IF INSTALLING A CRAC UNIT INSIDE THE TR, THEN REQUIRE AN ELEVATED WALL MOUNTED UNIT ABOVE THE FLOOR; MINIMUM 80" A.F.F.SUPPLEMENTAL COOLING REQUIRED IF LARGE SWITCHES OR SERVERS ARE PRESENT; IF SUPPLEMENTAL COOLING IS NOT REQUIRED THEN ADEQUATE AIRFLOW AND EXHAUST FAN SHOULD BE PROVIDED -RECOMMENDATION BY MEP ENGINEER REQUIRED.ALL SUPPLEMENTAL COOLING EQUIPMENT MUST MEET ALL IC3 SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. FOR APPROVED MODELS FROM MITSUBISHI AND CARRIER, PLEASE CONTACT PJM OR TDT.IF ANY WATER LINES ARE PRESENT INSIDE NER/TR THEN DRIP PANS NEED TO BE INSTALLED, EVEN IF THE LINES DO NOT GO OVER THE EQUIPMENT.SPRINKLER HEADS TO NOT BE INSTALLED ABOVE ANY RACKS OR EQUIPMENT; PROTECTIVE CAGE REQUIRED FOR SPRINKLER HEADS.A 3' MINIMUM CLEARANCE AROUND THE RACKS IS REQUIRED FOR MAINTENANCE ANDFUTURE WORK; THIS CLEARANCE ISINCLUSIVE OF THE SINGLE OR DOUBLE DOORS WITHIN THE DESIGNS.ALL RACKS, OVERHEAD LADDER RACK, AND ARMORED CABLING MUST BE INDIVIDUALLY GROUNDED TO THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUND BAR.ALL OVERHEAD CABLING MUST HAVE PROPER WATERFALL DEVICES INSTALLED FROM PENETRATION POINTS THAT DELIVER CABLING TO THE OVERHEAD LADDER RACK.CONSTRUCTION AND CABLING VENDOR TO COORDINATE OVERHEAD LADDER RACK, CABLING PENETRATIONS AND POWER INSTALLATION POINTS ONSITE FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 NCR 6684 WU ATM MAX. STD. SLEEVE 13.39" ATM PLINTH, SEE ATM DETAILS B. O . R O U G H O P E N I N G 32 . 5 " A F F RO U G H O P E N I N G 29 . 5 " A08.11 6 SERVICE SIDE CUSTOMER SIDE ATM/ND EQUIPMENT ORDERING FORM - NEW EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED ATM MODEL SLEEVE CASSETTECONFIGURATION SURROUND SURROUNDFILLER TOPPER LOCATION TARGETINSTALL DATE KIOSK ORUNIVERSALBUILDING COMMENTS NCR 6684 WU ATM LONG 5 N/A N/A N/A 24 HR VESTIBULE N/A 5 N/A 24 HR VESTIBULE N/A 5 N/A 24 HR VESTIBULE N/A 5 N/A 24 HR VESTIBULE N/A DIEBOLD SECUROMATIC AFTER HOUR DEPOSITORY STD N/A N/A 24 HR VESTIBULE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NCR 6684 WU ATM NCR 6684 WU ATM NCR 6684 WU ATM LONG LONG LONG MINIMUM ATM SERVICING AREA A08.11 4 A08.113 14 . 7 6 " 4. 3 3 " 29.92" 6. 8 9 " 39.37"22.72" 4. 3 3 " 14 . 7 6 " 84.25" F.O. FINISHED PARTITION 45 " 48 1 / 2 " 48 1 / 2 " 48 1 / 2 " 52 1 / 2 " 38 1 / 2 " CL CL CL CL CL AT M AT M AT M AT M NI G H T DE P O S I T F F A08.051 40 " 38 1 / 2 " 52 1 / 2 " 48 1 / 2 " 48 1 / 2 " 48 1 / 2 " 45 " A08.11 4 A08.113 CL CL CL CL CL AT M AT M AT M AT M NI G H T DE P O S I T PLINTH DEPTH 3'-6" PL I N T H W I D T H 2'- 1 0 " PL I N T H W I D T H 2' - 1 0 " PL I N T H W I D T H 2'- 1 0 " PL I N T H W I D T H 2' - 1 0 " F CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD TO BOTTOM OF DECK F 1 ATM BY OTHERS 2X4 "STOP" (PROVIDED BY GC) RIGGER TO BOLT TO PLINTH WITH LAG BOLTS ONCE DEVICE HAS BEEN SET. "STOP" SHOULD BE SET AGAINST THE DEVICE. SCHEDULED FLOOR ATM DIMENSIONS START FROM TOP OF SHIM SHIM AS NEEDED 1 1/8" PLYWOOD SHEATHING. PAINT WITH P-15. PLINTH TO BE PROVIDED BY G.C.. HEIGHT AS REQUIRED PER DEVICE AND CONDITIONS. AOR TO PROVIDE DIMENSION BASED ON EXPECTED CONDITIONS. G.C. TO VERIFY WITH AOR AND PJM PRIOR TO PLINTH CONSTRUCTION. BASES OR PLINTHS TO BE PROVIDED BY GC. GC TO USE 2X4 (LAID FLAT), 4X4, OR 4X6 LUMBER WITH 1 1/8" PLYWOOD TOP. PAINT PLINTH IN P-1 (BENJAMIN MOORE OC-122 COTTON BALLS) PLINTH/BASE MUST BE ON SITE, PAINTED AND IN PLACE PRIOR TO ATM INSTALLATION DATE. G.C. SHALL HAVE VARIOUS SIZED PLYWOOD THICKNESS (1/4"-5/8") FOR THE TOP SURFACE ON SITE AND WORKERS READY IF ANY FIELD ADJUSTMENT NEEDED FOR PROPER ATM INSTALLATION. COORDINATE EXACT HEIGHT OF PLINTH UPON DELIVERY OF ATM. BE PREPARED TO FIELD ADJUST IN REAL TIME. COORDINATE WITH BANK'S ATM INSTALLER. 2"X4" WOOD FRAME (LAID FLAT) PARTITION TYPE "F" COORDINATE HEIGHT OF PLINTH WITH ATM VENDOR CUTSHEET AND CALIFORNIA ACCESSIBILITY CODE 2 3 / 4 " 5 A08.11________________ SCHEDULED WALL BASE 5"5" CLCL 1'- 6 " 2'- 0 " CL CL 38 56 56 56 56 CL 3'- 8 " CL 5"5"5"5"5"5" CL CL CL CLCLCL CL CL CL 1'- 6 " 1'- 6 " 1'- 6 " CL CL 2'- 0 " CL 6'- 0 " CL CLEQ EQ 5 1/2" 1 A08.12________________ 7' - 6 " EQ EQ CL SCHEDULED WALL BASE NIGHT DEPOSIT DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM T. O . R E C E I P T P R I N T E R 4' - 0 " M A X . H I G H E S T P O I N T O F O P E R A T I O N 3' - 4 " S C R E E N V I S I B I L I T Y 1 NIGHT DEPOSIT DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM DAY 1 ATM RO U G H O P E N I N G 29 . 5 0 " B. O . R O U G H O P E N I N G 32 . 5 0 " RO U G H O P E N I N G 24 . 0 0 " B. O . R O U G H O P E N I N G 32 . 3 8 " ROUGH OPENING 23.00" ROUGH OPENING 25.25" ROUGH OPENING 25.25" ROUGH OPENING 25.25" ROUGH OPENING 25.25" CLATM CLATM CLATM CLATM CLATM Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 2 6 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.11WALK-UP ATM DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1" = 1'-0"5 WALK-UP ATM - SECTION DETAIL 1/2" = 1'-0"2 ATM PLAN THROUGH WALL 1/2" = 1'-0"1 ATM PLAN THROUGH OPENING 3" = 1'-0"6 WALK-UP ATM - PLINTH DETAIL 1/2" = 1'-0"4 WALK-UP ATMS - REAR ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"3 24HR VESTIBULE - ELEVATION 1/2" = 1'-0"7 24HR VESTIBULE - ROUGH OPENING ELEVATION CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD TO BOTTOM OF DECK 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 WALK-UP NIGHT DEPOSITORY 38 DIEBOLD ACCESSIBLE NIGHT DEPOSITORY NOTE:REFER TO SHEET A00.12 FOR ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS & OPERATION AREAS CUSTOMER SIDESERVICE SIDE NIGHT DEPOSITORY FLANGE F TYPE PARTITION RO U G H O P E N I N G 24 . 0 0 " B. O . R O U G H O P E N I N G 32 . 3 8 " A F F Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 2 6 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A08.12WALK-UP ATM DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1" = 1'-0"1 NIGHT DROP SECTION DETAIL 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 MAIN FLOOR 0' -0" T.O. CANOPY 14' -2 1/2" T.O. LOW PARAPET 20' -3" EQEQ CL B. O L I G H T F I X T U R E 10 ' - 4 " CL EQ EQ CL GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 EPS-1 SIGNAGE BY BANK VENDOR SAFETY BOLLARDS PER CIVIL EXISTING RAILING NEW CANOPY NEW CANOPY EPS-1EPS-1 EXISTING RAILING AF-2 TYP. 22 MAIN FLOOR 0' -0" T.O. CANOPY 14' -2 1/2" T.O. LOW PARAPET 20' -3" T.O. HIGH PARAPET 23' -10" EQ EQ CL GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2 GL-2EPS-1 EXISTING RAILING SAFETY BOLLARDS PER CIVIL SIGNAGE BY BANK VENDOR NEW CANOPY NEW CANOPY NEW CANOPY NEW CANOPY NEW CANOPY EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 EPS-1 100ACCESSIBLE PUSH PLATE EQ EQ AF-2BM-1 AF-2 AF-2 TYP 2 MAIN FLOOR 0' -0" T.O. CANOPY 14' -2 1/2" T.O. LOW PARAPET 20' -3" EPS-1 SAFETY BOLLARDS PER CIVIL EXISTING RAILINGS Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1/4" = 1'-0" 2/1 7 / 2 0 2 5 1 2 : 0 8 : 0 7 P M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A09.11 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050 LOS ANGELES, CA 90071 TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1/4" = 1'-0"2 EAST BUILDING ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"1 NORTH BUILDING ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-0"3 SOUTH BUILDING ELEVATION EXTERIOR FINISH SCHEDULE ALUMINUM GLAZING FRAME AF-02 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM, COLOR: MATCH EXISTING CENTERSTOREFRONT FINISH BRAKE METAL BM-1 BRAKE METAL TO MATCH ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM. EXTERIOR CLADDING SYSTEM EPS-1 CITADEL ENVELOPE 2000 RAINSCREEN (RS), FINISH: CITADEL CLEAR ANODIZED SATIN GLAZING GL-2 1" CLEAR TEMPERED INSULATED GLAZING AS SPECIFIED. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 2 ISSUED FOR DD_60 REVIEW 04.05.2024 3 ISSUED FOR DD_60 05.03.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 2 9 PERMIT COMMENTS 02.142025 2 1/31/2027 02/18/2025 ALIGN ALIGN 28 "N JB 44 " J72 " 20"20"20"20"20"20"20"20"20"20"20"20" 44 " ALIGNALIGN CH10B CH10B CH10B CH10 A10.00 13 A10.00 14 4. MERCHANT 3. STANDARD 2. STANDARD 1. ADA KELVAR LINE 24'-5" HOLD 6'-0"6'-0"6'-0"6'-0" CSR-MTR-72 CSR-STD-72 CSR-STD-72 CSR-ADA-72 11 2021 26 25 10117 43 4343 24 61 32118118 30 119 *EACH TELLER CL CL STANDARDSTANDARD ADAMERCHANT 39 2'-6" CLCLCL CL CL CL 2' - 6" 3"3" 2' - 6" 3" 2' - 6" 3"CL MILLWORK AND UNDERCOUNTER STEEL SHALL BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SLAB CENTRAL ZONE FLOOR FINISH SHALL EXTEND TO FACE OF TELLER LINE MILLWORK CPT-10 CT-14 3' - 5 " R11(4')R11(4')R11(4')R11(4') GYP 8' - 6" 11 A10.00 ACT-4 11' - 6" ACT-4 9' - 0" ACRYLIC PANEL/ BR GLASS BY BANK VENDOR CL CL CL CL6'-0"6'-0"6'-0"3'-5" CL 2'-11" CL EQ EQ R-14 R-14 R-14 R-14 11 A10.00 OPEN OPENOPENOPEN OPENOPENOPEN OPEN BR GLASS BY BANK VENDOR CSR-STD-72 CSR-STD-72 CSR-ADA-72CSR-MTR-72 P-15 48 " M A X . 28 " M I N . - 3 4 " M A X . 1 6'-0" MIN. CL CL CL 39 43 431'- 8 " 43 CL OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN P-15 1'- 8 " 1'- 8 " A10.00 15 MI N . 6"BRACING AS REQUIRED SCHEDULED CEILING, REFER TO RCP REFER TO RCP CORNER BEAD, TYP. SCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE 5/8" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING REFER TO RCP EDGE MOLDING, TYP. MI N . 6" 2" 54 " T O T O P O F M I L L W O R K WOOD BLOCKING REQUIRED BY CONTRACTOR #10 X 1 1/2" PAN HEAD PHILLIPS - SHEET METAL SCREW (12" O.C.) SATIN BRUSH. ALUM. "L" ANGLE #10-24 THRU BOLT HARDWARE SATIN BRUSH. ALUM. "U" CHANNEL 2' X 1 3/8" BULLET/ ABRASION RESISTANT ACRYLIC (U.L. RATED LEVEL II PROTECTION) 1 3/8" BULLET/ ABRASION RESISTANT ACRYLIC (U.L. RATED LEVEL II PROTECTION) Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 3 6 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A10.00 BR CSR LINE ENLARGED PLAN, ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1/2" = 1'-0"8 CONSTRUCTION/ FURNITURE PLAN - BR CSR LINE - 72" 1/2" = 1'-0"7 POWER AND COMMUNICATION PLAN - BR CSR LINE - 72" 1/2" = 1'-0"6 FINISH PLAN - BR CSR LINE - 72" 1/2" = 1'-0"5 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - BR CSR LINE - 72" 1/2" = 1'-0"13 BR CSR LINE FRONT LEVATION - 72" 1/2" = 1'-0"14 BR CSR LINE REAR LEVATION - 72" 1/2" = 1'-0"11 SECTION AT CSR STATION - BR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"15 ENLGD. SECT. AT SOFFIT OF BANDIT BARR. 1 ISSUED FOR SD FINAL 03.01.2024 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 NOTE:ALL MILLWORK TO BE 3/4" SUBSTRATE CLAD TORECEIVE PL-7 MATTE P-LAM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ADJUSTABLE PLYWOOD SHELVES/ P-LAM FINISH PROVIDE QTY. (6) HEAVYDUTY HINGES. SCHED. PARTITION P-LAM DOOR W/SCHEDULED PULLALIGN FRONT FACE OF DOOR W/FACE OF PARTITION (TYP.) FIXED PLYWOOD SHELF /P-LAMFINISH SHOWN WITH VENT SLOTS VENTILATION SLOTS(SHOWN FOR CLARITY) PROVIDE DOOR STOP WITH 1"PROJECTION ON CABINET AT TOPAND BOTTOM OF EACH DOOR TYPE D FLUORESCENT LIGHT UNDER SHELF. LIGHT TO ACTIVATE UPON DOOR OPENING STANDARD BASE TO RUNINTO TOE KICK (BY GC) PROVIDE RUBBER BUMPER ATBOTTOM OF EACH DOOR PLYWOOD BASE P-LAM FINISH TELE/DATA OUTLET PER P/C PLAN NICKEL PLATED SHELF SUPPORT PEGS IN NIKEL SOCKET @ 4" O.C. POWER AND DATA OUTLETS PER POWER/ COMM PLAN PLYWOOD SUPPORT SHELF/P-LAM FINISH ADJUSTABLE PLYWOOD SHELVES/P-LAM FINISH PLYWOOD ROLLOUT SHELF WITH FULL EXTENSION GLIDES/ P-LAM FINISH OF PARTITIONREFER TO DEPTH 4" 1/2"3" 1'- 1 1 1 / 4 " 4 1 / 2 " 12 TY P . 4" 5" 5"1/2" 1 A12.12 ________________ SCHED. PARTITION POWER AND DATAOUTLETS PER POWER/COMM PLAN FIXED PLYWOOD SHELF /P-LAMFINISH SHOWN WITH VENT SLOTS VENTILATION SLOTS(SHOWN FOR CLARITY) PROVIDE DOOR STOP WITH1" PROJECTION ON CABINET ATTOP AND BOTTOM OF EACH DOOR TYPE D FLUORESCENT LIGHTUNDER SHELF. LIGHT TOACTIVATE UPON DOOR OPENING. PLYWOOD ROLLOUT SHELFWITH FULL EXTENSION GLIDES/P-LAM FINISH PROVIDE RUBBER BUMBER ATBOTTOM OF EACH DOOR PLYWOOD BASE P-LAM FINISH HEAVY DUTY DRAWER SLIDES ADJUSTABLE PLYWOOD SHELVES/P-LAM FINISH PLYWOOD SUPPORT SHELF/P-LAM FINISH 1" GAP FOR VENTING PROVIDE HAND PULLS FOREACH PULL OUT SHELF CLEAR SPACE FOR WIRE MGMT 1" CLEAR SPACE FORWIRE MANAGEMENT PLYWOOD ROLLOUT SHELFWITH FULL EXTENSIONGLIDES /P-LAM FINISH LIGHT SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR SHELF-GLIDES 1266 2'- 7 1 / 2 " 2' - 6 " 1'- 1 0 " 3'-1 1/2" OVERALL 3'-0" INSIDE CLEAR 1" 1" 5" 2' - 0 " 6" 1" 2'-11 7/8" 3 A12.00________________ 3 A12.00________________5 A12.00________________ PROVIDE QTY. (6) HEAVYDUTY HINGES. NICKEL PLATED SHELF SUPPORT PEGS IN NICKEL SOCKET @ 4" O.C. P-LAM DOOR W/SCHEDULEDPULL ALIGN FRONT FACEOF DOOR W/ FACE OFPARTITION (TYP.) POWER AND DATA OUTLETS PER P/C PLAN FIXED PLYWOOD SHELF /P-LAM FINISH PLYWOOD SUPPORT SHELF/ P-LAM FINISH STANDARD BASE TO RUNINTO TOE KICK (BY GC) VENTILATION SLOTS(SHOWN FOR CLARITY) PROVIDE DOOR STOP WITH 1"PROJECTION ON CABINET ATTOP AND BOTTOM OF EACHDOOR ADJUSTABLE PLYWOOD SHELVES/P-LAM FINISH PROVIDE RUBBER BUMPER ATBOTTOM OF EACH DOOR PLYWOOD BASE P-LAM FINISH PLYWOOD ROLLOUT SHELF WITH FULLEXTENSION GLIDES /P-LAM FINISH66 1/2"3" 1' - 1 1 1 / 4 " 4 1 / 2 " DRYWALL ON PLANREFER TO DEPTH OF 4" 5" 5" TY P . 4" 1/2" 1 A12.12 ________________ P-LAM DOOR WITH SCHEDULED PULL. ALIGN FRONT FACE OF DOOR WITH FACE OF PARTITION (TYP.). P-LAM FIXED PLYWOOD SHELFWITH VENT SLOTS HEAVY DUTY HINGE (TYP.) 1" GAP FOR VENTING 1" GAP FOR VENTING T5 FLUORESCENT LIGHTUNDER SHELF. LIGHT TOACTIVATE UPON DOOROPENING. LINE OF BASE BELOW PAINT THE SLOTS TO MATCHP-LAM FINISH2'- 7 1 / 2 " 2' - 6 " 3'-1 1/2" OVERALL 3'-0" INSIDE CLEAR 1" 1'- 3 " 5" 1 1/2"7"1" PLYWOOD SHELF SUPPORT - P-LAM FINISH POWER AND DATA OUTLETS PER POWER/COMM PLAN PLYWOOD ROLLOUT SHELF WITH FULL EXTENSION GLIDES /P-LAM FINISH PROVIDE HAND-PULLS FOREACH PULL-OUT SHELF, SEE DETAIL.LIGHT SWITCH OC SENSOR FIXED PLYWOODSHELF/P-LAM FINISH TYPE D FLUORESCENT LIGHT UNDER SHELF. LIGHT TO ACTIVATE UPON DOOR OPENING. CISCO WIRELESS DEVICEWHEN APPLICABLE ADJUSTABLE PLYWOOD SHELVES/P-LAM FINISH EQ EQ 12 66 4 1 / 2 " 1'- 8 3 / 8 " 2' - 3 3 / 4 " 3' - 0 " 2 1 / 2 " 5' - 6 1 / 4 " 1'-0" 3' - 8 " 16 A12.00________________ 12 A12.00________________ 8 A12.00________________ 1 A12.00________________ P-LAM DOOR WITH SCHEDULED PULL. ALIGN FRONT FACE OF DOOR WITH FACE OF PARTITION (TYP.). P-LAM FIXED PLYWOOD SHELFWITH VENT SLOTS HEAVY DUTY HINGE (TYP.) PAINT THE SLOTSTO MATCH PL-7 2'- 7 1 / 2 " 2' - 6 " 3'-4" OVERALL 3'-0" INSIDE CLEAR 1 1/2"10 1/2" 1' - 3 " 7 1 / 2 " 3' - 0 " 8' - 0 " . PL-7 16 A12.00________________ 12 A12.00________________ 8 A12.00________________ 1 A12.00 ________________ Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 3 7 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.00MILLWORK - MW01 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. A.FINISH THE INTERIOR OF ENCLOSED MILLWORKCABINETS WITH WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE. CABINETS WITH OPEN SHELVING TO BEPLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BEPLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C.PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH FOR ALL MILLWORKCOUNTERS THAT ABUT A WALL. GENERAL NOTES 3/4" = 1'-0"1 MW01 - ADJUSTABLE PLYWOOD SHELVES 3/4" = 1'-0"4 MW01 - PRINTER CAB. SECTION RIGHT SIDE 1" = 1'-0"9 MW01 - ISONOMETRIC DETAIL 3/4" = 1'-0"8 MW01 - PRINTER CAB. BOTTOM SHELF 3/4" = 1'-0"5 MW01 - PRINTER CAB. SECTION LEFT SIDE 3/4" = 1'-0"12 MW01 - PRINTER CAB. TOP SHELF 3/4" = 1'-0"3 MW01 - PRINTER CAB. ELEV INTERIOR 3/4" = 1'-0"16 MW01 - PRINTER CAB. TOP 3/4" = 1'-0"6 MW01 - PRINTER CAB. ELEVATION EXTERIOR 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 4" 3/ 4 " PAINT HAND-PULL TOMATCH P-LAM FINISH ECLIPSE UNDERMOUNTGLIDE PLYWOOD ROLL OUT SHELF P-LAM DIVIDER BLOCKING 3 3/8"3" 2" . 3/ 4 " 1/8" INTERIOR OF CABINET FACED WITH CL-1 SCHEDULED DRAWER PULL FINISHED FLOOR P-LAM BASE SCRIBE TO FLOOR DRAWER GLIDES, TYPICAL P-LAM TOP AND EDGE P-LAM DRAWER P-LAM BACKSPLASHAS INDICATED ON ELEVATION 4" SE E E L E V A T I O N EQ 1 1 / 2 " EQ EQ WOOD SHIM 3"4" 6" M A X . 7"9"8" 9" 1'-6 7 / 8 " 5 1 / 2 " 1 1 / 2 " SE E E L E V A T I O N P-LAM BACKSPLASH SEE PLAN ACCESSIBLE SINK AND FAUCET AS SCHEDULED P-LAM TOP AND EDGE INSULATED PIPING AS REQUIRED BY CODE LOCATION OF WATER FILTER AND ALL PLUMBING REMOVABLE PANEL SCHEDULED BASE HANGING "Z" CLIPS OR FRENCH CLEATS PLYWOOD AT EACH ADJACENT PARTITION FOR MOUNTING 4" P-LAM BACKSPLASH AS INDICATED ON ELEVATION 3" DOUG MOCKETT GROMMET ONLY WHERE INDICATED - SEE SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL P-LAM DOORWITH SCHEDULEDPULL P-LAM ADJUSTABLESHELF ON PINS INTERIOR OF CABINETFACED WITH CL-1 WOOD SHIM P-LAM BASE SCRIBETO FLOOR NICKEL PLATED SHELFSUPPORT PEGS IN NICKELSOCKET AT 4" O.C. CABINET LOCKWHEN SCHEDULED 3" 4" 7" SE E E L E V A T I O N 4"3" 5" 1/2" 4" 5" 4" SEE PLAN OPTIONAL BACKING PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PRESSURE TREATED BLOCKING IN PARTITION AND MOUNT SHELVING UNIT TO STUDS AND BLOCKING ONLY. P-LAM COUNTER TOP P-LAM ADJUSTABLESHELF ON PINS P-LAM BACKSPLASHAS INDICATED ON ELEVATION P-LAM BASE SCRIBE TOFLOOR NICKEL PLATED SHELFSUPPORT PEGS INNICKEL SOCKET AT 4"O.C. 2" 4" SEE PLAN 4"3" 1 1 / 2 " SE E E L E V A T I O N MICROWAVE; REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULEEQ U I P M E N T CO O R D I N A T E W I T H SCHEDULED OUTLET; COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED PARTITION P-LAM COUNTER TOP PAINT FINISH TRIM TOMATCH ADJACENT WALL SCHEDULED BASE P-LAM BACKSPLASHAS INDICATED ON ELEVATION(FULL-HEIGHT BACKSPLASHWHERE INDICATED ON ELEVATION)SEE PLAN SE E E L E V A T I O N 1 1 / 2 " 4" WHERE SUPPORTS ARE NEEDED 8" 27 " M I N . 3" MOCKET GOMMET WHERE NOTE`IFICATIONS MANUAL FOR COLOR/FINISH 3" NOTE: PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMINGSUPPORT OF COUNTERTOP. DEFLECTION TO BE LIMITED TO L/360 WITH 150 LBS/LINEAR FOOR APPLIED AT THE CENTER OF THE COUNTERTOP (TP.) SCHEDULED BASE ADJUSTABLE CL-1 SHELVES ON HEAVY DUTY BRACKETS AND STANDARDS, SPACED EQUALLY (NOT TO EXCEED 2'-0") SCHEDULED PARTITION - REINFORCED TO ACCOMODATE SHELF LOADING NOTE:REFER TO ELEVATIONFOR QUANTITY OF SHELVES 3/ 4 " SEE PLAN INTERIOR OF CABINET FACED WITH MELAMINE (TYP.) P-LAM DOOR LIGHT FIXTURE ONLY WHERE SCHEDULED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING IN PARTITION AND MOUNT SHELVING UNIT TO STUDS AND BLOCKING ONLY SCHEDULED PULLTO C O N C E A L F I X T U R E GC T O C O O R D I N A T E D I M E N S I O N 6" 4 1 / 2 " SCHEDULED ACT CEILING SEE PLAN SE E E L E V A T I O N S P-LAM ADJUSTABLE SHELF ON PINS. SEE ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS NICKEL PLATED SHELF SUPPORT PEGS IN NICKEL SOCKET AT 4" O.C. RE F E R T O E L E V A T I O N 7 1 / 8 " REFER TO ELEV. 3/ 4 " 2"2" SEE PLAN SCHEDULED CEILING P-LAM END PANEL (BOTH SIDES) P-LAM ADJUSTABLE SHELF ON PINS. SEE ELEVATION FOR QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS NICKEL PLATED SHELF SUPPORT PEGS IN NICKEL SOCKET AT 4" O.C. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING IN PARTITION AND MOUNT SHELVING UNIT TO STUDS AND BLOCKING ONLY SCRIBE P-LAM TRIM AROUND EQUIPMENT, COORDINATE SIZE OF P-LAM TRIM WITH INSTALLED EQUIPMENT ON SITE LIGHT FIXTURE ONLY WHERE SCHEDULED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN EQUIPMENT (BY OTHERS) BELOW WHERE INDICATED SE E E L E V A T I O N Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 3 8 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.12MILLWORK DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. A.FINISH THE INTERIOR OF ENCLOSED MILLWORKCABINETS WITH WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE. CABINETS WITH OPEN SHELVING TO BEPLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BEPLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C.PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH FOR ALL MILLWORKCOUNTERS THAT ABUT A WALL. GENERAL NOTES 6" = 1'-0"2 HAND-PULL DETAIL 6" = 1'-0"1 SHELF GLIDE DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 BASE CABINET WITH DRAWERS 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 SINK WITH APRON 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 BASE CABINET WITH SHELF 1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 COUNTER WITH SHELVING 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 OPEN COUNTER 1 1/2" = 1'-0"10 ADJUSTABLE WALL SHELVES 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 MW09 - OVERHEAD CABINET 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 UPPER SHELVING UNIT 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 6' - 6 " SCHEDULE CEILING P-LAM FIXED SHELF NOTE: PROVIDE SCHEDULED PULLS FOR DOORS. PROVIDE LOCKS KEYED ALIKE BUT DIFFERENTLY FROM REST OF MILLWORK IN SPACE. P-LAM ADJUSTABLE SHELF ON PINS P-LAM DOORS NICKEL PLATED SHELF SUPPORT PEGS IN NICKEL SOCKET AT 4" O.C. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING IN PARTITION AND MOUNT SHELVING UNIT TO STUDS AND BLOCKING ONLY P-LAM BASE SCRIBE TO FLOOR TY P . 3/ 4 " 1' - 0 3 / 1 6 " 5"5 5/16" 3"4" 1' - 0 " M I N . 1/ 2 " SE E E L E V A T I O N SEE PLAN MILLWORK IS INTENTIONALLY DETACHED FROM LAY-IN CEILING DOOR LOCK VERTICAL P-LAM DIVIDER PANEL TO RUN FULL HEIGHT OF ENCLOSED CABINET; CENTER IN CABINET DOOR PULL AS SPECIFIED 6' - 6 " SCHEDULE CEILING P-LAM FIXED SHELF TY P . 3/ 4 " 1/ 2 " SE E E L E V A T I O N SEE PLAN MILLWORK IS INTENTIONALLY DETACHED FROM LAY-IN CEILING FILLER PANEL6" - TO P-LAM FILLER PANEL AROUND CASH VAULT SE E C A S H V A U L T E Q U I P M E N T CASH VAULT POWER/ DATA 1" ABOVE SHELF P-LAM BACKSPLASH AS INDICATEDON ELEVATION (FULL-HEIGHT BACKSPLASH WHERE INDICATED ON ELEVATION) 3" DOUG MOCKETTGROMMET ONLYWHERE INDICATED - SEE SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL FOR COLOR/ FINISH P-LAM DOORWITH SCHEDULEDPULL INTERIOR OF CABINETFACED WITH MELAMINE WOOD SHIM P-LAM BASE SCRIBETO FLOOR CABINET LOCKWHEN SCHEDULED 2 15/16"4" SE E E L E V A T I O N 5"4" 3"4" SEE PLAN OPTIONAL BACKING INTERIOR OF CABINET FACED WITH WHITE MELAMINE SCHEDULED DRAWER PULL FINISHED FLOOR P-LAM BASE SCRIBE TO FLOOR DRAWER GLIDES, TYPICAL P-LAM TOP AND EDGE P-LAM DRAWER P-LAM BACKSPLASHAS INDICATED ON ELEVATION (FULL-HEIGHT BACKSPLASHWHERE INDICATED 0N ELEVATION) PROVIDE LOCK AT TOP DRAWER HANGING FILE FOLDER FRAME SCHEDULED GANGLOCKCOMPONENTS. COORDINATE WITH HARDWARE MANUFACTURER 4" 3" SEE PLAN SE E E L E V A T I O N 1' - 0 " 4" EQ EQ EQ 1 1 / 2 " SCHEDULED PARTITION P-LAM COUNTER TOP PAINT FINISH TRIM TOMATCH ADJACENT WALL SCHEDULED BASE P-LAM BACKSPLASHAS INDICATED ON ELEVATION(FULL-HEIGHT BACKSPLASHWHERE INDICATED ON ELEVATION)SEE PLAN SE E E L E V A T I O N 1 1 / 2 " 4" 8" 27 " M I N . 6" 1' - 0 " Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 4 0 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.13MILLWORK DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1 1/2" = 1'-0"4 SECURE CABINET 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 CASH VAULT MILLWORK A.FINISH THE INTERIOR OF ENCLOSED MILLWORKCABINETS WITH WHITE MELAMINE, UNLESS NOTEDOTHERWISE. CABINETS WITH OPEN SHELVING TO BEPLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B.ALL EXPOSED SURFACES OF MILLWORK TO BEPLASTIC LAMINATE, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. C.PROVIDE A SIDE SPLASH FOR ALL MILLWORKCOUNTERS THAT ABUT A WALL. GENERAL NOTES 1 1/2" = 1'-0"1 BASE CABINET WITHOUT SHELF 1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 BASE CABINET WITH DRAWERS AND FILING 1 1/2" = 1'-0"9 OPEN COUNTER MW21 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 TYP. UNATTACHED WALL TYP. 3/4" PERIMETER WALL ANGLE SUPPORT AS SCHEDULED AT ALL CEILING TO WALL CONNECTIONS TYP. CROSS TEE (THIN LINE) TYP. SEISMIC JOINT AT CEILING AREAS >2,500 SF (DASHED LINE) MA X . 8 " 4' - 0 " M A X . HA N G E R W I R E S 4' - 0 " M A X . T Y P . 4'- 0 " M A X . 8" M A X . TYP. MAIN RUNNER (HEAVY LINE) 4'-0" MAX. HANGER WIRES 4'-0" MAX. TYP.4'-0" MAX.4'-0" MAX. TYP. SEISMIC JOINT CLIPS AT CROSS TEE W.O. TYP. ATTACHED WALL (HATCHED) TYP. ATTACHED WALL (HATCHED) TYP. CEILING WIRE HANGER TYP. PERIMETER. SEISMICRESTRAINT CLIPS TYP. SEISMIC JOINT CLIPS ATMAIN BEAM W.O. 04 A12.20 06 A12.20 TYP. SEISMIC COMPRESSIONPOST & BRACING 6'-0" MAX. COMPRESSION POST W.O. MAX. 12'-0" O.C. ANY DIR.6'-0" MAX. 6'- 0 " M A X . CO M P R E S S I O N P O S T MA X . 1 2 ' - 0 " O . C . 6' - 0 " M A X . 03 A12.20 ATTACHED WALL TYP. UNATTACHED WALL TYP. 02 A12.20 HANGER TYP. 2" M A X . MA X . 2 " 02 A12.20 04 A12.20 TYP. UNATTACHED WALL 12 GA. SAFETY WIRE CONNECTING FIXTURE HOUSING TO STRUCT. ABOVE PER APPLICABLE DETAIL. RECESSED CLG. MOUNTED LIGHT FIXT., FLEX. SPRINKLER FITTING, AIR TERMINAL, OR OTHER DEVICE. MAIN RUNNER 1. 2. 3.4. 5. 6. NOTES: POSITIVELY ATTACH EA. RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE, FLEX. SPRINKLER FITTING, AIR TERMINAL OR OTHER DEVICE TO SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM W/ MIN. (2) APPROVED MECHANICAL CLIPS/FASTENERS AT OPPOSITE CORNERS SUPPORTING 100 % OF THE FIXTURE WEIGHT ACTING IN ANY DIRECTION.ATTACH EA. SURFACE-MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE TO SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM W/ A POSITIVE CLAMPING DEVICE COMPLETELY SURROUNDING THE SUPPORTING MEMBERS. PROVIDE SAFETY WIRES BETWEEN THE CLAMPING DEVICE AND THE ADJ. CEILING HANGER OR TO STRUCTURE PER APPLICABLE ATTACHMENT DETAIL. ANY FIXTURE WEIGHT MAY NOT EXCEED CARRYING DESIGN LOAD OF SUPPORTING CEILING GRID MEMBERS.PROVIDE 12 GA. SAFETY WIRES AT EA. LIGHT FIXTURE CONNECTING THE FIXTURE HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. SAFETY WIRES DON'T NEED TO BE TAUT. PROVIDE MIN. (1) SAFETY WIRE @ LIGHT FIXTURE < 10 LB. (SUPPLEMENTARY HANGER WIRES OF SUPPORTING CROSS TEES NOT REQUIRED), OR MIN. (2) SAFETY WIRES @ LIGHT FIXTURE FROM 10 LB. - 56 LB., AND MIN. (2) SAFETY WIRES AT FLEX. SPRINKLER FITTING, AIR TERMINAL OR OTHER DEVICE WEIGHING FROM 20 LB. TO 56 LB.SUPPORT EA. LIGHT FIXTURE, FLEX. SPRINKLER, AIR TERMINAL OR OTHER DEVICE EXCEEDING 56 LB., AND EA. PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURE DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURE ABOVE BY APPROVED HANGERS OR ALT. SUPPORT. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM CEILING GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM.RIGID CONDUIT IS NOT PERMITTED FOR ATTACHMENT OF LIGHT FIXTURES. 12 GA. SUPPL. HANGER WIRE AT EA. CORNER TO STRUCT. ABOVE PER APPL. ATTACHMENT DETAIL IF LOAD CARRYING CAPABILITY OF CROSS TEES SUPPORTING LIGHT FIXTURES IS LESS THAN 16 LB./FT. CROSS TEE MAX. 3" ANY DIR.FROM CORNER ATTACH SCHEDULED CLOSURE WALL ANGLE TO STUDS (OR IN-WALL SHEET MTL. BLOCKING). ATTACH APPROVED PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIPS TO THE SUPPORTING CLOSURE WALL ANGLE W/ MIN. (2) SCREWS EA. CLIP. AT UNATTACHED WALL ONLY: PROVIDE LOOSE SLIP SCREW PER MANUF. ATTACH 12-GA. HANGER WIRES TO GRID. WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE LOOPS (MAX. (1) SPLICE EA. HANGER WIRE SUPPORTING MIN. THE ALLOWABLE MAX. DESIGN LOAD) INSTALL APPROVED PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIPS AT EA. GRID END AROUND THE ENTIRE CEILING PERIMETER. 7/8" MIN. WALL ANGLE CLR. @ END OF GRIDSDC: D,E,F > 3/4" MIN. FOW. "UNATTACHED WALL" CL FOW. TO PERIMETER HANGER WIRE MAX. 8" TYP. 02 A12.20 TYP. HEAVY DUTY CEILING GRID W/PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIP 7/16" METAL PAN HEAD FRAMING SCREW GRID AND WIRE HANGER ALTERNATIVE:GRID AND COUNTER SPLAYED WIRE HANGER 6" 6" CL EQ.> 1"EQ.> 1" ATTACH 12-GA. HANGER WIRES TO GRID. WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY WITHIN 3" MAX. TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE LOOPS W/ MAX. (W.O. AT SEISMIC BRACING WIRE, WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 4X TIGHTLY WITHIN 1-1/2" MAX.) INSTALL HANGERS PLUMB (MAX. ONE IN SIX OUT OF PLUMB). W/ MIN. 6" CLR. TO UNBRACED OBSTR. DO NOT ATTACH TO OR BEND AROUND INTERFERING DUCTS, PIPES OR SIM. OBSTRUCTIONS. ATTACH 12-GA. HANGER WIRES TO GRID. WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE LOOPS. (W.O. AT SEISMIC BRACING WIRE, WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 4X TIGHTLY WITHIN 1-1/2" MAX.) IF HANGERS MUST BE SPLAYED MORE THAN ONE HORIZ. TO SIX VERT. TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS, THE RESULTING HORIZ. FORCE SHALL BE OFFSET BY BRACING, COUNTER-SPLAYING (OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE MEANS AND SUBSTANTIATED BY DESIGN CALCULATIONS.) DO NOT ATTACH TO OR BEND AROUND INTERFERING DUCTS, PIPES OR SIMILAR OBSTRUCTIONS. TYP. GRID MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE TYP. GRID MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE TO S T R U C T U R E MI N . 4 " C L R . CL MAX. 1" 1. 2. 3. HANGER/BRACE WIRE SPLICEWIRE SPLICES SHOWN LOOSELY TIED FOR ILLUSTR. PURPOSES ONLY. DRAW TIGHT TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION WHEN CONSTRUCTED.TIGHTLY WRAP WIRE LOOPS AND BEND SHARPLY TO PREVENT ANY VERT. MOVEMENT OR ROTATION WITHIN THE LOOPS.EACH HANGER AND BRACE WIRE SHALL BE SPLICED NO MORE THAN ONCE ALONG ITS LENGTH. MA X . 1 1 / 2 " 8" M A X . MA X . 1 1 / 2 " ATTACH SCHEDULED CLOSURE WALL ANGLE TO STUDS (OR IN-WALL SHEET MTL. BLOCKING). ATTACH PROPRIETARY PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIPS TO THE SUPPORTING CLOSURE WALL ANGLE W/ MIN. (2) SCREWS EA. CLIP. INSTALL APPROVED PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIPS AT EA. GRID END AROUND THE ENTIRE CEILING PERIMETER. CL FOW. TO PERIMETER HANGER WIRE MAX. 8" TYP. ATTACH 12-GA. HANGER WIRES TO GRID. WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE LOOPS (MAX. (1) SPLICE EA. HANGER WIRE SUPPORTING MIN. THE ALLOWABLE MAX. DESIGN LOAD) AT ATTACHED WALL ONLY: PROVIDE TIGHT SET SCREW THROUGH PERIM. SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIP & MAIN RUNNER/CROSS TEE BULB/WEB PER MANUF. 7/8" MIN. WALL ANGLE FOW. "ATTACHED WALL" 02 A12.20 TYP. HEAVY DUTY CEILING GRID W/PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIP 7/16" METAL PAN HEAD FRAMING SCREW SEISMIC JOINT AT CROSS TEE SEISMIC JOINT AT MAIN RUNNER PROVIDE (2) TIGHT SET SCREWS THROUGH MAIN RUNNER WEB PER MANUF. PROVIDE (2) LOSE SLIP SCREWS THROUGH MAIN RUNNER WEB PER MANUF. INSTRUCT. MIN. 1 " TRA V E L MAIN RUNNER PROPRIETARY SEISMIC JOINT CLIP JOINT COVER AT BOTTOM OF GRID PROVIDE (2) LOSE SLIP SCREWS THROUGH CROSS TEE WEB PER MANUF. INSTRUCT. ATTACH 12-GA. HANGER WIRES TO GRID. WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE LOOPS (MAX. (1) SPLICE EA. HANGER WIRE SUPPORTING MIN. THE ALLOWABLE MAX. DESIGN LOAD) PROPRIETARY SEISMIC JOINT CLIP CROSS TEE TRA V E L • • NOTES: PROVIDE SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINT FOR CONT. CEILING AREAS > 2.500 SQ. FT. INSTALL PER ICC ESR-1308 MAX. 8 " HANG E R W I R E MAIN RUNNER ATTACH 12-GA. HANGER WIRES TO GRID. WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE LOOPS (MAX. (1) SPLICE EA. HANGER WIRE SUPPORTING MIN. THE ALLOWABLE MAX. DESIGN LOAD) MAX. 8 " HAN G E R W I R E MAX . 8 " HAN G E R W I R E MAX. 8 " HAN G E R W I R E MIN. 1 " T R A V E L M A X . T Y P . 45° TY P . 45 ° M A X . T Y P . 4 5 ° M A X . TYP.45° MAX . 12-GA. VERTICAL WIRE HANGER, ATTACH TO GRID. WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY TO PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN THE LOOPS W/ MAX. (2" MAX. FROM SEISM. COMPRESSION STRUT)ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER APPLICABLE CONNECTION DETAIL. VERTICAL EMT COMPRESSION STRUT AS SCHEDULED: ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNER @ 12'-0" O.C. MAX. @ 6'-0" O.C. MAX. FROM WALLS, CENTERED O/ CROSS TEE. SEE DIAGRAM FOR LOCATIONS. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER APPLICABLE. CONNECTION DETAIL. INSTALL STRUT NOT MORE THAN 1 HORIZ. IN 6 VERT. OUT OF PLUMB. SEPARATE COMPRESSION STRUTS AT LEAST 6-INCHES FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. INSTALL INDEPENDENT POSITIVE BRACING SYSTEMS FOR EA. CHANGE IN CLG. PLANE ELEV. FOR LATERAL MOVEMENT AND SEISMIC LOADS. PROVIDE (4) X 12 GA. SPLAYED BRACING WIRES ORIENTED 90 DEG. FROM EACH OTHER AND IN PLANE OF EA. RUNNER/TEE, VERTICAL ANGLE AT 45º MAX. FROM HORIZ. PLANE. (2" MAX. FROM SEISM. COMPRESSION STRUT) ATTACH TAUNT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER APPLICABLE SDC. CONNECTION DETAIL. MAX. 2 " 2" MA X . CROSS TEE, TYP. MAIN RUNNER, TYP. PROVIDE 1/4" DIA. MACHINE THRU-BOLT AND NUT CONNECTING SLOTTED END OF EMT TO MAIN RUNNER BULB. 12 " M A X . 2" M I N . 3/ 4 " M I N . 2" M A X . 6" M I N . S L E E V E CL. S E I S M I C COM P R . S T R U T (2) #10 SMS.TYP. ALTERNATIVE: IN LIEU OF EMT, PROVIDE MTL. C-STUD PER SCHED. ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNER W/ (2) 1/4" DIA. MACHINE THRU-BOLT AND NUT CONNECTING FLATTENED END OF STUD TO MAIN RUNNER BULB. CENTER OVER CROSS TEE. SEE DIAGRAM FOR LOCATIONS. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER APPLICABLE. CONNECTION DETAIL. HANGER WIRE ATTACHMENT TO WOOD STRUCTURE (OPTIONS) SEISMIC SPLAY WIRE ATTACHMENT TO (E) WOOD JOIST 2 X 4 X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR BLOCKING. SPAN BETWEEN (E) JOISTS/WOOD TRUSS TIGHT TO (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. ATTACH W/ MIN. (2) 10D TOE-NAILS EA. SIDE. (E) WOOD JOIST (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENTNOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR(E) INSULATION (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) ALTERNATIVE: IN LIEU OF TOE NAILS ATTACH PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS SIMPSON A34 CLIP W.O. USE SCREW EYES W/ SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO AVOID DAMAGING THE FIRE RATED GYP. BD. AND MEET MIN. PENETR. • • NOTE: W.O. AT SLOPED RAFTERS / JOISTS INSTALL FASTENER ALIGNED WITH DIRECTION OF HANGER WIRE.WHERE EMT ALIGNS W/ JOIST, THE 2X4 BLOCKING CAN BE OMITTED AND THE CLIP ATTACHED AT THE BOTTOM OF JOIST W/ 1/4" LAG SCREW W/ MIN 1-1/2" EMBEDMENT. 3" M A X . 10° - 4 5 ° M A X . 2 X [FULL HT.] DOUGLAS FIR BLOCKING CENTERED. SPAN BETWEEN (E) JOISTS/ WOOD TRUSS TIGHT TO (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. ATTACH W/ MIN. (3) 10D TOE-NAILS EA. SIDE. (E) WOOD JOIST (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENTNOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR(E) INSULATION (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) ALTERNATIVE: IN LIEU OF TOE NAILS ATTACH PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS SIMPSON A34 CLIP 1 1 / 2 " M I N . (E) WOOD JOIST (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENTNOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR(E) INSULATION (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) 1 1 / 2 " M I N . EMT SEISMIC COMPRESSION STRUT AS SCHEDULED. SADDLE SLOTTED TOP END O/ CLIP/BENT PLATE ANGLE AND ATTACH TO FLAT BLOCKING W/1/4" DIA. LAG SCREW TO BENDMAX. 1/2"1/2" MIN. (2) #10 THRU-SCREWS @ TOP END OF EMT STRUT TO CLIP, TYP. 1/4" DIA. CLOSED EYE SCREW W/ 1-1/2" MIN.PENETRATION, CENTER ON STRUCTURE MA X . 3 " 12 GA. HANGER WIRES. WRAP THROUGH SCREW EYES AND WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY WITHIN 3" MAX. CLCLMAX. 2" MIN. 1" 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP.BD. AS SCHEDULED W.O. USE SCREW EYES W/ SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO MEET MIN. PENETR. MIN. 1" 1/4" DIA. LAG SCREW 2x4 X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR FLAT BLOCKING SPANNING BETWEEN (E) WOOD JOIST. ATTACH TO JOIST W/ 1/4" DIA. LAG SCREWS W/ 1 1/2" EMBED. EACH SIDE. 94 MIL (50 KSI) L-CLIP 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" X 2" W. DIRECT CONTACT CONNECT HORIZ. LEG TO UNDERSIDE OF BEAM W/ 1/4" DIA. LAG SCREW W/ FULL EMBED. CL SEISMIC COMPRESSION STRUT ATTACHMENT TO WOOD STRUCTURE SEISMIC SPLAY WIRE ATTACHMENT BETW. (E) WOOD JOIST 12 GA. SEISMIC BRACING WIRE 45º MAX. FROM HORIZ. PLANE. INSTALL TAUNT AND WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 4X TIGHTLY WITHIN 1-1/2" MAX. ATTACH TO BLOCKING W/ 1/4" DIA. CLOSED EYE SCREW W/ 1-1/2" MIN. PENETRATION X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR FLAT BLOCKING SPANNING BETWEEN (E) WOOD JOIST. ATTACH TO JOIST W/ 1/4" DIA. LAG SCREWS W/ 1 1/2" EMBED. EACH SIDE. 2x4 MIN. 1" MIN. 1" 1 1 / 2 " M I N . 1-1/2" MAX. MAX . 10° - 4 5 ° 12 GA. SEISMIC BRACING WIRE 45º MAX. FROM HORIZ. PLANE. INSTALL TAUNT AND WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 4X TIGHTLY WITHIN 1-1/2" MAX. ATTACH TO BLOCKING W/ 1/4" DIA. CLOSED EYE SCREW W/ 1-1/2" MIN. PENETRATION 1-1/2" MAX. MAX . 10° - 4 5 ° (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENT 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP.BD. AS SCHEDULED SEISMIC SPLAY WIRE ATTACHMENTBETW. (E) WOOD JOIST @ TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. 12 GA. SEISMIC BRACING WIRE 45º MAX. FROM HORIZ. PLANE. INSTALL TAUNT AND WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 4X TIGHTLY WITHIN 1-1/2" MAX. ATTACH TO BLOCKING W/ 1/4" DIA. CLOSED EYE SCREW W/ 1-1/2" MIN. PENETRATION (E) 2X WOOD JOIST 2 X 4 X [WIDTH VIF.] DOUGLAS FIR BLOCKING ABOVE EA. HANGER, SPAN BETWEEN (E) JOISTS/WOOD TRUSS TIGHT TO (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. ATTACH W/ (2) 10D TOE-NAILS EA. SIDE. 10D NAIL (E) WOOD JOIST (E) PLYWOOD SHEATHING. DO NOT PENETRATE OR USE FOR ATTACHMENTNOTE: W.O. PATCH AND REPAIR(E) INSULATION (NOT SHOWN) TO MATCH (E) ALTERNATIVE: IN LIEU OF TOE NAILS ATTACH PER MFR. INSTRUCTIONS SIMPSON A34 CLIP W.O. USE SCREW EYES W/ SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO AVOID DAMAGING THE FIRE RATED GYP. BD. AND MEET MIN. PENETR. 1/4" DIA. CLOSED EYE SCREW W/ 1-1/2" MIN.PENETRATION, CENTER ON STRUCTUREMA X . 3 " 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP.BD. AS SCHEDULED 12 GA. HANGER WIRES. WRAP THROUGH SCREW EYES AND WRAP WIRE LOOPS MIN. 3X TIGHTLY WITHIN 3" MAX. CL EQ EQ 1 1 / 2 " M I N . CL EQ EQ NOTE: W.O. AT SLOPED RAFTERS / JOISTS INSTALL FASTENER ALIGNED WITH DIRECTION OF HANGER WIRE. 8'-0" MAX. Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 4 1 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.20TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 NTS.01 TYPICAL SUSPENDED CEILING WIRING DIAGRAM - SDC D,E & F 1 1/2" = 1'-0"98 TYP. CLG. MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE OR DEVICE ATTACHMENT AT SUSP. CEILING LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.10.11. 12. 13. 14. 15.16.17. 18. 19.20.21. 22. 23.24. BASELINE SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM IS BASED ON "ARMSTRONG" SEISMIC RESTRAINT PER ICC REPORT ESR-1308 FOR SDC 'D','E','F' COMPONENTS FOR PERMIT AND BID PURPOSES. CONFORM TO ASTM C635, C636, E580 AND ASCE-7 SECTION 13.5.6 ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS ARE PERMITTED, PROVIDING PRODUCT IS COMPARABLE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, FUNCTION, DIMENSION, PERFORMANCE, APPEARANCE AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS EQUAL OR EXCEEDING SPECIFIED PRODUCT. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CERTIFICATION OF ALL ALTERNATIVE PRODUCTS.THE ASSEMBLIES SUPPORTED ARE LIMITED TO DISTRIBUTED CEILING SYSTEMS WHERE THE LOAD ON ANY INDIVIDUAL SUPPORT ASSEMBLY DOES NOT EXCEED 90 LBF (400N).SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE COMPLIANT WITH CODE DEFINED SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES (SDC) ENFORCED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION.PROVIDE 12-GA. VERT. HANGER WIRES @ 4'-0" MAX. OC. ALONG MAIN BEAMS AND NOT MORE THAN ONE-IN-SIXTH OUT-OF-PLUMB, UNLESS A COUNTER-SLOPING WIRE OR HORIZONTAL BRACE IS PROVIDED. PROVIDE PERIM. VERT. SUPPORT WIRES WITHIN 8" FROM EDGE/WALL.INSTALL ALL HANGER AND BRACING WIRE ANCHOR CLOSELY IN LINE W/ DIRECTION OF WIRE PER DETAILS. SEPARATE ALL CEILING HANGER AND BRACING WIRES AT LEAST 6-INCHES FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUIT, ETC. DO NOT NOT ATTACH TO OR BEND HANGER AND BRACING WIRES AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT AND EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE TRAPEZE OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORT MEMBERS AT OBSTRUCTIONS TO ALLOW TYPICAL HANGER SPACING. BRACE ASSEMBLIES MUST BE CONFIGURED AND/OR LOCATED TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS WHILE MAINTAINING THE REQUIRED MAXIMUM BRACE ASSEMBLY SPACING.BRACE PARTITIONS ATTACHED TO CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM LATERALLY TO BUILDING STRUCTURE INDEPENDENT FROM CEILING.USE MAX. 4'-0" X 4'-0" GRID SYSTEM.PROVIDE MIN. 7/8" PERIMETER SUPPORTING WALL ANGLE W.O. NO EXPOSED POP RIVETS.ATTACH GRID SYSTEM ON TWO ADJACENT WALLS W.O. IN EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION. ATTACH END OF THE CEILING GRID TO SUPPORTING WALL ANGLE AND PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIP - AT THE OPPOSITE END OF THE CEILING GRID IN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION PROVIDE A MIN. 3/4" CLEARANCE AT GRID END TO WALL OBSTRUCTION, AND REST UNATTACHED GRID ON AND BE FREE TO SLIDE ON THE SUPPORTING WALL ANGLE AND PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIP.PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIPS TO MAINTAIN MAIN BEAM & CROSS TEE SPACING AT PERIMETER IN LIEU OF SPREADER BARS TO CONFORM WITH ICC REPORT.SCREW OR OTHERWISE POSITIVELY ATTACH ALL WALL ANGLES TO WALL STUDS OR OTHER SUPPORTING STRUCTURES.ATTACH PERIMETER SEISMIC RESTRAINT CLIPS TO THE SUPPORTING WALL ANGLE W/ MIN. (2) SCREWS PER CLIP AT EA. GRID END AROUND THE ENTIRE CEILING PERIMETER. PROVIDE HEAVY-DUTY GRID SYSTEMS AS IDENTIFIED IN ICC-ESR-1308PROVIDE WIRE OR RIGID BRACING FOR HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT AT CEILINGS OVER 1,000 SF.PROVIDE SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS FOR CEILINGS OVER 2,500 SF, UNLESS SEPARATED BY FULL HT. PARTITIONS. SEISMIC JOINTS SHALL BE CONCEALED FROM BELOW CEILING.PROVIDE 2" OVERSIZED TRIM RINGS FOR SPRINKLERS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS FOR CEILINGS WITHOUT RIGID BRACING UNLESS FLEX. SPRINKLER HOSE FITTINGS ARE USED.PROVIDE POSITIVE BRACING AT EA. CHANGE IN CEILING PLANE.SUPPORT AND BRACE CABLE TRAYS AND ELEC. CONDUITS INDEPENDENTLY.PROVIDE COMPRESSION POSTS (UNLESS RIGID BRACING IS USED). SEE DETAIL FOR TYPICAL SUSPENDED CEILING BRACING FOR SDC D, E & F.PROVIDE SEPARATE HANGERS, STRUTS, AND BRACE ASSEMBLIES AT ALL CEILING BREAKS, CEILING PLANE CHANGES, CEILING 'CLOUDS', SOFFITS, OR DISCONTINUOUS AREAS.SAFETY WIRES REQUIRED ON ALL LIGHT FIXTURES.SUSPENDED CEILINGS BRACING ANCHORS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL INSPECTION. REQUIREMENTS: SUSP. CEILING SYSTEMS SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES D,E & F 3" = 1'-0"04 GRID CONNECTION TO UNATTACHED WALL AT SUSPENDED CEILING GRID 3" = 1'-0"02 TYPICAL WIRE HANGER AT SUSPENDED CEILING GRID 3" = 1'-0"03 GRID CONNECTION TO ATTACHED WALL AT SUSPENDED CEILING GRID 1 1/2" = 1'-0"06 SEISMIC SEPARATION JOINTS AT SUSPENDED CEILING GRID EMT SECTION MIN. SIZE OF SMALLEST MEMBER: 1/2" DIA. EMT (0.042" WALL THICKNESS)3'-11" MAX. LENGTH 3/4" DIA. EMT (0.049" WALL THICKNESS)6'-4" MAX. LENGTH 1" DIA.EMT (0.057" WALL THICKNESS)9'-9" MAX. LENGTH 1 1/4" DIA. EMT (0.065" WALL THICKNESS) 12'-9" MAX. LENGTH 2" DIA. EMT (0.065" WALL THICKNESS) 14'-9" MAX. LENGTH NOTE: SLEEVED EMT MAX. ONE SIZE LARGER THAN REQUIRED COMPRESSION STRUT SIZE. SEE DETAIL. MTL. STUD SIZE ALTERNATIVE SSMA#: 250S125-33 5'-10"MAX. LENGTH 250S137-33 6'-10" MAX. LENGTH 362S137-33 8'-0" MAX. LENGTH 250S137-43 8'-10" MAX. LENGTH 400S137-43 10'-10"MAX. LENGTH NOTE: NO SPLICES ALLOWED. 3/16" = 1'-0"05 COMPRESSION POST AND SEISMIC BRACING AT SUSPENDED CEILING COMPRESSION STRUT SIZE TABLE © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3" = 1'-0"08 HANGER & SEISMIC BRACE WIRE & EMT COMPRESSION STRUT CONNECTION TOWOOD STRUCTURE AT SUSPENDED CEILING 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 EQ EQ 2" WIRELESS APPLICATIONPROTOCOL BENEATH CEILING TILE TELE/DATA RECEPTACLE ACOUSTICALCEILING PANEL ACOUSTICALCEILING PANEL CLIP ATTACHMENT CEILING GRID/ SUSPENSION SYSTEM CONDUIT OPENING SCHEDULED PARTITION 1 A12.21________________ MI N6" GYPSUM BOARD 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING AND TRACK @ 16" O.C. CORNER L BEAD SCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE, WHERE APPLICABLE EDGE MOLDING ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING ASSEMBLY GYPSUM BOARD 3 5/8" METAL STUD BRACING @ 48" O.C. A12.21 3 MI N . 6" CONT. METAL STUD TRACK METAL STUDS ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SCHEDULED CEILING - SEE RCP SHADOW MOLDING AS SPECIFIED OPEN TOSTRUCTURE SCHEDULED TRIM FLANGE LIGHT FIXTURE GYPSUM EDGE TRIM GYPSUM BOARD 4 1 / 2 " 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. 6" ACOUSTICALCEILING PANEL WIRELESS APPLICATIONPROTOCOL TELE/DATA RECEPTACLEAS PER P/C PLAN EQ . EQ . SCHEDULE DROPPEDCEILING GRID CLIP ATTACHMENT NOTE TO A/E:COORDINATE DATA RECEPTACLE LOCATION WITH LOW VOLTAGE PLAN. RECEPTACLE TO BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING ONLY WHEN WIRELESS APPLICATION PROTOCOL IS LOCATED AT CUSTOMER FACING AREAS. STRUCTURE ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD CL MI N . 6" MI N . 6" EDGE MOLDING CEILING ASSEMBLY GYPSUM BOARD KEVLAR PANELS GYPSUM BOARD 3 5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING AND TRACK @ 16" O.C. CORNER L BEAD GYPSUM BOARD SCHEDULED LIGHT FIXTURE, WHERE APPLICABLE CORNER L BEAD ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING ASSEMBLY A12.21 3 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 4 2 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.21TYPICAL CEILING DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3" = 1'-0"2 CEILING-MOUNTED WAP ENLARGED PLAN 3" = 1'-0"5 CEILING TRANSITION DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"4 CEILING TRANSITION DETAIL @ OPEN STR. 6" = 1'-0"3 INTERIOR TRIM FLANGE FIXTURE DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"1 CEILING MOUNTED WAP SECTION DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 TELLER LINE BULKHEAD 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 AL I G N 24 HR VESTIBULE CENTRAL ZONEOPERATOR KEY SWITCH AND EMERGENCY BUTTON @ 44" AFF OVERHEAD COILING DOOR COILING DOOR GUIDE CHANNEL FIRE RETARDANT TREATED BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD STEEL TUBE BY MANUFACTURER 1' - 1 " 8" 6" 1'-0"5 1/2" 1' - 1 " CENTRAL LOBBY SIDE OFFICE SIDE CARPET FLOOR CARPET FLOOR METAL STUDS ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CORNER BEAD - TYPICAL METAL STUD SOUNDGUARD ISOLATOR BY MARINOWARE 2 LAYERS 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING ALIGN ALIGN CL SC H E D U L E SE E P A R T I T I O N SC H E D U L E SE E P A R T I T I O N 15 A12.42________________11 A12.42________________ CL SCHEDULESEE PARTITION CONT. BOX BEAM SCHEDULED CEILING - SEE RCP METAL STUDS ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE SCHEDULED CEILING - SEE RCP SHADOW MOLDING AS SPECIFIED UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE CORNER BEAD, TYPICAL OFFICE FRONT SYSTEM BY BANK VENDOR. INSTALL ON STRUCTURAL SLAB. SCHEDULED CARPET SCHEDULED CARPET CENTRAL LOBBY SIDEOFFICE SIDE METAL STUD SOUNDGUARD ISOLATOR BY MARINOWARE SEALANT 2 LAYERS 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING CONT. SLIP TRACK 13 A12.42________________ CL SCHEDULESEE PARTITION UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE OFFICE FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY BY BANK VENDOR SCHEDULED CERAMIC TILE SCHEDULED CARPET SCHEDULED TRANSITION STRIP CL CENTRAL LOBBY SIDEOFFICE SIDE DOOR CONT. BOX BEAM SCHEDULED CEILING - SEE RCP METAL STUDS ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CONT. SLIP TRACK SCHEDULED CEILING - SEE RCP SHADOW MOLDING AS SPECIFIED CORNER BEAD, TYPICAL METAL STUD SOUNDGUARD ISOLATOR BY MARINOWARE SEALANT 2 LAYERS 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD BLOCKING AL I G N 13 A12.42________________ OVERHEAD DOOR ASSEMBLY CENTRAL ZONE24 HR VESTIBULE GUIDE TRIM BEYOND WALL BEYOND 4 7/8" BOX HEADER, SEE 10/A00.30 FOR INFORMATION NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING @ 16" O.C. OVERHEAD DOOR GRILLE COIL AND HOOD AS REQUIRED SCHEDULED CEILING TUBE STEEL AT EACH JAMB BY MANUFACTURER MOTOR LOCATION BY MANUFACTURER 5/8" GYPSUM WALL BOARD, EXTEND TO 3" ABOVE SUPSENDED CEILING CFMF AT EDGE OF CEILING. FASTEN EXTRUDED ALUM. BRUSH RETAINER TO TOP OF FRAMING BRUSH SEAL BY MANUFACTURER GRILLE JAMB TUBE CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE BY INSTALLER PARTITION FRAMING/ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE BEYOND BOX BEAM 3" SCHEDULED CEILING FINISHED FLOOR EQ EQ 6" ANCHORS 4 1/2'' X 4 1/2'' BALLBEARING HINGES UL LISTED LEVEL-2FIBERGLASS (BULLET RESISTANT) TELLER AREA CORRIDOR 16 GA. PRIME PAINTED STEEL KD FRAME SHIMS Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 4 3 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.42 OFFICE GLAZING AND COILING GRILLE DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 ROLL DOWN GRILLE - PLAN DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"13 DFC-1B JAMB DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"15 DFC-1B SECTION @ SIDELITE 3" = 1'-0"11 DFC-1B SECTION @ DOOR 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 ROLL DOWN GRILLE - SECTION DETAIL 3" = 1'-0"4 BULLET RESISTANT DOOR JAMB 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 SCHEDULEDCARPET TS-2 TRANSITION STRIP AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL SCHEDULED DOOR(WHERE OCCURS) SCHEDULED VCT-2 1/ 2 " 1/ 4 " M A X . 3/ 8 " M A X . MAX SLOPE2 1 CL SCHEDULED DOOR(WHERE OCCURS) SCHEDULED CERAMIC TILE TS-4 TILE METALEDGE STRIP AS SPECIFIED INSPECIFICATIONSMANUAL SCHEDULED VCT-2 1/ 2 " 3/ 8 " M A X . 1/ 4 " M A X . MAX SLOPE 2 1 CL 1/2" MAX 1/2" 1/4" : 1' MAX TRANSITION MUST COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBLE TRANSITION REQUIREMENTS. SEE ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS. SCHEDULED CERAMIC TILE EDGE TRIM AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL SCHEDULED WALK-OFF MAT DOOR AND JAMB BEYOND EXISTING FLOOR SCHEDULED CARPET TILE METAL EDGE STRIP TS-3 AS SPECIFIED IN SPECIFICATIONS MANUAL FLARE CARPET FOR FINISHED HEIGHT OF CARPET TO MATCH HEIGHT OF TILE AND THINSET ALIGN RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE 1/4" 1/ 4 " WALL TILE ADHESIVE PVC EDGE TRIM MOLDING MOP SINKBELOW FRP PANEL CLEAR SEALANT PVC INSIDE CORNERTRIM MOLDING TILING FLANGE 9 A12.50 ________________ EX T E N D F R P 2' - 0 " M I N . MORTAR BED 3/8" GROUT CERAMIC TILE COVE BASE SCHEDULED CERAMIC TILE SCHEDULED CERAMIC TILE TILE METAL EDGE STRIP, COLOR: MILL EXTRUDED ALIGN PVC EDGE TRIM MOLDING FRP PANEL 1/ 2 " . MOP SINK CLEAR SEALANT TILING FLANGE PVC EDGE TRIP MOLDING ADHESIVE Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 4 4 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.50FINISH DETAILS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 6" = 1'-0"7 TS-2 CARPET TO VCT-2 TRANSITION 6" = 1'-0"3 TS-4 CERAMIC TILE TO VCT-2 TRANSITION 3" = 1'-0"4 TS-3 CT TO WM-1 TRANSITION 6" = 1'-0"1 TS-3 CARPET TO CERAMIC TILE TRANSITION 3" = 1'-0"6 TRASH RECEPTACLE DETAIL 1/2" = 1'-0"10 ENLARGED PLAN AT MOP SINK 12" = 1'-0"5 SECTION DETAIL AT IFO UCR TRANSITION 6" = 1'-0"2 TS-3A CERAMIC TILE TO CERAMIC TILE TRANSITION 1/2" = 1'-0"9 SECTION AT MOP SINK 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 CHIEF PAC527L IN-WALL BOX 14.25X22 WALL BASE FINISH ASPER FINISH PLAN AURORA DXE-CAT-RX2-4K HDMI EXTENDER RECEIVER MOUNTED TO IN-WALL BOX USING INCLUDED MOUNTING EARS SAMSUNG 85" DISPLAY, PROVIDEDBY DIVERSIFIED MEDIA GROUP 6'- 0 " EQ EQ (2) JUNCTION BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL AND DATA CABLES (2) 1" CONDUITS WITH PULL STRINGS FOR CAT6 CABLE AND ELECTRICAL CABLES CL CL 2 A12.60________________ 1" 3/8" (2) 1" CONDUITS WITH PULL STRINGS FOR CAT6 CABLE AND ELECTRICAL CABLES (2) JUNCTION BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL AND DATA CABLES AURORA DXE-CAT-RX2-4K HDMI EXTENDER RECEIVER MOUNTED TO IN-WALL BOX USING INCLUDED MOUNTING EARS ONE CONNECT BOX SAMSUNG QP85A-8K 85" DISPLAY 3 3/4" PEERLESS SF640PFLAT WALL MOUNT ARLINGTON INDUSTRIES TVB613IN - WALL EQUIPMENT BOXFURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PLYWOOD BLOCKING20"W x 20"H x 3/4" THICKSECURED TO WALL STUDSBEHIND DRYWALL 43" LCD DISPLAY 3 1/16" AIRLINGTON INDUSTRIES TVB613 IN-WALL EQUIPMENT BOX CONTAINING DUPLEX NEMA 5-20R POWER RECEPTACLE AND (2) SHIELDED CAT6 RJ45 RECEPTABLES INSTALLED IN EQUIPMENT BOXFURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. PEERLESS SF650P FLAT WALL MOUNT OUTLINE OF DISPLAY PLYWOOD BLOCKING 21'' W x 20'' H x 3/4'' THICK SCURED TO WALL STUDS BEHIND DRYWALL E.Q.E.Q. NOTE: IF IN-WALL EQUIPMENT BOX HEIGHT DIFFERS FROM WHAT IS SHOWN ON THIS DRAWINGS, INSTALL THE DISPLAY MOUNT SUCH THAT THE EQUIPMENT BOX IS CENTERED IN THE OPEN AREA OF THE WALL BRACKET 5''-7 7/8'' AFFUPPER MOUNTING POINTS ON WALL BRAKET 5'-3 7/8'' AFFCENTER OF EQUIPMENT BOX 4'-4 3/8'' AFFBOTTOM OF BLOCKING 5 A12.60________________ Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: As indicated 1/9 / 2 0 2 5 1 0 : 2 7 : 4 5 A M 47BACX.1221.000 2024 A12.60DIGITAL MEDIA 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR,ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 LOS ANGELES 515 S. FIGUEROA STREET. SUITE 2050LOS ANGELES, CA 90071TEL 213-623-2164 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION.ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. 3/4" = 1'-0"1 85" MEDIA WALL ELEVATION 1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 85" MEDIA WALL SECTION DETAIL 1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 DIGITAL POSTER WALL SECTIONDIGITAL POSTER WALL SECTION 1/2" = 1'-0"4 55'' WALL MOUNTED DIGITAL POSTER ELEVATION 4 ISSUED FOR DD_90 06.14.2024 5 ISSUED FOR DD FINAL 07.11.2024 6 ISSUED FOR CD 90% REVIEW 09.04.2024 7 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.26.2024 1 8 PERMIT COMMENTS 01.09.2025 1/31/2025 9/27/2024 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: VARIES47BACX.1221.000 2024 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. ISSUED FOR CD_90 REVIEW 08.16.2024 AT T A C H E D X R E F S : 2 3 3 2 1 T B [ . . \ 2 3 3 2 1 T B . d w g ] FILE PATH: R:\BIM-Projects\2332110\CAD\Details\23321S0100.dwg Sep 19, 2024 - 1:32pm NTruong ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.19.2024 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DETAIL CUT NUMBER DETAIL SHEET NUMBER DENOTES REFERENCE ELEVATION X SX.X TITLE TITLE Ø DIAMETER &AND @ AT A.B.ANCHOR BOLT ADD'L ADDITIONAL ADJ.ADJACENT ALT.ALTERNATIVE ARCH ARCHITECTURAL BLDG.BUILDING BLK'G.BLOCKING BM.BEAM BOT.BOTTOM BTWN.BETWEEN CL CENTER LINE CANT.CANTILEVER COND.CONDITION C.B.COLUMN BASE C.B.C.CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE C.C.CENTER TO CENTER C.J.CONSTRUCTION JOINT CLR.CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL.COLUMN CONN.CONNECTION CONT.CONTINUOUS C.P. (P.P.)COMPLETE (OR PARTIAL) PENETRATION CTR CENTER CTRSK COUNTERSINK DBL DOUBLE DO DITTO DET.DETAIL D.F.DOUGLAS FIR DWG DRAWING (E)EXISTING EA.EACH E.F.EACH FACE EL. OR ELEV.ELEVATION ELECT.ELECTRICAL EMBED.EMBEDMENT EQ.EQUAL E.S.EACH SIDE E.N.END (OR EDGE) NAILING E.W.EACH WAY EXT.EXTERIOR FDN.FOUNDATION F.N.FIELD NAIL F.S.FAR SIDE FIN.FINISH FL. OR FLR.FLOOR F.O.C.FACE OF CONCRETE F.O.S.FACE OF STUD FRM'G FRAMING FTG.FOOTING GA.GAUGE GALV.GALVANIZED GB GRADE BEAM GLB GLUE LAMINATED BEAM GYP.GYPSUM BOARD H.D.HOLDOWN HDR HEADER HORIZ.HORIZONTAL H.S.B.HIGH STRENGTH BOLT HT HEIGHT INT.INTERIOR J.H.JOIST HANGER JT.JOINT LLH. (LLV)LONG LEG HORIZONTAL (OR VERTICAL) LT.LIGHT LT WT LIGHT WEIGHT MAX.MAXIMUM M.B.UNFINISHED MACHINE BOLTS MECH MECHANICAL MET.METAL MFR MANUFACTURER MIN.MINIMUM MISC.MISCELLANEOUS (N)NEW N.I.C.NOT IN CONTRACT NOM.NOMINAL N.T.S.NOT TO SCALE N.S.NEAR SIDE O.C.ON CENTER O.D.OUTSIDE (INSIDE) DIAMETER O.H.OPPOSITE HAND OP'G.OPENING OPP.OPPOSITE O.W.J.OPEN-WEB JOIST P.A.PURLIN ANCHOR P.D.F.POWER DRIVEN FASTENER PL PLATE PLY.PLYWOOD PT POINT P.T.PRESSURE TREATED OR POST-TENSIONED PTN.PARTITION REF.REFERENCE REINF.REINFORCEMENT REQ'D REQUIRED RWD REDWOOD S.A.D.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS S.C.D.SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS SCHED.SCHEDULE SECT.SECTION S.E.D.SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS SHT'G SHEATHING SIM.SIMILAR S.L.D.SEE LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS S.M.D.SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS S.M.S.SHEET METAL SCREW S.O.G.SLAB ON GRADE SPA.SPACE SPEC.SPECIFICATION SQ.SQUARE S.S.STAINLESS STEEL S.T.STRAP TIE STAGG.STAGGERED STD STANDARD STL.STEEL STRUCT.STRUCTURAL SYMM.SYMMETRICAL T&B TOP AND BOTTOM T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE T.D.TIE DOWN T.O.C.TOP OF CONCRETE T.O.S.TOP OF STEEL T.W.TOP OF WALL T.P.TOP OF PLATE T.W.TOP OF WALL TYP.TYPICAL U.O.N.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VERT.VERTICAL V.I.F.VERIFY IN FIELD W/WITH W/O WITHOUT WF WIDE FLANGE W.P.WORKING POINT WT WEIGHT a.SURFACES PLACED AGAINST EARTH 3" b.FORMED SURFACES BELOW GRADE 2" c.SURFACES EXPOSED TO WEATHER 2" d.SLABS AND WALLS NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER 1" CLASS USE WT.STRENGTH SLUMP(2)MAXIMUM AGGREGATE MAX. W/C RATIO A CONCRETE PAD 145 PCF 3000 PSI 312"±12"1"0.45 GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS DRAWING INDEX STRUCTURAL S01.00 GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND DRAWING INDEX S02.01 FIRST FLOOR PLAN S02.02 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S03.01 DETAILS S08.01 WOOD DETAILS GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND DRAWING INDEX S01.00 I. GENERAL: A.SEE DRAWINGS OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL FOR: KINDS OF FLOOR FINISH AND THEIR LOCATION, FOR DEPRESSIONS IN FLOOR SLAB, FOR OPENINGS IN WALLS AND FLOORS REQUIRED BY ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL FEATURES, FOR STAIR, CURB, ETC. B.NO PIPES OR DUCTS SHALL BE PLACED IN SLABS OR WALLS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OR APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. C.DRAWINGS REPRESENT FINISHED STRUCTURE. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SHORING AND TEMPORARY BRACING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY MEASURES TO ENSURE SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND STRUCTURES AT THE SITE AND ADJACENT TO THE SITE. OBSERVATION VISITS TO THE SITE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF SUCH RESPONSIBILITY. D.EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS WAS OBTAINED FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND CAN BE USED FOR BIDDING PURPOSES. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONSTRUCTION OF EXISTING BUILDING OR NEW CONSTRUCTION AT THE JOB SITE BEFORE COMMENCING WORK AND SHALL REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. E.OMISSIONS OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS, NOTES, AND DETAILS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND RESOLVED BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. F.DO NOT USE SCALED DIMENSIONS, USE WRITTEN DIMENSIONS. WHERE NO DIMENSION IS PROVIDED, CONSULT THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. G.IF CERTAIN FEATURES ARE NOT FULLY SHOWN OR CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, THEIR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF THE SAME CHARACTER AS FOR SIMILAR CONDITIONS THAT ARE CALLED FOR OR SHOWN. H.IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN ALL NECESSARY LICENSES AND PERMITS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFORM TO ALL STATE AND LOCAL LAWS GOVERNING THE WORK. I. ALL CONSTRUCTION IS TO BE PERFORMED IN A MANNER TO MINIMIZE IMPACT ON THE CONTINUING OPERATION OF THE BUILDING. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE APPROPRIATE BARRIERS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION SITE AND REMAINDER OF BUILDING. J. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. SPECIAL CARE SHALL BE TAKEN TO PROTECT UTILITIES THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION. L. ALL FINISHES, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE REPAIRED AND/OR REPLACED TO MATCH EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. M.THE SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES CLEAN UP NECESSARY TO LEAVE THE AFFECTED BUILDING IN A NEAT AND USABLE CONDITION. N.WORK SHOWN AS NEW UNLESS NOTED AS EXISTING, (E). TYPICALLY, DARK LINES ON PLANS INDICATE NEW CONSTRUCTION WHILE LIGHT LINES INDICATE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AS WELL AS REFERENCE ONLY ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR MEP PLAN DRAWINGS. II. DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION SHORING: A.SEE DRAWINGS OTHER THAN STRUCTURAL FOR EXTENT AND LOCATION OF ALL DEMOLITION WORK. B.THE REMOVAL, CUTTING, DRILLING, ETC. OF EXISTING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH CARE AND SMALL TOOLS IN ORDER NOT TO JEOPARDIZE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING BUILDING. DO NOT OVERCUT. IF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS NOT INDICATED FOR REMOVAL INTERFERE WITH THE NEW WORK, THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY NOTIFIED AND PRIOR APPROVAL OBTAINED BEFORE REMOVAL OF MEMBERS. C.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SAFELY SHORE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION WHEREVER EXISTING SUPPORTS ARE REMOVED TO ALLOW THE INSTALLATION OF THE NEW WORK. THE EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CONNECTED AND/OR EMBEDDED INTO THE NEW CONSTRUCTION AS SHOWN OR SPECIFIED. SHORING SHALL REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION HAS BEEN COMPLETED. D.ALL SHORING METHODS AND SEQUENCING OF DEMOLITION SHALL BE SPECIFIED BY A LICENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO BE RETAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. III. SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION: A.ISOLATE CONSTRUCTION SITE FROM BALANCE OF EXISTING BUILDING. B.DEMOLISH EXISTING ELEMENTS AS REQUIRED. C.CONSTRUCT STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS PER DRAWINGS. D.REPAIR ALL STRUCTURAL FEATURES AS REQUIRED. E.PROVIDE FINISHES AND ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES PER ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. IV. DESIGN BASIS: A.APPLICABLE CODE: CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC), 2022 EDITION. B.RISK CATEGORY: CATEGORY II C.VERTICAL LIVE LOAD: 1.ROOF: 20 PSF PLUS MECHANICAL D.LATERAL LOADS: 1.SEISMIC: LATITUDE = 34.1401, LONGITUDE = -118.0230 IE = 1.0 SITE CLASS D SS = 1.933g, S1 = 0.702g Fa = 1.20 SDS = 1.546g SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY: D V. MATERIALS A.CONCRETE 1.EXPANSION ANCHORS SHALL BE "HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2" AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI, INC. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. SEE DETAIL 12/S03.01 FOR ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE. 2.EPOXY FOR DOWELS SHALL BE "HIT-RE 500 V3" ADHESIVE AS MANUFACTURED BY HILTI, INC. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. SEE DETAIL 9/S03.01 3.REINFORCING STEEL: a.BARS: ASTM A615, GRADE 60, U.O.N. b.WELDED BARS: ASTM A706, GRADE 60. c.WELDED WIRE FABRIC: ASTM A185. d.ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE REINFORCED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY MARKED "NOT REINFORCED". 4.CONCRETE CLASSES: SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CONSOLIDATED. 5.MINIMUM CONCRETE COVER FOR REINFORCING STEEL (U.O.N. IN DETAILS): 6.FINISH: SLABS ACI 301 "FLOATED" FINISH:. B.WOOD 1.FRAMING LUMBER - DOUGLAS FIR; a.JOISTS AND RAFTERS: NO. 1 b.BLOCKS AND MISC.: NO.2. c.LUMBER MOISTURE CONTENT SHALL NOT TO EXCEED 19% BEFORE BEING INSTALLED, AND 15% BEFORE APPLYING FINISHES TO BOTH SIDES OF WALLS, FLOORS, OR ROOFS. d.ALL LUMBER IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY TO BE PRESERVATIVE TREATED. e.ALL FASTENERS IN CONTACT WITH PRESERVATIVE TREATED LUMBER SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED. 2.ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS (EWP): ALL EWP SUPPLIED ON THIS PROJECT MUST BE SUPPLIED BY ONE MANUFACTURER. MIXING OF EWP PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS IS NOT PERMITTED AND WILL RENDER EWP PRODUCT WARRANTY VOID. THE RESPONSIBLE PARTY WILL BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE AND REPLACE ALL EWP PRODUCTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY. a.MICROLLAM LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER (LVL) BEAMS: AS MANUFACTURED BY WEYERHAEUSER, ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1387. Fb = 2,600 PSI, Fv = 285 PSI E = 2,000,000 PSI b.PARALLAM PARALLEL STRAND LUMBER (PSL) BEAMS: AS MANUFACTURED BY WEYERHAEUSER, ICC-ES REPORT ESR-1387. Fb = 2,900 PSI, Fv = 290 PSI E = 2,000,000 PSI. 3.FRAMING HARDWARE: AS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY, INC. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT, SIMPSON DESIGNATIONS USED. 4.NAILS: COMMON WIRE GAGE, U.O.N. NAILING TO CONFORM TO CBC TABLE 2304.10.2, U.O.N. 5.BOLTS: ASTM A307. VI. SPECIAL INSPECTION: SPECIAL INSPECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED PER CBC SECTION 1704 FOR THE FOLLOWING: A.INSPECTION OF ANCHORS POST-INSTALLED IN HARDENED CONCRETE MEMBERS. 1.SEE DETAIL 20/S03.01, FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. B.INSPECTION OF EPOXY DOWELS AND EPOXY ANCHORS. 1.SEE DETAIL 18/S03.01, FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS. VII. STRUCTURAL OBSERVATION: THE OWNER SHALL EMPLOY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER TO PERFORM STRUCTURAL OBSERVATIONS THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT. VIII. CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS: A PARTIAL LISTING OF REQUIRED STRUCTURAL SUBMITTALS FOLLOWS. CONSULT THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE ISSUED FOR REVIEW AS COMPLETE SUBMITTALS. THE LIST BELOW INDICATES WHAT CONSTITUTES A COMPLETE SUBMITTAL. IF SUBMITTALS ARE ISSUED AS PARTIAL SUBMITTALS, ALL SHEETS ISSUED MORE THAN ONCE MUST HAVE ALL CHANGES CLOUDED (INCLUDING NEW SHEETS). OTHERWISE, PARTIAL SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE REVIEWED. 1.MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR INSERTS, GROUTS AND EPOXIES. 2.CONCRETE-MIX DESIGNS FOR ALL CONCRETE. ATM, TYP. FOR ANCHORAGE, SEE DETAIL 3/S03.01. HSS3x3x 1 4 COL. CASH SAFE, TYP. FOR ANCHORAGE, SEE DETAIL 6/S03.01. (E ) H S S C O L TO R E M A I N CONC. PAD HS S 3 x 3 x 1 4 CO L . 7TYP. AT BOT.S03.01 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: VARIES47BACX.1221.000 2024 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. ISSUED FOR CD_90 REVIEW 08.16.2024 AT T A C H E D X R E F S : A 0 2 - 0 1 [ . . \ A r c h \ B A C X C A 9 - 2 1 5 A r c a d i a _ I F O - F l o o r P l a n - C O N S T R U C T I O N P L A N . d w g ] 2 3 3 2 1 T B [ . . \ 2 3 3 2 1 T B . d w g ] FILE PATH: R:\BIM-Projects\2332110\CAD\Struct\23321S0201.dwg Sep 19, 2024 - 1:32pm NTruong ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.19.2024 FIRST FLOOR PLAN S02.011 - FIRST FLOOR PLAN 316" = 1'-0" NOTES: 1.SEE GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS ON SHEET S01.00. 2.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK. RTU-2 (MAX. WT. = 550 LBS) RTU-1 (MAX. WT. = 650 LBS)RTU-4 (MAX. WT. = 550 LBS) FOR ANCHORAGE, SEE DETAIL 10/S08.01, TYP. RTU-3 (MAX. WT. = 550 LBS) TYP. MINOR UNIT (WT < 100LBS) (E ) G L B 5 . 1 2 5 x 4 0 . 5 (E ) G L B 5 . 1 2 5 x 4 0 . 5 (E ) G L B 5 . 1 2 5 x 4 0 . 5 (E ) 2 x 4 @ 2 ' - 0 " O . C . TY P . A L L B A Y S (E) 4x14 @ 8'-0" O.C. TYP., V.I.F. 4TYP. AT TOP S08.01 5TYP.S08.01 6TYP.S08.01 PSE 312x16, TYP. LVL, E.S., TYP. Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: VARIES47BACX.1221.000 2024 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. ISSUED FOR CD_90 REVIEW 08.16.2024 AT T A C H E D X R E F S : A 0 2 - 0 1 [ . . \ A r c h \ A 0 2 - 0 1 . d w g ] 2 3 3 2 1 T B [ . . \ 2 3 3 2 1 T B . d w g ] B A C X C A 9 - 2 1 5 A r c a d i a _ I F O - F l o o r P l a n - R O O F [ . . \ A r c h \ B A C X C A 9 - 2 1 5 A r c a d i a _ I F O - F l o o r P l a n - R O O F . d w g ] B A C X C A 9 - 2 1 5 A r c a d i a _ I F O - F l o o r P l a n - C O N S T R U C T I O N P L A N [ . . \ A r c h \ B A C X C A 9 - 2 1 5 A r c a d i a _ I F O - F l o o r P l a n - C O N S T R U C T I O N P L A N . d w g ] M 0 3 - 0 1 [ . . \ M e c h \ M 0 3 - 0 1 . d w g ] FILE PATH: R:\BIM-Projects\2332110\CAD\Struct\23321S0202.dwg Sep 19, 2024 - 2:27pm NTruong ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.19.2024 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S02.021 - ROOF FRAMING PLAN 316" = 1'-0" NOTES: 1.SEE GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS ON SHEET S01.00. 2.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE BEGINNING ANY WORK. 3.LOCATION OF THE FRAMING TO BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO INSTALL OF THE NEW SUPPORT FRAMING FOR THE RTU. Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: VARIES47BACX.1221.000 2024 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. ISSUED FOR CD_90 REVIEW 08.16.2024 AT T A C H E D X R E F S : 2 3 3 2 1 T B [ R : \ B I M - P r o j e c t s \ 2 3 3 2 1 1 0 \ C A D \ 2 3 3 2 1 T B . d w g ] FILE PATH: C:\Users\ntruong\AppData\Local\Temp\AcPublish_3468\23321S0301.dwg Sep 19, 2024 - 1:32pm NTruong ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.19.2024 DETAILS S03.01 HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 ANCHOR TABLE IN NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE 1.TYPICAL EXPANSION ANCHORS ARE HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 (KB-TZ2) CARBON STEEL ANCHORS (FOR INTERIOR USE) OR STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS (FOR EXTERIOR USE), AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ICC-ES EVALUATION REPORT ESR-4266 (RENEWAL 12/2025). 2.MINIMUM CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH f'c = 2,500 PSI. PERIODIC SPECIAL INSPECTION SECTION 1705 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) IS REQUIRED ON ALL EXPANSION ANCHORS, SEE NOTE 4. THE MINIMUM CONCRETE THICKNESS SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE TABLE. 3.ANCHOR EMBEDMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH VALUES LISTED IN THE TABLE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE DETAILS. ANCHORS MUST BE INSTALLED IN A PREDRILLED HOLE IN THE BASE MATERIAL, OF THE SAME SIZE AS THE NOMINAL ANCHOR DIAMETER. HOLES MUST BE DRILLED WITH A CARBIDE-TIPPED BIT COMPLYING WITH ANSI B212.15-1994 TOLERANCES. THE DRILLED HOLE SHALL EXCEED THE DEPTH OF ANCHOR EMBEDMENT BY AT LEAST ONE ANCHOR DIAMETER. THE DRILLED HOLE MUST BE CLEANED, WITH ALL DUST AND DEBRIS REMOVED USING PRESSURIZED AIR. THE ANCHOR MUST BE HAMMERED TO A MINIMUM OF FOUR THREADS BELOW THE FIXTURE SURFACE. THE NUT SHALL BE TIGHTENED AGAINST THE WASHER UNTIL THE TORQUE VALUES SPECIFIED IN THE TABLE ARE ACHIEVED. 4.SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED AND COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 1704.2 OF THE CBC IS REQUIRED. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST MAKE PERIODIC INSPECTIONS DURING ANCHOR INSTALLATION TO VERIFY ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR DIMENSIONS, CONCRETE TYPE, CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, DRILL BIT DIAMETER, HOLE DIMENSIONS, HOLE CLEANING PROCEDURES, HOLE DEPTH, ANCHOR SPACING, EDGE DISTANCES, CONCRETE THICKNESS, ANCHOR EMBEDMENT DEPTH, TIGHTENING TORQUE, AND ADHERENCE TO THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE PRESENT AS OFTEN AS REQUIRED BY THE "STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTION". 5.WHERE ANCHORS ARE USED TO RESIST SEISMIC OR WIND LOADS, JOBSITE QUALITY ASSURANCE MUST CONFORM TO SECTIONS 1705.10 & 1705.11 OF THE CBC. 6.WHEN INSTALLING DRILLED-IN ANCHORS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCED CONCRETE, USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS. WHEN INSTALLING ANCHORS INTO EXISTING PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (PRE OR POST TENSIONED), LOCATE THE PRESTRESSED TENDONS BY USING A NON-DESTRUCTIVE METHOD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING THE TENDONS DURING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN THE REINFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED-IN ANCHORS. 7.ANCHORS MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS. 12 - HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 EXPANSION ANCHORS IN CONCRETE NO SCALE ANCHOR DIAMETER(da)(3) EMBEDMENT(3) U.O.N.MIN. CONC.(3) THICKNESS INSTALLATION TORQUE(3) hef ho CARBON STEEL STAINLESS STEEL 38"2"234"4"30 FT-LBS 30 FT-LBS 12"2"234"4"50 FT-LBS 40 FT-LBS 58"234"334"5"40 FT-LBS 60 FT-LBS 3 4"334"434"6"110 FT-LBS 125 FT-LBS da hef ho HILTI HIT-RE 500 V3 ADHESIVE ANCHOR TABLE 1.EPOXY SHALL BE HILTI HIT-RE 500 V3 ADHESIVE AND SHALL COMPLY TO ICC-ES EVALUATION REPORT ESR-3814 (RENEWAL 01/2025). 2.MINIMUM CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH f'c = 2,500 PSI (NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE). SPECIAL INSPECTION PER CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) SECTION 1705 AND THIS ICC-ES REPORT IS REQUIRED ON ALL EPOXIED INSTALLATIONS, SEE NOTE 4. EPOXY SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEN THE BASE MATERIAL HAS A TEMPERATURE OF 41°F TO 110°F. ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONCRETE HAVING A MINIMUM AGE OF 21 DAYS AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. THE MINIMUM CONCRETE THICKNESS SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE TABLE. 3.ANCHOR EMBEDMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH VALUES LISTED IN THE TABLE, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE DETAILS. 4.SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS AND COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 1704.2 OF THE CBC IS REQUIRED. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST MAKE PERIODIC INSPECTIONS DURING ANCHOR INSTALLATION TO VERIFY ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR DIMENSIONS, CONCRETE TYPE, CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, HOLE DIMENSIONS, HOLE CLEANING PROCEDURES, ANCHOR SPACING, EDGE DISTANCES, CONCRETE THICKNESS, ANCHOR EMBEDMENT, AND TIGHTENING TORQUE. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST VERIFY THE INITIAL INSTALLATIONS OF EACH TYPE AND SIZE OF ADHESIVE ANCHOR BY CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL ON SITE. SUBSEQUENT INSTALLATIONS OF THE SAME ANCHOR TYPE AND SIZE BY THE SAME CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL MUST BE PERMITTED TO BE PERFORMED IN THE ABSENCE OF THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR. ANY CHANGE IN THE ANCHOR PRODUCT BEING INSTALLED OR THE PERSONNEL PERFORMING THE INSTALLATION MUST REQUIRE AN INITIAL INSPECTION. FOR ONGOING INSTALLATIONS OVER AN EXTENDED PERIOD, THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST MAKE REGULAR INSPECTIONS TO CONFIRM CORRECT HANDLING AND INSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE PRESENT AS OFTEN AS REQUIRED BY THE "STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTION". 5.THREADED STEEL RODS MUST BE CLEAN, CONTINUOUSLY THREADED RODS (ALL-THREAD) IN DIAMETERS AS DESCRIBED ABOVE. THREADED ROD SHALL BE ASTM F1554, GRADE 36 CARBON STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CARBON STEEL THREADED RODS MUST BE FURNISHED WITH A 0.005 MILLIMETER-THICK ZINC ELECTROPLATED COATING COMPLYING WITH ASTM B 633 SC 1 OR MUST BE HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED COMPLYING WITH ASTM A 153, CLASS C OR D. WHEN STAINLESS STEEL THREADED RODS ARE NOTED, THEY SHALL BE ASTM F593, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED THREADED STEEL RODS MUST BE STRAIGHT AND FREE OF INDENTATIONS OR OTHER DEFECTS ALONG THEIR LENGTH. THE ENDS MAY BE STAMPED WITH IDENTIFYING MARKS AND THE EMBEDDED END MAY BE BLUNT CUT OR CUT ON THE BIAS (CHISEL POINT). 6.REBAR SHALL BE ASTM A615, GRADE 60, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7.HOLES MUST BE HAMMER DRILLED AND KEPT DRY. CLEAN HOLES WITH NYLON BRUSH TO REMOVE LOOSE MATERIAL AND BLOW OUT HOLES WITH OIL-FREE COMPRESSED AIR. 8.NOTIFY ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY IF ELEMENTS WITHIN THE EXISTING STRUCTURE PREVENT DRILLING IN THE LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 9.WHEN INSTALLING EPOXY DOWELS IN EXISTING NON-PRESTRESSED REINFORCED CONCRETE, USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING TO THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS. WHEN INSTALLING EPOXY DOWELS INTO EXISTING PRESTRESSED CONCRETE (PRE OR POST TENSIONED), LOCATE THE PRESTRESSED TENDONS BY USING A NON-DESTRUCTIVE METHOD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING TO THE TENDONS DURING INSTALLATION. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF ONE INCH BETWEEN EXISTING REINFORCEMENT AND THE EPOXY DOWELS. 10.INSTALLATION OF HIT-RE 500 V3 ADHESIVE ANCHORS MUST CONFORM TO THE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 11.THE USE OF CHEMICAL/ADHESIVE ANCHORS IN OVERHEAD APPLICATIONS WITH SUSTAINED TENSION LOAD IS NOT ALLOWED. THREADED(5) ROD DIAMETER DRILL BIT (7)(8) DIAMETER EMBEDMENT(3)(7)(8) U.O.N. MIN. CONC. THICKNESS 38"716"238"358" 12"916"234"4" 58"3 4"318"458" 3 4"78"312"514" 78"1"312"512" 1"118"4"614" 114"138"5"712" REBAR(6) DIAMETER DRILL BIT (7)(8) DIAMETER EMBEDMENT(3)(7)(8) U.O.N. MIN. CONC. THICKNESS #3 12"238"358" #4 58'238"358" #5 3 4"3"412" #6 78"3"434" #7 1"338"538" #8 118"4"614" #9 138"412"714" #10 112"5"8" 9 - HILTI HIT-RE 500 V3 EPOXY IN CONCRETE NO SCALE 6 - WORKROOM CASH SAFE ANCHORAGE 14" = 1'-0" SECTION PLAN S. A . D . FO R O P ' G H E I G H T 31.5" 5.35"6.46" 6. 6 7 " 3. 9 6 " 30 . 3 1 " 6x6 SHAPED, TYP. AT BOLTS 2x6 SHAPED, TYP. AT PERIMETER BOLT & 6x MEMBER, TYP. 58"Ø EXPANSION ANCHOR (TYP. OF 4), SEE 12/- COUPLER, TYP. 58"Ø BOLT W/ WASHER 14"x112"Ø ATM, S.A.D. (MAX. WT. = 2000 LBS.) PARTITION WALL, S.A.D.INTERIOR WALL FINISH, S.A.D. PLATFORM, IF REQ'D: 118" SHT'G CONNECTED TO ALL MEMBERS W/ 8d NAILS OR #8 WOOD SCREWS AT 6" O.C. 3 - NCR 6684 ATM ANCHORAGE 34" = 1'-0" T.O BUILT-UP. SLAB (E) 5" S.O.G., V.I.F. 1 - NEW CONCRETE PAD AT EXISTING SLAB-ON-GRADE N.T.S. 2" CLR., TYP. AROUND PERIMETER #4 DOWELS @ 12" O.C. DRILL & EPOXY, SEE DETAIL 10/- (E) 4" SLAB-ON-GRADE #4 @ 12" O.C. E.W. ROUGHEN SURFACE AT PAD INTERFACE6" MA X . 26 " 40" 112" 112" TYP. a a SECTION T.O. CONC. PAD CASH SAFE (MAX.WT. = 3,100 LBS) 58"Ø HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 W/ 234" MIN. EMBED. (TYP. OF 8), SEE 12/-. ANGLE CLIP & BOLTS PER SAFE MANUF., TYP. 5" CONC. PAD, SEE DETAIL 1/- 6" TY P . 9" MIN. 3" BACK OF SAFE PLAN OUTLINE OF CONC. PAD OTHER ANCHORED EQUIP. 5" MIN. TYP. T.O. (E) S.O.G. P.P., TYP. 1" TY P . 1" TYP. 1" TY P . 10 - HSS COLUMN BASE PLATE WITH EXPANSION ANCHORS N.T.S. 7 - HSS COLUMN BASE PLATE WITH EXPANSION ANCHORS N.T.S. FOR EMBED., SEE 20/- 1" TYP. NOTE: PERMISSIBLE TO USE 10/- AS ALTERNATIVE. T.O. (E) S.O.G. 14"Ø SELF TAPPING SCREW (TYP. OF 2) 12"Ø HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2 (TYP. OF 2), SEE DETAIL 12/- L4x4x516 (LLV) ANGLES EA. SIDE OF HSS COL.18 5" MI N . V. I . F . 2" EM B E D . NO M I N A L 1" TY P . 1" TYP. COL. COL. HSS COL. EQ . EQ . HSS COL., SEE PLAN BASE 12 x 516x4x4, TYP. (2) 38"Ø HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ2, SEE DETAIL 12/- a T.O. (E) S.O.G. a a PLANaPLAN Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: VARIES47BACX.1221.000 2024 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 © INTERIOR ARCHITECTS INC., A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION. ALL DRAWINGS AND WRITTEN MATERIAL HEREIN CONSTITUTE THE ORIGINAL AND UNPUBLISHED WORK OF THE ARCHITECT, AND THE SAME MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, USED, OR DISCLOSED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT. ISSUED FOR CD_90 REVIEW 08.16.2024 AT T A C H E D X R E F S : 2 3 3 2 1 T B [ . . \ 2 3 3 2 1 T B . d w g ] FILE PATH: R:\BIM-Projects\2332110\CAD\Details\23321S0801.dwg Sep 19, 2024 - 2:27pm NTruong ISSUED FOR PERMIT 09.19.2024 WOOD DETAILS S08.01 1 -N.T.S. 10 - RTU ANCHORAGE N.T.S. RTU & CURB, S.M.D. (E) ROOF SHT'G (E) OR (N) ROOF FRAMING MEMBERS a TYP. ELEVATION a PLAN 38"Ø x5" GALV. LAG SCREWS, A TOTAL OF 8. ROOF CURB, TYP. (ALIGN OF CURB W/ OF NEW BLK'G & FRAMING) (E) JOIST, TYP. (E) 4x14 JOIST PER PLAN 2 - 1 - 3 - EQ.EQ.EQ. (E) 2x4 JOIST PER PLAN, TYP. NOTE: EQUIPMENT AND OTHER FRAMING MEMBER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. (E) ROOF SHT'G (E) JOIST PER PLAN PROVIDE A35 FRAMING ANGLE TO CONNECT TO ROOF SHEATHING 4x4 JOIST W/ HU44 HANGER, EA. END FULL DEPTH BLK'G 2 -N.T.S. NOTE: EQUIPMENT AND OTHER FRAMING MEMBER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. (E) JOIST CONNECTION NOT SHOWN, V.I.F. PR O V I D E 1" C L R . M A X . 212" TY P . 312" (E) ROOF SHT'G (E) 4x14 JOIST PER PLAN (E) 2x4 JOIST PER PLAN 58" BOLT @ 9" O.C., TYP. 134"x16" LVL 2.0E JOIST, ON EACH SIDE OF (E) JOIST PROVIDE FACE MOUNT HANGER, SIM. TO EXISTING CONDITION, AS END CONNECTION TO (E) GLB, TYP. 3 -N.T.S. NOTE: EQUIPMENT AND OTHER FRAMING MEMBER NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. (E) ROOF SHT'G (E) 2x4 JOIST PER PLAN 312"x16" PSL 2.0E JOIST PROVIDE FACE MOUNT HANGER, SIM. TO (E) CONDITION, AS END CONNECTION TO (E) GLB, TYP. PROVIDE FULL DEPTH BLK'G, TYP. 8d NAIL @ 6" O.C. LTP4, E.S. EA. BLK. 4x BLK'G 5 - LVL END CONNECTION N.T.S. NOTE: SEE DETAIL 2/- FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. PROVIDE FULL DEPTH BLK'G, FLUSH AT THE BOTTOM LVL PER PLAN W/ HU816 HANGER, EA. END (E) GLB OR RIM BEAM AS OCCURS, V.I.F. 6 - PSL END CONNECTION N.T.S. PSL PER PLAN W/ HU416 HANGER, EA. END (E) GLB OR RIM BEAM AS OCCURS, V.I.F. 4 - COLUMN CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 1"=1'-0" a ELEVATION T.O. (E) ROOF SHT'G 3 8"Øx3" LAG SCREW, TYP. (E) SUB-PURLIN, TYP. L5x3x14 LLV W/ 112" VERT. LONG SLOTTED HOLE, TYP. 12"Ø M.B. CTR'D IN HOLE a AT BLK'G TO SHT'G APPLY SCOTCH WELD DP-100 GLUE BY 3M 4x SOLID BLK'G W/ A35 E.S. @ EA. END 2" MIN. TYP. Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 47BACX.1221.000 E00.1R EXTERIOR LIGHTING PHOTOMETRICS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 FOR REFERENCE ONLY FOR REFERENCE ONLY 1 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 09/16/2024 Job No. Owner Approval Scale DELTA ISSUE DATEDESCRIPTION SERIAL NUM./MANH. ID: VERSION: BULLETIN: 47BACX.1221.000 E00.2R EXTERIOR LIGHTING PHOTOMETRICS 2. 0 ARCADIA 336 E HUNTINGTON DR, ARCADIA, CA 91006 CA9-215 2.0 02-2024 FOR REFERENCE ONLY FOR REFERENCE ONLY 1 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 09/16/2024 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS 336 E Huntington Drive, Arcadia, CA 91006 PSE Project # 23321.10 September 18, 2024 STRUCTURAL PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC. ENGINEER: 639 FRONT STREET, 4TH FLOOR SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94111 September 19, 2024 ATM & SAFE ANCHORAGE October 17, 2024 Paradigm Structural Engineers, Inc. San Francisco, California TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page ASCE Hazard Tool 1 - 2 ATM Anchorage 3 - 15 Cash Safe Anchorage 16 - 28 ASCE Hazards Report Address: 336 E Huntington Dr Arcadia, California 91006 Standard:ASCE/SEI 7-16 Latitude:34.140063 Risk Category:II Longitude:-118.022976 Soil Class:D - Default (see Section 11.4.3) Elevation:479.7422006896764 ft (NAVD 88) Page 1 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Aug 12 2024 1 SS : 1.933 S1 : 0.702 Fa : 1.2 Fv : N/A SMS : 2.319 SM1 : N/A SDS : 1.546 SD1 : N/A TL : 8 PGA : 0.84 PGA M : 1.007 FPGA : 1.2 Ie : 1 Cv : 1.487 Seismic Site Soil Class: Results: Data Accessed: Date Source: D - Default (see Section 11.4.3) USGS Seismic Design Maps Ground motion hazard analysis may be required. See ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 11.4.8. Mon Aug 12 2024 Page 2 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Aug 12 2024 2 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job:23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-Structural Component Anchorage Forces Date:9/2024 Dallas, Texas NCR 6684 By:ETY DESIGN OF LATERAL FORCES ON ELEMENTS (2022 CBC 13.3.1) ap =1 in-structure component amplication factor from 1.0 to 2.5 * SDS =1.546 g (Same as building to which components are connected) Ip =1.00 see section 13.1.3 of ASCE 7-16 Rp =2.5 component response modification factor * z =0 ft component attachment elevation wrt grade h =20 ft structural roof elevation wrt grade Ωo =2 * Values are obtained from Table 13.5-1 of ASCE 7-16 Fp = 1.6 SDSIpWp OR Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] * (1+ 2(z/h)) 0.3 SDSIpWp < Fp < 1.6 SDSIpWp Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] *(1+ 2(z/h)) =0.25 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-1) Fp,max =1.6 SDSIpWp =2.47 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-2) Fp,min = 0.3 SDSIpWp =0.46 Wp <= CONTROLS 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-3) (CBC Coefficient) Fp =0.46 Wp Horizontal Seismic Force (CBC Coefficient) Fv =0.31 Wp Vertical Seismic Force,Fv = 0.2 SDSWp 3 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job: 23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/2024 Dallas, Texas NCR 6684 By: ETY ATM ANCHORAGE (NCR 6684) Wp =1995 lbs Fp =0.46 Wp =925 lbs Fv =0.31 Wp =617 lbs LOCATION OF C.G. UNIT X = 15.16" Y = 15.75" Z = 32.11" ATM ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE V = 485 lbs/anchor T = 1205 lbs/anchor 5/8" ⌀ HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ W/ 2.75" EFF. EMBED. UTILIZATION (see pages TENSION = 52% < 100% ✓ SHEAR = 8% < 100% ✓ TENSION / SHEAR = 35% < 100% ✓ (see page Z Wp Fv Fp 4 6) 7 - 15) PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job: 23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/2024 Dallas, Texas NCR 6684 By: ETY Anchorage Locations (leave blank if anchorage does not occur) Bolt # X (in) Y (in) 1 6.46 6.67 2 3 4 5 6.46 26.32 6 7 8 9 10 26.14 6.67 11 12 13 14 26.14 26.32 Find Center of Anchorage Group # of anchor locations = 4 = N XBAR =16.30 in YBAR =16.50 in Anchor Group Properties Location of C.G. of Unit Ix-x = 386.1 in4 X =15.16 in xC.G. = 1.14 in Iy-y = 387.3 in4 Y =15.75 in yC.G. = 0.75 in Iz-z = 773.4 in4 Z =32.11 in rC.G. = 1.36 in Seismic Coefficient Loads Fp,h =0.46 *Wp (Strength)Weight (Wp) =1995 lbs Ωo =2.00 Horizontal Force (Fp,h) = 925 lbs SDS =1.55 Vertical Force (Fp,v) = 617 lbs Fp,v = 0.2SDS *Wp = 0.31 *Wp 5 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job: 23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/2024 Dallas, Texas NCR 6684 By: ETY Equipment Forces Moments MX-X = (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (yC.G.) = 30,737 lb-in MY-Y = (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (xC.G.) = 31,282 lb-in MZ-Z = (Fp,h) (rC.G.) = 1,260 lb-in Anchorage Forces (Does not include Ωo) Tension T X-AXIS = [MX-X (yMIN) / (IX-X)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =438 lbs/anchor T Y-AXIS = [MY-Y (xMIN) / (IY-Y)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =450 lbs/anchor Tmax =450 lbs/anchor Shear V = (Fp,h) / (N) + MZ-Z [(xMAX)2+(yMAX)2]1/2 / IZ-Z =254 lbs/anchor Concrete Anchorage (Includes Ωo) Moments MX-X = Ωo (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (yC.G.) = 60448 lb-in MY-Y = Ωo (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (xC.G.) = 60993 lb-in MZ-Z = Ωo (Fp,h) (rC.G.) = 2520 lb-in Anchorage Forces Tension T X-AXIS = [MX-X (yMIN) / (IX-X)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =1194 lbs/anchor T Y-AXIS = [MY-Y (xMIN) / (IY-Y)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =1205 lbs/anchor Tmax =1205 lbs/anchor Shear V = Ωo(Fp,h) / (N) + MZ-Z [(xMAX)2+(yMAX)2]1/2 / IZ-Z =485 lbs/anchor 6 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 1 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 1 10/17/2024 Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2 - CS 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1 Item number: 2210270 KB-TZ2 5/8x4 1/4 Specification text: Hilti KB-TZ2 stud anchor with 3.25 in embedment, 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1, Carbon steel, installation per ESR-4266 Effective embedment depth: hef,act = 2.750 in., hnom = 3.250 in. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR-4266 Issued I Valid: 12/1/2023 | 12/1/2025 Proof: Design Method ACI 318-19 / Mech Stand-off installation: Profile: Base material: cracked concrete, 2500, fc' = 2,500 psi; h = 5.000 in. Installation: Hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: not present, shear: not present; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (17.10.5.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (17.10.6.3 (c)) 7 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 2 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 2 10/17/2024 Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] 8 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 3 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 3 10/17/2024 1.1 Design results Case Description Forces [lb] / Moments [in.lb]Seismic Max. Util. Anchor [%] 1 Combination 1 N = 1,205; Vx = 485; Vy = 0; Mx = 0; My = 0; Mz = 0; yes 52 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 1,205 485 485 0 3 Tension load Load Nua [lb]Capacity f Nn [lb]Utilization bN = Nua/f Nn Status Steel Strength*1,205 13,157 10 OK Pullout Strength*N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Failure**1,205 2,334 52 OK * highest loaded anchor **anchor group (anchors in tension) 9 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 4 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 4 10/17/2024 3.1 Steel Strength Nsa = ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 f Nsa ³ Nua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 Variables Ase,N [in.2]futa [psi] 0.16 106,704 Calculations Nsa [lb] 17,542 Results Nsa [lb]f steel f nonductile f Nsa [lb]Nua [lb] 17,542 0.750 1.000 13,157 1,205 3.2 Concrete Breakout Failure Ncb = (ANc ANc0)y ed,N y c,N y cp,N Nb ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.1a) f Ncb ³ Nua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 ANc see ACI 318-19, Section 17.6.2.1, Fig. R 17.6.2.1(b) ANc0 = 9 h2 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.1.4) y ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 (ca,min 1.5hef)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.4.1b) y cp,N = MAX(ca,mincac , 1.5hefcac)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.6.1b) Nb = kc l a √f' c h1.5 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.2.1) Variables hef [in.]ca,min [in.]y c,N cac [in.]kc l a f' c [psi] 2.750 ∞1.000 10.000 21 1.000 2,500 Calculations ANc [in.2]ANc0 [in.2]y ed,N y cp,N Nb [lb] 68.06 68.06 1.000 1.000 4,788 Results Ncb [lb]f concrete f seismic f nonductile f Ncb [lb]Nua [lb] 4,788 0.650 0.750 1.000 2,334 1,205 10 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 5 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 5 10/17/2024 4 Shear load Load Vua [lb]Capacity f Vn [lb]Utilization bV = Vua/f Vn Status Steel Strength*485 6,668 8 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)*N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength**485 6,704 8 OK Concrete edge failure in direction **N/A N/A N/A N/A * highest loaded anchor **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa,eq = ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 f Vsteel ³ Vua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 Variables Ase,V [in.2]futa [psi]aV,seis 0.16 106,704 1.000 Calculations Vsa,eq [lb] 10,259 Results Vsa,eq [lb]f steel f nonductile f Vsa,eq [lb]Vua [lb] 10,259 0.650 1.000 6,668 485 11 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 6 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 6 10/17/2024 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcp = kcp [(ANc ANc0)y ed,N y c,N y cp,N Nb ] ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.7.3.1a) f Vcp ³ Vua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 ANc see ACI 318-19, Section 17.6.2.1, Fig. R 17.6.2.1(b) ANc0 = 9 h2 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.1.4) y ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 (ca,min 1.5hef)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.4.1b) y cp,N = MAX(ca,mincac , 1.5hefcac)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.6.1b) Nb = kc l a √f' c h1.5 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.2.1) Variables kcp hef [in.]ca,min [in.]y c,N 2 2.750 ∞1.000 cac [in.]kc l a f' c [psi] 10.000 21 1.000 2,500 Calculations ANc [in.2]ANc0 [in.2]y ed,N y cp,N Nb [lb] 68.06 68.06 1.000 1.000 4,788 Results Vcp [lb]f concrete f seismic f nonductile f Vcp [lb]Vua [lb] 9,577 0.700 1.000 1.000 6,704 485 5 Combined tension and shear loads, per ACI 318-19 section 17.8 bN bV z Utilization bN,V [%]Status 0.516 0.073 5/3 35 OK bNV = bz N + bz V <= 1 12 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 7 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 7 10/17/2024 6 Warnings • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations (AS 5216:2021, ETAG 001/Annex C, EOTA TR029 etc.). This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered - the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with CBFEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above. The proof if the rigid anchor plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • For additional information about ACI 318 strength design provisions, please go to https://submittals.us.hilti.com/PROFISAnchorDesignGuide/ • "An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-19, Chapter 17, Section 17.10.5.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.10.5.3 (b), Section 17.10.5.3 (c), or Section 17.10.5.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.10.6.3 (a), Section 17.10.6.3 (b), or Section 17.10.6.3 (c)." • Section 17.10.5.3 (b) / Section 17.10.6.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Section 17.10.5.3 (c) / Section 17.10.6.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment. Section 17.10.5.3 (d) / Section 17.10.6.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by w0. • Hilti post-installed anchors shall be installed in accordance with the Hilti Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). Reference ACI 318-19, Section 26.7. Fastening meets the design criteria! 13 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 8 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 8 10/17/2024 7 Installation data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2 - CS 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1 Profile: - Item number: 2210270 KB-TZ2 5/8x4 1/4 Hole diameter in the fixture: - Maximum installation torque: 481 in.lb Plate thickness (input): - Hole diameter in the base material: 0.625 in. Hole depth in the base material: 3.750 in. Drilling method: Hammer drilled Minimum thickness of the base material: 5.000 in. Cleaning: Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. Hilti KB-TZ2 stud anchor with 3.25 in embedment, 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1, Carbon steel, installation per ESR-4266 7.1 Recommended accessories Drilling Cleaning Setting • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit • Manual blow-out pump • Torque controlled cordless impact tool • Torque wrench • Hammer Coordinates Anchor in. Anchor x y c-x c+x c-y c+y 1 0.000 0.000 ---- 14 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 9 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: Paradigm Structural Engrs. 639 Front Street 4153628944 | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 9 10/17/2024 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use-specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. 15 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job:23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-Structural Component Anchorage Forces Date:9/2024 Dallas, Texas CASH SAFE By:ETY DESIGN OF LATERAL FORCES ON ELEMENTS (ASCE 7-16 Section 13.3) ap =1 in-structure component amplication factor from 1.0 to 2.5 * SDS =1.546 g (Same as building to which components are connected) Ip =1.00 see section 13.1.3 of ASCE 7-16 Rp =2.5 component response modification factor * z =0 ft component attachment elevation wrt grade h =20 ft structural roof elevation wrt grade Ωo =2 * Values are obtained from Table 13.5-1 of ASCE 7-16 Fp = 1.6 SDSIpWp OR Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] * (1+ 2(z/h)) 0.3 SDSIpWp < Fp < 1.6 SDSIpWp Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] *(1+ 2(z/h)) =0.25 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-1) Fp,max =1.6 SDSIpWp =2.47 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-2) Fp,min = 0.3 SDSIpWp =0.46 Wp <= CONTROLS 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-3) (CBC Coefficient) Fp =0.46 Wp Horizontal Seismic Force (CBC Coefficient) Fv =0.31 Wp Vertical Seismic Force,Fv = 0.2 SDSWp 16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job: 23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/2024 Dallas, Texas CASH SAFE By: ETY ATM ANCHORAGE (CASH SAFE) Wp =3690 lbs Fp =0.46 Wp =1711 lbs Fv =0.31 Wp =1141 lbs DIMENSIONS CTR OF MASS W =40 in X = 20 in D =26 in Y = 13 in H =72 in Z = 36 in ATM ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETE V = 856 lbs/set of anchors T = 2987 lbs/set of anchors 5/8" ⌀ HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ W/ 2.75" EFF. EMBED. UTILIZATION (see pages TENSION = 75% < 100% ✓ SHEAR = 8% < 100% ✓ TENSION / SHEAR = 62% < 100% ✓ (see page 17 19) 20 - 28) PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job: 23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-Structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/2024 Dallas, Texas CASH SAFE By: ETY Anchorage Locations (leave blank if anchorage does not occur) Bolt # X (in) Y (in) 1 0 4.5 2 3 4 5 40 4.5 6 7 8 9 10 0 21.5 11 12 13 14 40 21.5 Find Center of Anchorage Group # of anchor locations = 4 = N XBAR =20.00 in YBAR =13.00 in Anchor Group Properties Location of C.G. of Unit Ix-x = 289.0 in4 X = 20.0 in xC.G. = 0.00 in Iy-y = 1600.0 in4 Y = 13.0 in yC.G. = 0.00 in Iz-z = 1889.0 in4 Z = 36.0 in rC.G. = 0.00 in Seismic Coefficient Loads Fp,h =0.46 *Wp (Strength)Weight (Wp) =3,690 lbs Ωo =2.00 Horizontal Force (Fp,h) = 1,711 lbs SDS =1.55 Vertical Force (Fp,v) = 1,141 lbs Fp,v = 0.2SDS *Wp = 0.31 *Wp 18 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC.PROJECT:BAC - Arcadia Job: 23321.10 San Francisco, California Sheet: Chicago, Illinois Non-Structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/2024 Dallas, Texas CASH SAFE By: ETY Equipment Forces Moments MX-X = (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (yC.G.) = 61,611 lb-in MY-Y = (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (xC.G.) = 61,611 lb-in MZ-Z = (Fp,h) (rC.G.) = 0 lb-in Anchorage Forces (Does not include Ωo) Tension T X-AXIS = [MX-X (yMIN) / (IX-X)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =1175 lbs/set T Y-AXIS = [MY-Y (xMIN) / (IY-Y)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =133 lbs/set Tmax =1175 lbs/set Shear V = (Fp,h) / (N) + MZ-Z [(xMAX)2+(yMAX)2]1/2 / IZ-Z =428 lbs/set Concrete Anchorage (Includes Ωo) Moments MX-X = Ωo (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (yC.G.) = 123222 lb-in MY-Y = Ωo (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (xC.G.) = 123222 lb-in MZ-Z = Ωo (Fp,h) (rC.G.) = 0 lb-in Anchorage Forces Tension T X-AXIS = [MX-X (yMIN) / (IX-X)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =2987 lbs/set T Y-AXIS = [MY-Y (xMIN) / (IY-Y)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] =903 lbs/set Tmax =2987 lbs/set Shear V = Ωo(Fp,h) / (N) + MZ-Z [(xMAX)2+(yMAX)2]1/2 / IZ-Z =856 lbs/set 19 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 1 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 1 10/17/2024 Specifier's comments: 1 Input data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2 - CS 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1 Item number: 2210271 KB-TZ2 5/8x4 3/4 Specification text: Hilti KB-TZ2 stud anchor with 3.25 in embedment, 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1, Carbon steel, installation per ESR-4266 Effective embedment depth: hef,act = 2.750 in., hnom = 3.250 in. Material: Carbon Steel Evaluation Service Report: ESR-4266 Issued I Valid: 12/1/2023 | 12/1/2025 Proof: Design Method ACI 318-19 / Mech Stand-off installation: eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 0.500 in. Anchor plateR : lx x ly x t = 3.000 in. x 9.000 in. x 0.500 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated) Profile: no profile Base material: cracked concrete, 2500, fc' = 2,500 psi; h = 5.000 in. Installation: Hammer drilled hole, Installation condition: Dry Reinforcement: tension: not present, shear: not present; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) Tension load: yes (17.10.5.3 (d)) Shear load: yes (17.10.6.3 (c)) R - The anchor calculation is based on a rigid anchor plate assumption. Geometry [in.] & Loading [lb, in.lb] 20 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 2 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 2 10/17/2024 1.1 Design results Case Description Forces [lb] / Moments [in.lb]Seismic Max. Util. Anchor [%] 1 Combination 1 N = 2,987; Vx = 856; Vy = 0; Mx = 0; My = 0; Mz = 0; yes 75 Tension 1 2 x y2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces Anchor reactions [lb] Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y 1 1,494 428 428 0 2 1,494 428 428 0 Max. concrete compressive strain: - [‰] Max. concrete compressive stress: - [psi] Resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/0.000): 2,987 [lb] Resulting compression force in (x/y)=(-/-): 0 [lb] Anchor forces are calculated based on the assumption of a rigid anchor plate. 3 Tension load Load Nua [lb]Capacity f Nn [lb]Utilization bN = Nua/f Nn Status Steel Strength*1,494 13,157 12 OK Pullout Strength*N/A N/A N/A N/A Concrete Breakout Failure**2,987 4,032 75 OK * highest loaded anchor **anchor group (anchors in tension) 21 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 3 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 3 10/17/2024 3.1 Steel Strength Nsa = ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 f Nsa ³ Nua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 Variables Ase,N [in.2]futa [psi] 0.16 106,704 Calculations Nsa [lb] 17,542 Results Nsa [lb]f steel f nonductile f Nsa [lb]Nua [lb] 17,542 0.750 1.000 13,157 1,494 22 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 4 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 4 10/17/2024 3.2 Concrete Breakout Failure Ncbg = (ANc ANc0)y ec,N y ed,N y c,N y cp,N Nb ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.1b) f Ncbg ³ Nua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 ANc see ACI 318-19, Section 17.6.2.1, Fig. R 17.6.2.1(b) ANc0 = 9 h2 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.1.4) y ec,N = (1 1 + 2 e' N 3 hef )£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.3.1) y ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 (ca,min1.5hef)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.4.1b) y cp,N = MAX(ca,mincac , 1.5hefcac)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.6.1b) Nb = kc l a √f' c h1.5 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.2.1) Variables hef [in.]ec1,N [in.]ec2,N [in.]ca,min [in.]y c,N 2.750 0.000 0.000 ∞1.000 cac [in.]kc l a f' c [psi] 10.000 21 1.000 2,500 Calculations ANc [in.2]ANc0 [in.2]y ec1,N y ec2,N y ed,N y cp,N Nb [lb] 117.56 68.06 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 4,788 Results Ncbg [lb]f concrete f seismic f nonductile f Ncbg [lb]Nua [lb] 8,271 0.650 0.750 1.000 4,032 2,987 23 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 5 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 5 10/17/2024 4 Shear load Load Vua [lb]Capacity f Vn [lb]Utilization bV = Vua/f Vn Status Steel Strength*428 6,668 7 OK Steel failure (with lever arm)*N/A N/A N/A N/A Pryout Strength**856 11,579 8 OK Concrete edge failure in direction **N/A N/A N/A N/A * highest loaded anchor **anchor group (relevant anchors) 4.1 Steel Strength Vsa,eq = ESR value refer to ICC-ES ESR-4266 f Vsteel ³ Vua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 Variables Ase,V [in.2]futa [psi]aV,seis 0.16 106,704 1.000 Calculations Vsa,eq [lb] 10,259 Results Vsa,eq [lb]f steel f nonductile f Vsa,eq [lb]Vua [lb] 10,259 0.650 1.000 6,668 428 24 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 6 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 6 10/17/2024 4.2 Pryout Strength Vcpg = kcp [(ANc ANc0)y ec,N y ed,N y c,N y cp,N Nb ] ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.7.3.1b) f Vcpg ³ Vua ACI 318-19 Table 17.5.2 ANc see ACI 318-19, Section 17.6.2.1, Fig. R 17.6.2.1(b) ANc0 = 9 h2 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.1.4) y ec,N = (1 1 + 2 e' N 3 hef )£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.3.1) y ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 (ca,min1.5hef)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.4.1b) y cp,N = MAX(ca,mincac , 1.5hefcac)£ 1.0 ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.6.1b) Nb = kc l a √f' c h1.5 ef ACI 318-19 Eq. (17.6.2.2.1) Variables kcp hef [in.]ec1,N [in.]ec2,N [in.]ca,min [in.] 2 2.750 0.000 0.000 ∞ y c,N cac [in.]kc l a f' c [psi] 1.000 10.000 21 1.000 2,500 Calculations ANc [in.2]ANc0 [in.2]y ec1,N y ec2,N y ed,N y cp,N Nb [lb] 117.56 68.06 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 4,788 Results Vcpg [lb]f concrete f seismic f nonductile f Vcpg [lb]Vua [lb] 16,542 0.700 1.000 1.000 11,579 856 5 Combined tension and shear loads, per ACI 318-19 section 17.8 bN bV z Utilization bN,V [%]Status 0.741 0.074 5/3 62 OK bNV = bz N + bz V <= 1 25 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 7 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 7 10/17/2024 6 Warnings • The anchor design methods in PROFIS Engineering require rigid anchor plates per current regulations (AS 5216:2021, ETAG 001/Annex C, EOTA TR029 etc.). This means load re-distribution on the anchors due to elastic deformations of the anchor plate are not considered - the anchor plate is assumed to be sufficiently stiff, in order not to be deformed when subjected to the design loading. PROFIS Engineering calculates the minimum required anchor plate thickness with CBFEM to limit the stress of the anchor plate based on the assumptions explained above. The proof if the rigid anchor plate assumption is valid is not carried out by PROFIS Engineering. Input data and results must be checked for agreement with the existing conditions and for plausibility! • Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. • Refer to the manufacturer's product literature for cleaning and installation instructions. • For additional information about ACI 318 strength design provisions, please go to https://submittals.us.hilti.com/PROFISAnchorDesignGuide/ • "An anchor design approach for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F is given in ACI 318-19, Chapter 17, Section 17.10.5.3 (a) that requires the governing design strength of an anchor or group of anchors be limited by ductile steel failure. If this is NOT the case, the connection design (tension) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.10.5.3 (b), Section 17.10.5.3 (c), or Section 17.10.5.3 (d). The connection design (shear) shall satisfy the provisions of Section 17.10.6.3 (a), Section 17.10.6.3 (b), or Section 17.10.6.3 (c)." • Section 17.10.5.3 (b) / Section 17.10.6.3 (a) require the attachment the anchors are connecting to the structure be designed to undergo ductile yielding at a load level corresponding to anchor forces no greater than the controlling design strength. Section 17.10.5.3 (c) / Section 17.10.6.3 (b) waive the ductility requirements and require the anchors to be designed for the maximum tension / shear that can be transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment. Section 17.10.5.3 (d) / Section 17.10.6.3 (c) waive the ductility requirements and require the design strength of the anchors to equal or exceed the maximum tension / shear obtained from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by w0. • Hilti post-installed anchors shall be installed in accordance with the Hilti Manufacturer's Printed Installation Instructions (MPII). Reference ACI 318-19, Section 26.7. Fastening meets the design criteria! 26 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 8 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 8 10/17/2024 Coordinates Anchor [in.] Anchor x y c-x c+x c-y c+y 1 0.000 -3.000 ---- 2 0.000 3.000 ---- 7 Installation data Anchor type and diameter: Kwik Bolt TZ2 - CS 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1 Profile: no profile Item number: 2210271 KB-TZ2 5/8x4 3/4 Hole diameter in the fixture: df = 0.687 in. Maximum installation torque: 481 in.lb Plate thickness (input): 0.500 in. Hole diameter in the base material: 0.625 in. Recommended plate thickness: not calculated Hole depth in the base material: 3.750 in. Drilling method: Hammer drilled Minimum thickness of the base material: 5.000 in. Cleaning: Manual cleaning of the drilled hole according to instructions for use is required. Hilti KB-TZ2 stud anchor with 3.25 in embedment, 5/8 (2 3/4) hnom1, Carbon steel, installation per ESR-4266 7.1 Recommended accessories Drilling Cleaning Setting • Suitable Rotary Hammer • Properly sized drill bit • Manual blow-out pump • Torque controlled cordless impact tool • Torque wrench • Hammer 1 2 x y 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500 1. 5 0 0 6. 0 0 0 1. 5 0 0 4. 5 0 0 4. 5 0 0 27 www.hilti.com Hilti PROFIS Engineering 3.1.4 Input data and results must be checked for conformity with the existing conditions and for plausibility! PROFIS Engineering ( c ) 2003-2024 Hilti AG, FL-9494 Schaan Hilti is a registered Trademark of Hilti AG, Schaan 9 Company: Address: Phone I Fax: Design: Fastening point: | Concrete - Oct 17, 2024 (1) Page: Specifier: E-Mail: Date: 9 10/17/2024 8 Remarks; Your Cooperation Duties • Any and all information and data contained in the Software concern solely the use of Hilti products and are based on the principles, formulas and security regulations in accordance with Hilti's technical directions and operating, mounting and assembly instructions, etc., that must be strictly complied with by the user. All figures contained therein are average figures, and therefore use-specific tests are to be conducted prior to using the relevant Hilti product. The results of the calculations carried out by means of the Software are based essentially on the data you put in. Therefore, you bear the sole responsibility for the absence of errors, the completeness and the relevance of the data to be put in by you. Moreover, you bear sole responsibility for having the results of the calculation checked and cleared by an expert, particularly with regard to compliance with applicable norms and permits, prior to using them for your specific facility. The Software serves only as an aid to interpret norms and permits without any guarantee as to the absence of errors, the correctness and the relevance of the results or suitability for a specific application. • You must take all necessary and reasonable steps to prevent or limit damage caused by the Software. In particular, you must arrange for the regular backup of programs and data and, if applicable, carry out the updates of the Software offered by Hilti on a regular basis. If you do not use the AutoUpdate function of the Software, you must ensure that you are using the current and thus up-to-date version of the Software in each case by carrying out manual updates via the Hilti Website. Hilti will not be liable for consequences, such as the recovery of lost or damaged data or programs, arising from a culpable breach of duty by you. 28 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS 336 E Huntington Drive, Arcadia, CA 91006 PSE Project # 23321.10 September 18, 2024 STRUCTURAL PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC. ENGINEER: 639 FRONT STREET, 4TH FLOOR SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94111 September 19, 2024 Paradigm Structural Engineers, Inc. San Francisco, California Job _____________________ Sheet _____________________ By _____________________ Date _____________________ TABLE OF CONTENTS Sections Description Page 1 General G1 ASCE Hazard Tool Seismic Data Flat Load Table 2 Equipment Anchorage B1 3 Existing Framing Capacity Check C1 4 Reinforcement D1 5 Security Gate E1 1 Paradigm Structural Engineers, Inc. San Francisco, California Section 1 General 1 ASCE Hazards Report Address: 336 E Huntington Dr Arcadia, California 91006 Standard:ASCE/SEI 7-16 Latitude:34.140063 Risk Category:II Longitude:-118.022976 Soil Class:D - Default (see Section 11.4.3) Elevation:479.7422006896764 ft (NAVD 88) Page 1 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Aug 12 2024 SS : 1.933 S1 : 0.702 Fa : 1.2 Fv : N/A SMS : 2.319 SM1 : N/A SDS : 1.546 SD1 : N/A TL : 8 PGA : 0.84 PGA M : 1.007 FPGA : 1.2 Ie : 1 Cv : 1.487 Seismic Site Soil Class: Results: Data Accessed: Date Source: D - Default (see Section 11.4.3) USGS Seismic Design Maps Ground motion hazard analysis may be required. See ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 11.4.8. Mon Aug 12 2024 Page 2 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Aug 12 2024 The ASCE Hazard Tool is provided for your convenience, for informational purposes only, and is provided “as is” and without warranties of any kind. The location data included herein has been obtained from information developed, produced, and maintained by third party providers; or has been extrapolated from maps incorporated in the ASCE standard. While ASCE has made every effort to use data obtained from reliable sources or methodologies, ASCE does not make any representations or warranties as to the accuracy, completeness, reliability, currency, or quality of any data provided herein. Any third-party links provided by this Tool should not be construed as an endorsement, affiliation, relationship, or sponsorship of such third-party content by or from ASCE. ASCE does not intend, nor should anyone interpret, the results provided by this Tool to replace the sound judgment of a competent professional, having knowledge and experience in the appropriate field(s) of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such professionals in interpreting and applying the contents of this Tool or the ASCE standard. In using this Tool, you expressly assume all risks associated with your use. Under no circumstances shall ASCE or its officers, directors, employees, members, affiliates, or agents be liable to you or any other person for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages arising from or related to your use of, or reliance on, the Tool or any information obtained therein. To the fullest extent permitted by law, you agree to release and hold harmless ASCE from any and all liability of any nature arising out of or resulting from any use of data provided by the ASCE Hazard Tool. Page 3 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Aug 12 2024 PARADIGM PROJECT:BOA Arcadia Job:23321.10 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC. Sheet: San Francisco, CA 94105 Design Loads Date:9/17/2024 (415) 362-8944 By:JR FILENAME: DESIGNLOADS.XLS Flat Loads: Roof DECK BEAM GIRDER COLUMN SEISMIC ROOFING 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 INSULATION 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 PLYWOOD 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2X4 JOIST 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 4X14 JOIST 1.5 1.5 1.5 GLULAM 2.0 2.0 MEP 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 SUSPENDED CEILING 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 PARTITIONS 4.0 MISCELLANEOUS 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.5 TOTAL DL (psf) 15.0 16.0 17.0 19.0 23.0 TOTAL LL (psf)(1)20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 TOTAL LOAD (psf) 35.0 36.0 37.0 39.0 23.0 (1) LL IS REDUCIBLE PER CBC SECTION 1607.10 Paradigm Structural Engineers, Inc. San Francisco, California Section 2 Equipment Anchorage 1 PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR There will be several mechanical equipment to be installed on the roof. Two of these will be exempt per ASCE 7-16 13.1.4, item 6. The weight is less than 400lbs, and the center of mass is less than 4ft. Therefore, CU-1 and CU-2 are exempt from the requirements for nonstructural components in ASCE 7-16. PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR The models for RTU-2 to RTU-4 are the same and they all have the same weight. The "Z" value is nearly the same between two units. Therefore, design for RTU-1 for the envelope solution. The cut sheets are attached for reference. PARADIGM PROJECT:BOA Arcadia Job:23321.10 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC. Sheet: San Francisco, CA 94111 Non-Structural Component Anchorage Forces Date:9/16/2024 (415) 362-8944 Equipment - Heat Pump Rooftop Unit By:JR DESIGN OF LATERAL FORCES ON ELEMENTS (ASCE 7-16 Section 13.3) ap =1.0 in-structure component amplication factor from 1.0 to 2.5 * SDS =1.546 g (Same as building to which components are connected) Ip =1.00 see section 13.1.3 of ASCE 7-16 Rp =2.5 component response modification factor * z =1 component attachment elevation wrt grade h =1 structural roof elevation wrt grade Ωo =2 * Values are obtained from Table 13.5-1 of ASCE 7-16 Fp = 1.6 SDSIpWp OR Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] * (1+ 2(z/h)) 0.3 SDSIpWp < Fp < 1.6 SDSIpWp Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] *(1+ 2(z/h)) =0.74 Wp <= CONTROLS 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-1) Fp,max =1.6 SDSIpWp =2.47 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-2) Fp,min = 0.3 SDSIpWp =0.46 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-3) (2019 CBC Coefficient) Fp =0.74 Wp Horizontal Seismic Force (2019 CBC Coefficient) Fv =0.31 Wp Vertical Seismic Force, Fv = 0.2 SDSWp FROM ASCE HAZARD TOOLS PARADIGM PROJECT:BOA Arcadia Job: 23321.10 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC. Sheet: San Francisco, CA 94111 Non-structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/16/2024 (415) 362-8944 Equipment - Heat Pump Rooftop Unit By: JR Anchorage Locations (leave blank if anchorage does not occur) Bolt # X (in) Y (in) 1 0 0 2 24.79167 0 3 4 49.58333 0 5 74.375 0 6 7 8 9 10 0 46.625 11 24.79167 46.625 12 13 49.58333 46.625 14 74.375 46.625 Find Center of Anchorage Group # of anchor locations = 8 = N XBAR = 37.19 in YBAR = 23.31 in Anchor Group Properties Location of C.G. of Unit Ix-x = 4347.8 in4 X =74.375 in xC.G. = 35.38 in Iy-y = 6146.3 in4 Y =46.625 in yC.G. = 22.31 in Iz-z = 10494.0 in4 Z =16.50 in rC.G. = 41.82 in Seismic Coefficient Loads Fp,h = 0.74 *Wp Weight (1.0Wp) =650 lbs Ωo = 2 Weight (0.6Wp) = 390 lbs Horizontal Force (1.0Fp,h) = 482 lbs (LRFD) SDS = 1.55 Vertical Force (1.0Fp,v) = 201 lbs (LRFD) Fp,v = 0.2SDS *Wp Horizontal Force (0.7Fp,h) = 338 lbs (ASD) = 0.31 *Wp Vertical Force (0.7Fp,v) = 141 lbs (ASD) xMAX xMIN MINy MAXy XX Y Y G.C.xX Y G.C.y G.C.r Bolt Group Center 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Origin (0,0)  BARX Z Z ELEV PLAN YBAR XBAR PLAN DIMENSIONS CENTER OF GRAVITY ELEVATION PER CUT SHEET CENTER OF GRAVITY PLAN DIMENSIONS PER CUT SHEET EQ EQ EQ PARADIGM PROJECT:BOA Arcadia Job: 23321.10 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC. Sheet: San Francisco, CA 94111 Non-structural Component Anchorage Forces Date: 9/16/2024 (415) 362-8944 Equipment - Heat Pump Rooftop Unit By: JR ASD Anchorage Forces for Strap Check (Does not include Ωo) Moments MX-X = (0.7Fp,h) (Z) + (0.6Wp-0.7Fp,v) (yC.G.) = 11,134 lb-in MY-Y = (0.7Fp,h) (Z) + (0.6Wp-0.7Fp,v) (xC.G.) = 14,391 lb-in MZ-Z = (0.7Fp,h) (rC.G.) = 14,122 lb-in Anchorage Forces Tension T X-AXIS = [MX-X (yMIN) / (IX-X)] - [(0.6Wp - 0.7Fp,v) / (N)] =29 lbs/anchor T Y-AXIS = [MY-Y (xMIN) / (IY-Y)] - [(0.6Wp - 0.7Fp,v) / (N)] =-2 lbs/anchor NO UPLIFT Tmax =29 lbs/anchor Shear V = (0.7Fp,h) / (N) + MZ-Z [(xMAX)2+(yMAX)2]1/2 / IZ-Z =101 lbs/anchor LRFD Concrete Anchorage for TZ Bolt Check (Includes Ωo) Moments MX-X = Ωo (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (yC.G.) = 25936 lb-in MY-Y = Ωo (Fp,h) (Z) + (Wp-Fp,v) (xC.G.) = 31802 lb-in MZ-Z = Ωo (Fp,h) (rC.G.) = 40348 lb-in Anchorage Forces Tension T X-AXIS = [MX-X (yMIN) / (IX-X)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] = 83 lbs/anchor T Y-AXIS = [MY-Y (xMIN) / (IY-Y)] - [(Wp - Fp,v) / (N)] = 136 lbs/anchor Tmax = 136 lbs/anchor Shear V = Ωo(Fp,h) / (N) + MZ-Z [(xMAX)2+(yMAX)2]1/2 / IZ-Z = 180 lbs/anchor PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR Design lag screws for the anchors per NDS: T_max = 29lbs/anchor determined previously V_max = 101lbs/anchor determined previously Provide blocking for lag screws if the anchor points do not align with existing framing. The existing wood joists are 2x4, consider using the same depth of blocking. Check lag screw for interaction (withdrawal and shear), consider using 3/8" diameter lag screw: Determine adjustment factors: C_D = 0.9 NDS2018 Table 2.3.2 Permanent C_M = 1.0 NDS2018 Table 11.3.3 <=19%; C_M N/A when toe-nail factor applies for withdrawal C_t = 1.0 NDS2018 Table 11.3.4 Dry, T<=100 degree fahrenheit C_g = N/A NDS2018 Section 11.3.6 C_delta = N/A NDS2018 Section 12.5.1 C_eg = 0.75 NDS2018 Section 12.5.2 C_di = N/A NDS2018 Section 12.5.3 C_tn = 0.67 for withdrawal; 0.83 for lateral Determine withdrawal (W) value: p = 8D = 8*3/8" = 3" penetration W = 305lbs/in*p = 915lbs unadjusted W' = W*C_D*C_t*C_eg*C_tn = 414lbs adjusted DOUGLAS FIR-LARCH AS SPECIFIED PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR Determine lateral (Z) value, consider providing a piece of steel member: Z = 280lbs Z' = Z*C_D*C_M*C_t*C_g*C_delta*C_eg*C_tn = 157lbs Check interaction: DCR = T_max/W'+V_max/Z' = 0.71 < 1, O.K. Therefore, use (2) rows of lag screws, (1) row of 4 lag screws equally spaced with a minimum penetration of 3" per each lag screw. EQ EQ EQ Check edge distance requirement: 4*D = 4*(3/8") = 1.5" 15 50GCQ*04-06 Base Unit Dimensions Ba s e u n i t d i m e n s i o n s FOR REFERENCE 16 50GCQ*04-06 Base Unit Dimensions (cont) Ba s e u n i t d i m e n s i o n s ( c o n t ) FOR REFERENCE Paradigm Structural Engineers, Inc. San Francisco, California Section 3 Existing Framing Capacity Check 1 PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR Due to heavy mechanical rooftop units, existing framing members need to be checked to see if they have enough capacity. If not, additional reinforcement will need to be provided. Check existing 2x4 wood joists: The flat load table is determined previously. Excluding the member self weight, the flat load for 2x4 wood joist is determined to be 35psf (20psf RLL+15psf SDL). For joist self weight, use ENERCALC to auto add self weight. L_equip = 74.375" = 6.2' B_equip = 46.625" = 3.9' equipment footprint For RTU-1: W_equip_1 = 650lbs RTU-1 equipment weight DL_equip_1 = W_equip_1/(L_equip*B_equip) = 27psf For RTU-2 to RTU-4: W_equip_typ = 550lbs DL_equip_typ = W_equip_typ/(L_equip*B_equip) = 23psf Assuming the existing wood joist as DF-L No.2 for the worst case. The DCR for bending for existing joist is N.G. See attached ENERCALC reports for details. Consider relocating the equipment or providing additional reinforcement underneath. 8'-0" LL_roof SDL B/2 DL_equip_typ RTU-3 PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR RTU-2 8'-0" LL_roof SDL B"DL_equip_typ Assuming the existing wood joist as DF-L No.2 for the worst case. The DCR for bending for existing joist is N.G. See attached ENERCALC reports for details. Consider relocating the equipment or providing additional reinforcement underneath. RTU-4 Assuming the existing wood joist as DF-L No.2 for the worst case. The DCR for bending for existing joist is N.G. See attached ENERCALC reports for details. Consider relocating the equipment or providing additional reinforcement underneath. 4" PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR RTU-1 8'-0" LL_roof SDL 2'-4"DL_equip_1 Assuming the existing wood joist as DF-L No.2 for the worst case. The DCR for bending for existing joist is N.G. See attached ENERCALC reports for details. Consider relocating the equipment or providing additional reinforcement underneath. Wood Beam LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:(E) 2x4, 8' long for RTU-1 Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16 Load Combination Set : IBC 2018 Material Properties Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced Repetitive Member Stress Increase Allowable Stress Design Douglas Fir-Larch No.2 900.0 900.0 1,350.0 625.0 1,600.0 580.0 180.0 575.0 31.210 Analysis Method : Eminbend - xx ksi Wood Species : Wood Grade : Fb + psi psi Fv psi Fb - Ft psi Fc - Prll psi psiFc - Perp E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx ksi Density pcf Load Combination :IBC 2018 .Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0150 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0270 ksf, Extent = 0.0 -->> 2.330 ft, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft .DESIGN SUMMARY Design N.G. Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 1.446: 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Location of maximum on span 3.737ft 102.62 psi= = 1,746.64psi 2x4Section used for this span Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1= Load Combination +D+Lr = = = 225.00 psi== Section used for this span 2x4Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.456 : 1 0.000 ft= = 2,526.37psi Maximum Deflection 0 <180 108Ratio =0 <120 Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.432 in 221Ratio =>=180 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio = Max Downward Total Deflection 0.882 in Ratio =<120 Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in fb: Actual Fb: Allowable fv: Actual Fv: Allowable Span: 1 : Lr Only n/a Span: 1 : +D+Lr n/a .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Moment ValuesLoad Combination C i CLCCCCF/V mr td Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios M CV fbM fvF'b V F'vSegment Length D Only 0.00 0.00 0.000.00 0.95Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.970 0.370 0.90 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.33 1,284.38 1324.64 0.21 162.001.00 59.91 0.95+D+Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.446 0.456 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.64 2,526.37 1746.64 0.36 225.001.00 102.62 0.90+D+0.750Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00 0.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.268 0.409 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.57 2,214.41 1746.64 0.32 225.001.00 91.94 0.90+0.60D 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.83Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.376 0.125 1.60 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.20 770.63 2049.55 0.13 288.001.00 35.94 . Wood Beam LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:(E) 2x4, 8' long for RTU-2 Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16 Load Combination Set : IBC 2018 Material Properties Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced Repetitive Member Stress Increase Allowable Stress Design Douglas Fir-Larch No.2 900.0 900.0 1,350.0 625.0 1,600.0 580.0 180.0 575.0 31.210 Analysis Method : Eminbend - xx ksi Wood Species : Wood Grade : Fb + psi psi Fv psi Fb - Ft psi Fc - Prll psi psiFc - Perp E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx ksi Density pcf Load Combination :IBC 2018 .Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0150 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0230 ksf, Extent = 0.330 -->> 4.330 ft, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft .DESIGN SUMMARY Design N.G. Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 1.766: 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Location of maximum on span 3.679ft 113.22 psi= = 1,746.64psi 2x4Section used for this span Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1= Load Combination +D+Lr = = = 225.00 psi== Section used for this span 2x4Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.503 : 1 0.000 ft= = 3,084.75psi Maximum Deflection 0 <180 91Ratio =0 <120 Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.432 in 221Ratio =>=180 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio = Max Downward Total Deflection 1.049 in Ratio =<120 Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in fb: Actual Fb: Allowable fv: Actual Fv: Allowable Span: 1 : Lr Only n/a Span: 1 : +D+Lr n/a .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Moment ValuesLoad Combination C i CLCCCCF/V mr td Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios M CV fbM fvF'b V F'vSegment Length D Only 0.00 0.00 0.000.00 0.95Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.392 0.435 0.90 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.47 1,843.67 1324.64 0.25 162.001.00 70.51 0.95+D+Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.766 0.503 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.79 3,084.75 1746.64 0.40 225.001.00 113.22 0.90+D+0.750Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00 0.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.588 0.456 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.71 2,773.58 1746.64 0.36 225.001.00 102.54 0.90+0.60D 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.83Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.540 0.147 1.60 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.28 1,106.20 2049.55 0.15 288.001.00 42.31 . Wood Beam LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:(E) 2x4, 8' long for RTU-3 Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16 Load Combination Set : IBC 2018 Material Properties Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced Repetitive Member Stress Increase Allowable Stress Design Douglas Fir-Larch No.2 900.0 900.0 1,350.0 625.0 1,600.0 580.0 180.0 575.0 31.210 Analysis Method : Eminbend - xx ksi Wood Species : Wood Grade : Fb + psi psi Fv psi Fb - Ft psi Fc - Prll psi psiFc - Perp E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx ksi Density pcf Load Combination :IBC 2018 .Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0150 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0230 ksf, Extent = 0.0 -->> 2.0 ft, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft .DESIGN SUMMARY Design N.G. Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 1.382: 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Location of maximum on span 3.825ft 95.51 psi= = 1,746.64psi 2x4Section used for this span Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1= Load Combination +D+Lr = = = 225.00 psi== Section used for this span 2x4Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.424 : 1 0.000 ft= = 2,413.82psi Maximum Deflection 0 <180 114Ratio =0 <120 Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.432 in 221Ratio =>=180 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio = Max Downward Total Deflection 0.841 in Ratio =<120 Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in fb: Actual Fb: Allowable fv: Actual Fv: Allowable Span: 1 : Lr Only n/a Span: 1 : +D+Lr n/a .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Moment ValuesLoad Combination C i CLCCCCF/V mr td Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios M CV fbM fvF'b V F'vSegment Length D Only 0.00 0.00 0.000.00 0.95Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.879 0.326 0.90 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.30 1,164.64 1324.64 0.18 162.001.00 52.79 0.95+D+Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.382 0.424 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.62 2,413.82 1746.64 0.33 225.001.00 95.51 0.90+D+0.750Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00 0.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.203 0.377 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.54 2,100.95 1746.64 0.30 225.001.00 84.83 0.90+0.60D 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.83Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.341 0.110 1.60 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.18 698.78 2049.55 0.11 288.001.00 31.68 . Wood Beam LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:(E) 2x4, 8' long for RTU-4 Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16 Load Combination Set : IBC 2018 Material Properties Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced Repetitive Member Stress Increase Allowable Stress Design Douglas Fir-Larch No.2 900.0 900.0 1,350.0 625.0 1,600.0 580.0 180.0 575.0 31.210 Analysis Method : Eminbend - xx ksi Wood Species : Wood Grade : Fb + psi psi Fv psi Fb - Ft psi Fc - Prll psi psiFc - Perp E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx ksi Density pcf Load Combination :IBC 2018 .Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0150 ksf, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0230 ksf, Extent = 0.0 -->> 3.750 ft, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft .DESIGN SUMMARY Design N.G. Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 1.662: 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Location of maximum on span 3.562ft 110.24 psi= = 1,746.64psi 2x4Section used for this span Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1= Load Combination +D+Lr = = = 225.00 psi== Section used for this span 2x4Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.490 : 1 0.000 ft= = 2,903.09psi Maximum Deflection 0 <180 96Ratio =0 <120 Max Downward Transient Deflection 0.432 in 221Ratio =>=180 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio = Max Downward Total Deflection 0.994 in Ratio =<120 Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in fb: Actual Fb: Allowable fv: Actual Fv: Allowable Span: 1 : Lr Only n/a Span: 1 : +D+Lr n/a .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Moment ValuesLoad Combination C i CLCCCCF/V mr td Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios M CV fbM fvF'b V F'vSegment Length D Only 0.00 0.00 0.000.00 0.95Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.263 0.417 0.90 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.43 1,672.61 1324.64 0.24 162.001.00 67.53 0.95+D+Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.662 0.490 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.74 2,903.09 1746.64 0.39 225.001.00 110.24 0.90+D+0.750Lr 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00 0.90Length = 8.0 ft 1 1.485 0.443 1.25 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.66 2,593.81 1746.64 0.35 225.001.00 99.56 0.90+0.60D 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.83Length = 8.0 ft 1 0.490 0.141 1.60 1.500 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.26 1,003.57 2049.55 0.14 288.001.00 40.52 . Paradigm Structural Engineers, Inc. San Francisco, California Section 4 Reinforcement 1 PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR Proposed relocation and reinforcing scheme is to shift the equipment up or down so that one of the longitudinal dimensions aligns with the existing 4x14 wood joist underneath. Provide a sister joist to reinforce the existing 4x14 if it fails. Provide another new wood joist underneath to align with the other longitudinal dimension of the equipment. First, check existing 4x14 wood joist for the worst case with RTU-1 of 650lbs, assuming the equipment is placed in the middle on top of the joist. Assuming the existing wood joist as DF-L No.2 for the worst case. The DCR for bending for existing joist is N.G. See attached ENERCALC reports for details. 24'-0" LL_roof SDL DL_equip_1LEQEQ Wood Beam LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:(E) 4x14 wood joist Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16 Load Combination Set : IBC 2018 Material Properties Beam Bracing :Completely Unbraced Repetitive Member Stress Increase Allowable Stress Design Douglas Fir-Larch No.2 900.0 900.0 1,350.0 625.0 1,600.0 580.0 180.0 575.0 31.210 Analysis Method : Eminbend - xx ksi Wood Species : Wood Grade : Fb + psi psi Fv psi Fb - Ft psi Fc - Prll psi psiFc - Perp E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx ksi Density pcf Load Combination :IBC 2018 .Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 8.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.01550 ksf, Tributary Width = 8.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0270 ksf, Extent = 8.90 -->> 15.10 ft, Tributary Width = 4.0 ft .DESIGN SUMMARY Design N.G. Maximum Bending Stress Ratio 2.828: 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Location of maximum on span 12.000ft 114.97 psi= = 1,022.05psi 4x14Section used for this span Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1= Load Combination +D+Lr = = = 225.00 psi== Section used for this span 4x14Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 0.511 : 1 0.000 ft= = 2,890.73psi Maximum Deflection 0 <360 123Ratio =0 <180 Max Downward Transient Deflection 1.107 in 260Ratio =<360 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0 in Ratio = Max Downward Total Deflection 2.333 in Ratio =<180 Max Upward Total Deflection 0 in fb: Actual Fb: Allowable fv: Actual Fv: Allowable Span: 1 : Lr Only n/a Span: 1 : +D+Lr n/a .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Moment ValuesLoad Combination C i CLCCCCF/V mr td Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios M CV fbM fvF'b V F'vSegment Length D Only 0.00 0.00 0.000.00 0.90Length = 24.0 ft 1 1.838 0.360 0.90 1.000 1.15 1.00 1.00 13.15 1,540.88 838.13 1.80 162.001.00 58.30 0.90+D+Lr 1.000 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.79Length = 24.0 ft 1 2.828 0.511 1.25 1.000 1.15 1.00 1.00 24.67 2,890.73 1022.05 3.55 225.001.00 114.97 0.79+D+0.750Lr 1.000 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00 0.79Length = 24.0 ft 1 2.498 0.448 1.25 1.000 1.15 1.00 1.00 21.79 2,553.27 1022.05 3.12 225.001.00 100.80 0.79+0.60D 1.000 1.15 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.000.67Length = 24.0 ft 1 0.838 0.121 1.60 1.000 1.15 1.00 1.00 7.89 924.53 1103.91 1.08 288.001.00 34.98 . PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR Since the existing 4x14 does not work, consider shifting the equipment and sistering the joist. Consider using parallam (PSL) for new joist 1 so that the member width is sufficient for the equipment to bear on top, consider using microllam laminated veneer lumber (LVL) as the reinforcing joist, by Weyerhaeuser for new joist 2. Snippets below come from Weyerhaeuser catalog. PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR Consider using 3 1/2"x16": w_self = 17.5 plf self weight L = 24ft span length M_self = w_self*L^2/8 = 1260 lbs-ft V_self = w_self*L/2 = 210 lbs M_max = M_max + M_self = 13233 lbs-ft V_max = V_max + V_self = 2081 lbs From the catalog shown above: M_al = 34955 lbs-ft V_al = 10825 lbs DCR_M = M_max/M_al = 0.38 < 1, O.K. DCR_V = V_max/V_al = 0.19 < 1, O.K. Therefore, use 3 1/2"x16" PSL 2.0E with a maximum span of 24'. (N) Joist 2: The existing 4x14 joist will take the full dead load. M_max = 10.389 k-ft = 10389 lbs-ft V_max = 1.607 k = 1607 lbs See attached ENERCALC reports for details. Consider using (2) 1 3/4"x16" to sandwich the existing joist: w_self = 8.2 plf self weight L = 24ft span length M_self = w_self*L^2/8 = 590.4 lbs-ft V_self = w_self*L/2 = 98.4 lbs M_max = M_max + 2*M_self = 11570 lbs-ft V_max = V_max + 2*V_self = 1804 lbs M_al = 15555 lbs-ft V_al = 5320 lbs DCR_M = M_max/(2*M_al) = 0.37 < 1, O.K. DCR_V = V_max/(2*V_al) = 0.17 < 1, O.K. Therefore, use (2) 1 3/4"x16" LVL 2.0E with a maximum span of 24' to sandwich the existing 4x14 joist. 24'-0" LL_roof DL_equip_1LEQEQ (N) Joist 1: M_max = 11.973 k-ft = 11973 lbs-ft V_max = 1.871 k = 1871 lbs See attached ENERCALC reports for details.24'-0" LL_roof DL_equip_1L SDL EQ EQ General Beam Analysis LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:(N) Joist 1 Demand Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: General Beam Properties Elastic Modulus ksi2,000.0 1,195.0Span #1 in^4Area =in^2 Moment of Inertia =Span Length =56.024.0 ft .Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.Applied Loads Uniform Load : D = 0.01550 ksf, Tributary Width = 4.0 ft Uniform Load : Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 4.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0270 ksf, Extent = 8.90 -->> 15.10 ft, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft .DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending = Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Location of maximum on span 12.000 ft 1.871 k Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Maximum Shear = 0.000 ft 11.973 k-ft Maximum DeflectionMax Downward Transient Deflection 0.252 in 1143Max Upward Transient Deflection 0.004 in 72036 Max Downward Total Deflection 0.515 in 559Max Upward Total Deflection 0.002 in 116479 .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Summary of Moment Values (k-ft)Load Combination Shear Values (k)Max Stress Ratios M V Mmax -Mmax +Rm VnxMa - Max Mnx/Omega Cb Va MaxMnx Vnx/OmegaSegment Length Overall MAXimum Envelope Dsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 11.97 11.97 1.87 D Only Dsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 6.21 6.21 0.91 +D+Lr Dsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 11.97 11.97 1.87 +D+0.750Lr Dsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 10.53 10.53 1.63 +0.60D Dsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 3.73 3.73 0.55 . Location in SpanLoad CombinationMax. "-" Defl Location in SpanLoad Combination Span Max. "+" Defl Overall Maximum Deflections +D+Lr 1 0.5151 12.120 0.0000 0.000 . Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Overall MAXimum 1.871 1.871 Overall MINimum D Only 0.911 0.911 +D+Lr 1.871 1.871 +D+0.750Lr 1.631 1.631 +0.60D 0.547 0.547 Lr Only 0.960 0.960 < L/120, O.K. < L/180, O.K. General Beam Analysis LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:(N) Joist 2 Demand Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: General Beam Properties Elastic Modulus ksi2,000.0 597.0Span #1 in^4Area =in^2 Moment of Inertia =Span Length =28.024.0 ft .Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.Applied Loads Uniform Load : Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 6.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0270 ksf, Extent = 8.90 -->> 15.10 ft, Tributary Width = 2.0 ft .DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending = Load Combination +D+Lr Span # where maximum occurs Span # 1 Location of maximum on span 12.000 ft 1.607 k Span # where maximum occurs Location of maximum on span Span # 1 Load Combination +D+Lr Maximum Shear = 0.000 ft 10.389 k-ft Maximum DeflectionMax Downward Transient Deflection 0.756 in 380 Max Upward Transient Deflection 0.012 in 23992 Max Downward Total Deflection 0.892 in 322Max Upward Total Deflection 0.001 in 234532 .Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Span # Summary of Moment Values (k-ft)Load Combination Shear Values (k)Max Stress Ratios M V Mmax -Mmax +Rm VnxMa - Max Mnx/Omega Cb Va MaxMnx Vnx/OmegaSegment Length Overall MAXimum EnvelopeDsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 10.39 10.39 1.61D OnlyDsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 1.75 1.75 0.17+D+LrDsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 10.39 10.39 1.61+D+0.750LrDsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 8.23 8.23 1.25+0.60DDsgn. L = 24.00 ft 1 1.05 1.05 0.10 . Location in SpanLoad CombinationMax. "-" Defl Location in SpanLoad Combination Span Max. "+" Defl Overall Maximum Deflections +D+Lr 1 0.8925 12.120 0.0000 0.000 . Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Overall MAXimum 1.607 1.607 Overall MINimum D Only 0.167 0.167 +D+Lr 1.607 1.607 +D+0.750Lr 1.247 1.247 +0.60D 0.100 0.100 Lr Only 1.440 1.440 < L/120, O.K. < L/180, O.K. PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR Using bolts to connect the new LVL joists and existing 4x14 joist: Provide ASTM 307 5/8" diameter bolt, staggered. d_edge = 4*D = 2.5" s = 5*D = 3.125" Shear flow to determine the spacing of the bolts: V_max = 1804 lbs y_bar = ((13.25"/2)*(13.25"*3.5")+(16"/2+4.75")*(1.75"*16")* 2)/(13.25"*3.5"+1.75"*16"*2) = 10" I = (1/12)x(3.5"x13.25"^3)+(3.5"x13.25")*(10"-13.25"/2) ^2+((1/12)*(1.75"x16"^3)+(1.75"x16")*(16"/2+4.75"- 10")^2)*2 = 2825 in^4 Q = 1.75"x16"x(16"/2+4.75"-10")x2 = 154 in^3 q = VQ/I = 1804 lbs*154 in^3/2825 in^4 = 1180 plf V_al = 1230 lbs NDS2018 Table 12F V_al/q = 12" O.C., use 9" O.C. to be conservative. (N) LVL JOIST (E) 4X14 JOIST (N) LVL JOIST BOLT s d_edge TT CC 4.75"y1 y2 A1 A2 A2 y_ b a r Paradigm Structural Engineers, Inc. San Francisco, California Section 5 Security Gate 1 PARADIGM PROJECT:BOA Arcadia Job:23321.10 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS, INC. Sheet: San Francisco, CA 94111 Non-Structural Component Anchorage Forces Date:9/18/2024 (415) 362-8944 Security Gate By:JR DESIGN OF LATERAL FORCES ON ELEMENTS (ASCE 7-16 Section 13.3) ap =1.0 in-structure component amplication factor from 1.0 to 2.5 * SDS =1.546 g (Same as building to which components are connected) Ip =1.00 see section 13.1.3 of ASCE 7-16 Rp =2.5 component response modification factor * z =1 component attachment elevation wrt grade h =1 structural roof elevation wrt grade Ωo =2 * Values are obtained from Table 13.5-1 of ASCE 7-16 Fp = 1.6 SDSIpWp OR Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] * (1+ 2(z/h)) 0.3 SDSIpWp < Fp < 1.6 SDSIpWp Fp = [(0.4 apSDSWp )/(Rp/Ip)] *(1+ 2(z/h)) =0.74 Wp <= CONTROLS 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-1) Fp,max =1.6 SDSIpWp =2.47 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-2) Fp,min = 0.3 SDSIpWp =0.46 Wp 13.3.1 eqn (13.3-3) (2019 CBC Coefficient) Fp =0.74 Wp Horizontal Seismic Force (2019 CBC Coefficient) Fv =0.31 Wp Vertical Seismic Force, Fv = 0.2 SDSWp PARADIGM structuralengineers San Francisco, California paradigmse.com 415 362 8944 Job: Sheet: Date: By:\ t t- l -r-i , -;-l--l--iT- I I L-r- I -l-I I L l l : -I I j I I i il tl l I I I ,,.,tr-, i tf -. I i I -"+ll-,-1.;-,l l I ! l I"-t- I --.1- Ir it- I 'r- l I L-L-il 1' + li JR There will a roll-up security gate installed inside the bank, design for the columns, consider using HSS. B_gate = 13' width of the gate H_gate = 10' height of the gate/column w_gate = 10psf weight of the gate Design the columns for lateral load, determine F_p force. F_p = 0.74*w_gate*(13'/2) = 48.1plf W_gate = B_gate*H_gate*w_gate = 1300 lbs Consider using HSS3x3x1/4, the DCR is less than 1, O.K. See attached ENERCALC reports for details. Design for bottom connection: rxn = 0.2405 kips = 240.5 lbs ENERCALC output By inspection, it's sufficient to use (2) 3/8" diameter HILTI KBTZ2 with a minimum embedment of 2". Design for top connection: rxn = 0.2405 kips = 240.5 lbs ENERCALC output 1/2" diameter machine bolt is O.K. by inspection; propose using 3/8" diameter lag screw to connect to the wood framing at top. The lag screw lateral design for single shear capacity has been shown in the previous section. The capacity in this case is determined to be 180 lbs. Provide (2) lag screws with a minimum penetration of 8D (8*3/8" = 3"). DCR = 240.5 lbs/(2*180 lbs) = 0.67 < 1, O.K. Therefore, provide a total of 2, one on each end, 3/8" diameter lag screw with a minimum penetration of 3" into the existing wood framing above. The HSS column is modeled as pin-pin connection. H = 1 0 ' F_p w_self W_gate/2 Steel Column LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:HSS Column Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: .Code References Calculations per AISC 360-16, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16 Load Combinations Used : IBC 2018 General Information Steel Stress Grade Top & Bottom PinnedAnalysis Method : 10.0Overall Column Height Top & Bottom FixityLoad Resistance Factor Fy : Steel Yield ksi29,000.0 ksi Steel Section Name :HSS3x3x1/4 36.0 ft E : Elastic Bending Modulus Y-Y (depth) axis : X-X (width) axis : Fully braced against buckling ABOUT Y-Y Axis Fully braced against buckling ABOUT X-X Axis Brace condition for deflection (buckling) along columns : .Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Column self weight included : 88.10 lbs * Dead Load Factor AXIAL LOADS . . . Axial Load at 10.0 ft, D = 0.650 k BENDING LOADS . . . Lat. Uniform Load creating Mx-x, E = 0.04810 k/ft .DESIGN SUMMARY PASS Max. Axial+Bending Stress Ratio =0.09539 Location of max.above base 4.966 ft 0.8857 k 79.056 k 0.6012 k-ft Load Combination +1.20D+E Load Combination 0.0 6.696 k-ft Bending & Shear Check Results PASS Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = 0.0 k 0.0 : 1 Location of max.above base 0.0 ft At maximum location values are . . . : 1 At maximum location values are . . . k Pu 0.9 * Pn Mu-x Vu : AppliedVn * Phi : Allowable 0.9 * Mn-x : 0.9 * Mn-y : Mu-y 6.696 k-ft 0.0 k-ft Maximum Load Reactions . . Top along X-X 0.0 k Bottom along X-X 0.0 k Top along Y-Y 0.2405 k Bottom along Y-Y 0.2405 k Maximum Load Deflections . . . Along Y-Y 0.1249 in at 5.034ft above base for load combination :E Only Along X-X 0.0 in at 0.0ft above base for load combination : 0.0 . Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratios Maximum Shear Ratios Load Combination Stress Ratio Location Stress Ratio Status LocationStatus Load Combination Results Cbx Cby KxLx/Ry KyLy/Rx +1.40D PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.013 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 +1.20D PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.011 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 +1.20D+E PASS PASS4.97 0.000 0.00 ftft0.095 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 +0.90D PASS PASS0.00 0.000 0.00 ftft0.008 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 +0.90D+E PASS PASS4.97 0.000 0.00 ftft0.094 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 . k k-ft Note: Only non-zero reactions are listed. Load Combination X-X Axis Reaction Y-Y Axis ReactionAxial Reaction @ Base @ Top@ Base @ Base @ Top Maximum Reactions @ Base @ Base@ Top @ Top Mx - End Moments My - End Moments D Only 0.738 +D+0.70E 0.1680.738 0.168 +D+0.5250E 0.1260.738 0.126 +0.60D 0.443 +0.60D+0.70E 0.1680.443 0.168 E Only 0.2410.241 Steel Column LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:HSS Column Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: k k-ft Item X-X Axis Reaction Y-Y Axis ReactionAxial Reaction @ Base @ Top@ Base @ Base @ Top Extreme Reactions Extreme Value @ Base @ Base@ Top @ Top Mx - End Moments My - End Moments MaximumAxial @ Base 0.738 Minimum"0.2410.241 MaximumReaction, X-X Axis Base 0.738 Minimum"0.738 MaximumReaction, Y-Y Axis Base 0.2410.241 Minimum"0.738 MaximumReaction, X-X Axis Top 0.738 Minimum"0.738 MaximumReaction, Y-Y Axis Top 0.738 Minimum"0.738 MaximumMoment, X-X Axis Base 0.738 Minimum"0.738 MaximumMoment, Y-Y Axis Base 0.738 Minimum"0.738 MaximumMoment, X-X Axis Top 0.738 Minimum"0.738 MaximumMoment, Y-Y Axis Top 0.738 Minimum"0.738 .Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Max. X-X Deflection Max. Y-Y Deflection DistanceLoad Combination Distance D Only 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000 +D+0.70E 0.0000 0.087 5.034 ftftinin0.000 +D+0.5250E 0.0000 0.066 5.034 ftftinin0.000 +0.60D 0.0000 0.000 0.000 ftftinin0.000 +0.60D+0.70E 0.0000 0.087 5.034 ftftinin0.000 E Only 0.0000 0.125 5.034 ftftinin0.000 .Steel Section Properties :HSS3x3x1/4 R xx = 1.110 in Depth =3.000 in R yy = 1.110 in J =5.080 in^4 Width =3.000 in Wall Thick = 0.250 in Zx =2.480 in^3 Area = 2.440 in^2 Weight =8.810 plf I xx =3.02 in^4 S xx =2.01 in^3Design Thick =0.233 in I yy =3.020 in^4 C =3.520 in^3 S yy =2.010 in^3 Ycg =0.000 in Steel Column LIC# : KW-06016486, Build:20.21.12.16 PARADIGM STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2021 DESCRIPTION:HSS Column Project File: BACX - Arcadia.ec6 Project Title:Engineer:Project ID:Project Descr: Sketches